See also translations.
This document is also available in these nonnormative formats: XML and Change markings relative to previous edition.
Copyright © 2014 W3C^{®} (MIT, ERCIM, Keio, Beihang), All Rights Reserved. W3C liability, trademark and document use rules apply.
Change markings are relative to the Recommendation of 23 January 2007.
This document defines constructor functions, operators, and functions on the datatypes defined in [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition] and the datatypes defined in [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM) 3.0]. It also defines functions and operators on nodes and node sequences as defined in the [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM) 3.0]. These functions and operators are defined for use in [XML Path Language (XPath) 3.0], [XQuery 3.0: An XML Query Language] and [XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 3.0] and other related XML standards. The signatures and summaries of functions defined in this document are available at: http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions/.
This is the third version of the specification of this function library. The first version was included as an intrinsic part of the [XML Path Language (XPath) Version 1.0] specification published on 16 November 1999. The second version was published under the title XQuery 1.0 and XPath 2.0 Functions and Operators on 23 January 2007, subsequently revised in a second edition published on 14 December 2010. This third version is the first to carry its own version number, which has been set at 3.0 to align with the version numbering for XPath, XQuery, and XSLT.
This section describes the status of this document at the time of its publication. Other documents may supersede this document. A list of current W3C publications and the latest revision of this technical report can be found in the W3C technical reports index at http://www.w3.org/TR/.
This is a First Public Working Draft as described in the Process Document. It was jointly developed by the W3C XML Query Working Group and the W3C XSLT Working Group, each of which is part of the XML Activity. The Working Groups expect to advance this specification to Recommendation Status.
This First Public Working Draft specifies the XSLT and XQuery Functions and Operators (F&O) version 3.1, a fully compatible extension of F&O version 3.0.
This specification is designed to be referenced normatively from other specifications defining a host language for it; it is not intended to be implemented outside a host language. The implementability of this specification has been tested in the context of its normative inclusion in host languages defined by the XQuery 3.0 and XSLT 3.0 (expected in 2014) specifications; see the XQuery 3.0 implementation report (and, in the future, the WGs expect that there will also be a — possibly memberonly — XSLT 3.0 implementation report) for details.
Please report errors in this document using W3C's public Bugzilla system (instructions can be found at http://www.w3.org/XML/2005/04/qtbugzilla). If access to that system is not feasible, you may send your comments to the W3C XSLT/XPath/XQuery public comments mailing list, publicqtcomments@w3.org. It will be very helpful if you include the string “[FO31]” in the subject line of your report, whether made in Bugzilla or in email. Please use multiple Bugzilla entries (or, if necessary, multiple email messages) if you have more than one comment to make. Archives of the comments and responses are available at http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/publicqtcomments/.
Publication as a First Public Working Draft does not imply endorsement by the W3C Membership. This is a draft document and may be updated, replaced or obsoleted by other documents at any time. It is inappropriate to cite this document as other than work in progress.
This document was produced by groups operating under the 5 February 2004 W3C Patent Policy. W3C maintains a public list of any patent disclosures made in connection with the deliverables of the XML Query Working Group and also maintains a public list of any patent disclosures made in connection with the deliverables of the XSL Working Group; those pages also include instructions for disclosing a patent. An individual who has actual knowledge of a patent which the individual believes contains Essential Claim(s) must disclose the information in accordance with section 6 of the W3C Patent Policy.
abs math:acos op:adddayTimeDurations op:adddayTimeDurationtodate op:adddayTimeDurationtodateTime op:adddayTimeDurationtotime op:addyearMonthDurations op:addyearMonthDurationtodate op:addyearMonthDurationtodateTime adjustdateTimetotimezone adjustdatetotimezone adjusttimetotimezone analyzestring ay:append math:asin math:atan math:atan2 availableenvironmentvariables avg
op:base64Binaryequal op:base64Binarygreaterthan op:base64Binarylessthan baseuri boolean op:booleanequal op:booleangreaterthan op:booleanlessthan
ceiling codepointequal codepointstostring collationkey collection compare concat ay:concat op:concatenate contains map:contains math:cos count currentdate currentdateTime currenttime
data op:dateequal op:dategreaterthan op:datelessthan dateTime op:dateTimeequal op:dateTimegreaterthan op:dateTimelessthan dayfromdate dayfromdateTime daysfromduration op:dayTimeDurationgreaterthan op:dayTimeDurationlessthan deepequal defaultcollation distinctvalues op:dividedayTimeDuration op:dividedayTimeDurationbydayTimeDuration op:divideyearMonthDuration op:divideyearMonthDurationbyyearMonthDuration doc docavailable documenturi op:durationequal
elementwithid empty encodeforuri endswith map:entry environmentvariable error escapehtmluri exactlyone op:except exists math:exp math:exp10
false filter ay:filter floor foldleft ay:foldleft foldright ay:foldright foreach map:foreachentry ay:foreachmember foreachpair ay:foreachpair formatdate formatdateTime formatinteger formatnumber formattime functionarity functionlookup functionname
op:gDayequal generateid map:get ay:get op:gMonthDayequal op:gMonthequal op:gYearequal op:gYearMonthequal
haschildren head ay:head op:hexBinaryequal op:hexBinarygreaterthan op:hexBinarylessthan hoursfromdateTime hoursfromduration hoursfromtime
id idref implicittimezone indexof innermost inscopeprefixes ay:insertallbefore insertbefore ay:insertmemberbefore op:intersect iritouri op:issamenode
lang last localname localnamefromQName math:log math:log10 lowercase
matches max min minutesfromdateTime minutesfromduration minutesfromtime monthfromdate monthfromdateTime monthsfromduration op:multiplydayTimeDuration op:multiplyyearMonthDuration
name namespaceuri namespaceuriforprefix namespaceurifromQName map:new nilled op:nodeafter op:nodebefore nodename normalizespace normalizeunicode not op:NOTATIONequal number op:numericadd op:numericdivide op:numericequal op:numericgreaterthan op:numericintegerdivide op:numericlessthan op:numericmod op:numericmultiply op:numericsubtract op:numericunaryminus op:numericunaryplus
parseietfdate parsejson parsexml parsexmlfragment path math:pi position math:pow prefixfromQName
remove map:remove ay:remove replace resolveQName resolveuri reverse ay:reverse root round roundhalftoeven
secondsfromdateTime secondsfromduration secondsfromtime ay:seq serialize math:sin ay:size math:sqrt startswith staticbaseuri string stringjoin stringlength stringtocodepoints ay:subarray subsequence substring substringafter substringbefore op:subtractdates op:subtractdateTimes op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromdate op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromdateTime op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromtime op:subtractdayTimeDurations op:subtracttimes op:subtractyearMonthDurationfromdate op:subtractyearMonthDurationfromdateTime op:subtractyearMonthDurations sum
tail ay:tail math:tan op:timeequal op:timegreaterthan op:timelessthan timezonefromdate timezonefromdateTime timezonefromtime op:to tokenize trace translate true
op:union unordered unparsedtext unparsedtextavailable unparsedtextlines uppercase uricollection
yearfromdate yearfromdateTime op:yearMonthDurationgreaterthan op:yearMonthDurationlessthan yearsfromduration
1 Introduction
1.1 Conformance
1.2 Namespaces and prefixes
1.3 Function
overloading
1.4 Function
signatures and descriptions
1.5 Type
system
1.6 Terminology
1.6.1 Strings, characters, and
codepoints
1.6.2 Namespaces and URIs
1.6.3 Conformance terminology
1.6.4 Properties of functions
2 Accessors
2.1 fn:nodename
2.2 fn:nilled
2.3 fn:string
2.4 fn:data
2.5 fn:baseuri
2.6 fn:documenturi
3 Errors and
diagnostics
3.1 Raising
errors
3.1.1 fn:error
3.2 Diagnostic
tracing
3.2.1 fn:trace
4 Functions and operators on
numerics
4.1 Numeric
types
4.2 Arithmetic
operators on numeric values
4.2.1 op:numericadd
4.2.2 op:numericsubtract
4.2.3 op:numericmultiply
4.2.4 op:numericdivide
4.2.5 op:numericintegerdivide
4.2.6 op:numericmod
4.2.7 op:numericunaryplus
4.2.8 op:numericunaryminus
4.3 Comparison
operators on numeric values
4.3.1 op:numericequal
4.3.2 op:numericlessthan
4.3.3 op:numericgreaterthan
4.4 Functions on numeric values
4.4.1 fn:abs
4.4.2 fn:ceiling
4.4.3 fn:floor
4.4.4 fn:round
4.4.5 fn:roundhalftoeven
4.5 Parsing
numbers
4.5.1 fn:number
4.6 Formatting integers
4.6.1 fn:formatinteger
4.7 Formatting numbers
4.7.1 Defining a decimal format
4.7.2 fn:formatnumber
4.7.3 Syntax of the picture string
4.7.4 Analysing the picture string
4.7.5 Formatting the number
4.8 Trigonometric
and exponential functions
4.8.1 math:pi
4.8.2 math:exp
4.8.3 math:exp10
4.8.4 math:log
4.8.5 math:log10
4.8.6 math:pow
4.8.7 math:sqrt
4.8.8 math:sin
4.8.9 math:cos
4.8.10 math:tan
4.8.11 math:asin
4.8.12 math:acos
4.8.13 math:atan
4.8.14 math:atan2
5 Functions on strings
5.1 String
types
5.2 Functions to assemble and
disassemble strings
5.2.1 fn:codepointstostring
5.2.2 fn:stringtocodepoints
5.3 Comparison of
strings
5.3.1 Collations
5.3.2 The Unicode Codepoint Collation
5.3.3 The Unicode Collation Algorithm
5.3.4 Choosing a collation
5.3.5 fn:compare
5.3.6 fn:codepointequal
5.3.7 fn:collationkey
5.4 Functions on string values
5.4.1 fn:concat
5.4.2 fn:stringjoin
5.4.3 fn:substring
5.4.4 fn:stringlength
5.4.5 fn:normalizespace
5.4.6 fn:normalizeunicode
5.4.7 fn:uppercase
5.4.8 fn:lowercase
5.4.9 fn:translate
5.5 Functions based on substring
matching
5.5.1 fn:contains
5.5.2 fn:startswith
5.5.3 fn:endswith
5.5.4 fn:substringbefore
5.5.5 fn:substringafter
5.6 String
functions that use regular expressions
5.6.1 Regular expression syntax
5.6.2 fn:matches
5.6.3 fn:replace
5.6.4 fn:tokenize
5.6.5 fn:analyzestring
6 Functions that manipulate
URIs
6.1 fn:resolveuri
6.2 fn:encodeforuri
6.3 fn:iritouri
6.4 fn:escapehtmluri
7 Functions and operators on Boolean
values
7.1 Boolean
constant functions
7.1.1 fn:true
7.1.2 fn:false
7.2 Operators on
Boolean values
7.2.1 op:booleanequal
7.2.2 op:booleanlessthan
7.2.3 op:booleangreaterthan
7.3 Functions on Boolean values
7.3.1 fn:boolean
7.3.2 fn:not
8 Functions and operators on
durations
8.1 Two
totally ordered subtypes of duration
8.1.1 xs:yearMonthDuration
8.1.2 xs:dayTimeDuration
8.2 Comparison
operators on durations
8.2.1 op:yearMonthDurationlessthan
8.2.2 op:yearMonthDurationgreaterthan
8.2.3 op:dayTimeDurationlessthan
8.2.4 op:dayTimeDurationgreaterthan
8.2.5 op:durationequal
8.3 Component extraction functions on
durations
8.3.1 fn:yearsfromduration
8.3.2 fn:monthsfromduration
8.3.3 fn:daysfromduration
8.3.4 fn:hoursfromduration
8.3.5 fn:minutesfromduration
8.3.6 fn:secondsfromduration
8.4 Arithmetic operators on durations
8.4.1 op:addyearMonthDurations
8.4.2 op:subtractyearMonthDurations
8.4.3 op:multiplyyearMonthDuration
8.4.4 op:divideyearMonthDuration
8.4.5 op:divideyearMonthDurationbyyearMonthDuration
8.4.6 op:adddayTimeDurations
8.4.7 op:subtractdayTimeDurations
8.4.8 op:multiplydayTimeDuration
8.4.9 op:dividedayTimeDuration
8.4.10 op:dividedayTimeDurationbydayTimeDuration
9 Functions and operators on dates and
times
9.1 Date and
time types
9.1.1 Limits and precision
9.2 Date/time
datatype values
9.2.1 Examples
9.3 Constructing a dateTime
9.3.1 fn:dateTime
9.4 Comparison
operators on duration, date and time values
9.4.1 op:dateTimeequal
9.4.2 op:dateTimelessthan
9.4.3 op:dateTimegreaterthan
9.4.4 op:dateequal
9.4.5 op:datelessthan
9.4.6 op:dategreaterthan
9.4.7 op:timeequal
9.4.8 op:timelessthan
9.4.9 op:timegreaterthan
9.4.10 op:gYearMonthequal
9.4.11 op:gYearequal
9.4.12 op:gMonthDayequal
9.4.13 op:gMonthequal
9.4.14 op:gDayequal
9.5 Component extraction functions on
dates and times
9.5.1 fn:yearfromdateTime
9.5.2 fn:monthfromdateTime
9.5.3 fn:dayfromdateTime
9.5.4 fn:hoursfromdateTime
9.5.5 fn:minutesfromdateTime
9.5.6 fn:secondsfromdateTime
9.5.7 fn:timezonefromdateTime
9.5.8 fn:yearfromdate
9.5.9 fn:monthfromdate
9.5.10 fn:dayfromdate
9.5.11 fn:timezonefromdate
9.5.12 fn:hoursfromtime
9.5.13 fn:minutesfromtime
9.5.14 fn:secondsfromtime
9.5.15 fn:timezonefromtime
9.6 Timezone
adjustment functions on dates and time values
9.6.1 fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone
9.6.2 fn:adjustdatetotimezone
9.6.3 fn:adjusttimetotimezone
9.7 Arithmetic operators on durations, dates and
times
9.7.1 Limits and precision
9.7.2 op:subtractdateTimes
9.7.3 op:subtractdates
9.7.4 op:subtracttimes
9.7.5 op:addyearMonthDurationtodateTime
9.7.6 op:adddayTimeDurationtodateTime
9.7.7 op:subtractyearMonthDurationfromdateTime
9.7.8 op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromdateTime
9.7.9 op:addyearMonthDurationtodate
9.7.10 op:adddayTimeDurationtodate
9.7.11 op:subtractyearMonthDurationfromdate
9.7.12 op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromdate
9.7.13 op:adddayTimeDurationtotime
9.7.14 op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromtime
9.8 Formatting dates and times
9.8.1 fn:formatdateTime
9.8.2 fn:formatdate
9.8.3 fn:formattime
9.8.4 The date/time formatting
functions
9.8.5 Examples of date and time
formatting
9.9 Parsing dates and times
9.9.1 fn:parseietfdate
10 Functions related to QNames
10.1 Functions to create a QName
10.1.1 fn:resolveQName
10.1.2 fn:QName
10.2 Functions
and operators related to QNames
10.2.1 op:QNameequal
10.2.2 fn:prefixfromQName
10.2.3 fn:localnamefromQName
10.2.4 fn:namespaceurifromQName
10.2.5 fn:namespaceuriforprefix
10.2.6 fn:inscopeprefixes
11 Operators on base64Binary and
hexBinary
11.1 Comparisons of base64Binary and
hexBinary values
11.1.1 op:hexBinaryequal
11.1.2 op:hexBinarylessthan
11.1.3 op:hexBinarygreaterthan
11.1.4 op:base64Binaryequal
11.1.5 op:base64Binarylessthan
11.1.6 op:base64Binarygreaterthan
12 Operators on NOTATION
12.1 op:NOTATIONequal
13 Functions and operators on
nodes
13.1 fn:name
13.2 fn:localname
13.3 fn:namespaceuri
13.4 fn:lang
13.5 op:issamenode
13.6 op:nodebefore
13.7 op:nodeafter
13.8 fn:root
13.9 fn:path
13.10 fn:haschildren
13.11 fn:innermost
13.12 fn:outermost
14 Functions and operators on
sequences
14.1 General
functions and operators on sequences
14.1.1 op:concatenate
14.1.2 fn:empty
14.1.3 fn:exists
14.1.4 fn:head
14.1.5 fn:tail
14.1.6 fn:insertbefore
14.1.7 fn:remove
14.1.8 fn:reverse
14.1.9 fn:subsequence
14.1.10 fn:unordered
14.2 Functions that compare values in
sequences
14.2.1 fn:distinctvalues
14.2.2 fn:indexof
14.2.3 fn:deepequal
14.3 Functions that test the cardinality of
sequences
14.3.1 fn:zeroorone
14.3.2 fn:oneormore
14.3.3 fn:exactlyone
14.4 Union, intersection and
difference
14.4.1 op:union
14.4.2 op:intersect
14.4.3 op:except
14.5 Aggregate functions
14.5.1 fn:count
14.5.2 fn:avg
14.5.3 fn:max
14.5.4 fn:min
14.5.5 fn:sum
14.6 Functions and operators that
generate sequences
14.6.1 op:to
14.7 Functions on node identifiers
14.7.1 fn:id
14.7.2 fn:elementwithid
14.7.3 fn:idref
14.7.4 fn:generateid
14.8 Functions
giving access to external information
14.8.1 fn:doc
14.8.2 fn:docavailable
14.8.3 fn:collection
14.8.4 fn:uricollection
14.8.5 fn:unparsedtext
14.8.6 fn:unparsedtextlines
14.8.7 fn:unparsedtextavailable
14.8.8 fn:environmentvariable
14.8.9 fn:availableenvironmentvariables
14.9 Parsing and serializing
14.9.1 fn:parsexml
14.9.2 fn:parsexmlfragment
14.9.3 fn:serialize
15 Context functions
15.1 fn:position
15.2 fn:last
15.3 fn:currentdateTime
15.4 fn:currentdate
15.5 fn:currenttime
15.6 fn:implicittimezone
15.7 fn:defaultcollation
15.8 fn:staticbaseuri
16 Higherorder
functions
16.1 Functions on functions
16.1.1 fn:functionlookup
16.1.2 fn:functionname
16.1.3 fn:functionarity
16.2 Basic
higherorder functions
16.2.1 fn:foreach
16.2.2 fn:filter
16.2.3 fn:foldleft
16.2.4 fn:foldright
16.2.5 fn:foreachpair
17 Maps and Arrays
17.1 Functions
that Operate on Maps
17.1.1 map:new
17.1.2 map:keys
17.1.3 map:contains
17.1.4 map:get
17.1.5 map:entry
17.1.6 map:remove
17.1.7 map:foreachentry
17.2 Other
Operations on Maps
17.3 Functions
that Operate on Arrays
17.3.1 ay:size
17.3.2 ay:get
17.3.3 ay:append
17.3.4 ay:concat
17.3.5 ay:subarray
17.3.6 ay:remove
17.3.7 ay:insertmemberbefore
17.3.8 ay:insertallbefore
17.3.9 ay:head
17.3.10 ay:tail
17.3.11 ay:reverse
17.3.12 ay:seq
17.3.13 ay:join
17.3.14 ay:foreachmember
17.3.15 ay:filter
17.3.16 ay:foldleft
17.3.17 ay:foldright
17.3.18 ay:foreachpair
17.4 Conversion to and from
JSON
17.5 Functions on
JSON Data
17.5.1 fn:parsejson
17.5.2 fn:jsondoc
18 Constructor functions
18.1 Constructor functions for
XML Schema builtin atomic types
18.2 Constructor functions for xs:QName
and xs:NOTATION
18.3 Constructor functions
for XML Schema builtin list types
18.4 Constructor functions
for XML Schema builtin union types
18.5 Constructor
functions for userdefined types
19 Casting
19.1 Casting from primitive types
to primitive types
19.1.1 Casting to xs:string and
xs:untypedAtomic
19.1.2 Casting to numeric types
19.1.3 Casting to duration types
19.1.4 Casting to date and time types
19.1.5 Casting to xs:boolean
19.1.6 Casting to xs:base64Binary and
xs:hexBinary
19.1.7 Casting to xs:anyURI
19.1.8 Casting to xs:QName and
xs:NOTATION
19.1.9 Casting to xs:ENTITY
19.2 Casting from xs:string and
xs:untypedAtomic
19.3 Casting involving nonprimitive
types
19.3.1 Casting to derived types
19.3.2 Casting from derived types to
parent types
19.3.3 Casting within a branch of the type
hierarchy
19.3.4 Casting across the type
hierarchy
19.3.5 Casting to union types
19.3.6 Casting to list types
A References
A.1 Normative
references
A.2 Nonnormative references
B Error summary
C Illustrative userwritten functions
(NonNormative)
C.1 eg:ifempty and eg:ifabsent
C.1.1 eg:ifempty
C.1.2 eg:ifabsent
C.2 Union, intersection and
difference on sequences of values
C.2.1 eg:valueunion
C.2.2 eg:valueintersect
C.2.3 eg:valueexcept
C.3 eg:indexofnode
C.4 eg:stringpad
C.5 eg:distinctnodesstable
C.6 Finding
minima and maxima
C.6.1 eg:highest
C.6.2 eg:lowest
C.7 Sorting
D Checklist of implementationdefined
features (NonNormative)
E Changes since version 3.0
(NonNormative)
E.1 Substantive changes
E.2 Editorial
changes
F Compatibility with Previous
Versions (NonNormative)
The purpose of this document is to catalog the functions and operators required for XPath 3.0, XQuery 3.0 and XSLT 3.0. The exact syntax used to call these functions and operators is specified in [XML Path Language (XPath) 3.0], [XQuery 3.0: An XML Query Language] and [XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 3.0].
This document defines constructor functions and functions that take typed values as arguments. Some of the functions specify the semantics of operators defined in [XML Path Language (XPath) 3.0] and [XQuery 3.0: An XML Query Language].
[XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition] defines a number of primitive and derived datatypes, collectively known as builtin datatypes. This document defines functions and operations on these datatypes as well as the datatypes defined in Section 2.7 Schema Information ^{DM30} of the [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM) 3.0]. These functions and operations are defined for use in [XML Path Language (XPath) 3.0], [XQuery 3.0: An XML Query Language] and [XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 3.0] and related XML standards. This document also defines functions and operators on nodes and node sequences as defined in the [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM) 3.0] for use in [XML Path Language (XPath) 3.0], [XQuery 3.0: An XML Query Language] and [XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 3.0] and other related XML standards.
[Schema 1.1 Part 2] adds to the
data types defined in [XML Schema Part 2:
Datatypes Second Edition]. It introduces a new derived type
xs:dateTimeStamp
, and it incorporates as builtin
types the two types xs:yearMonthDuration
and
xs:dayTimeDuration
which were previously XDM additions
to the type system. In addition, XSD 1.1 clarifies and updates many
aspects of the definitions of the existing data types: for example,
it extends the value space of xs:double
to allow both
positive and negative zero, and extends the lexical space to allow
+INF
; it modifies the value space of
xs:Name
to permit additional Unicode characters; it
allows year zero and disallows leap seconds in
xs:dateTime
values; and it allows any character string
to appear as the value of an xs:anyURI
item.
Implementations of this specification may support
either XSD 1.0 or XSD 1.1 or both.
References to specific sections of some of the above documents are indicated by crossdocument links in this document. Each such link consists of a pointer to a specific section followed a superscript specifying the linked document. The superscripts have the following meanings: 'XQ' [XQuery 3.0: An XML Query Language], 'XT' [XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 3.0], 'XP' [XML Path Language (XPath) 3.0], and 'DM' [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM) 3.0].
The Functions and Operators specification is intended primarily as a component that can be used by other specifications. Therefore, Functions and Operators relies on specifications that use it (such as [XML Path Language (XPath) 3.0], [XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 3.0] and [XQuery 3.0: An XML Query Language]) to specify conformance criteria for their respective environments.
Authors of conformance criteria for the use of the Functions and Operators should pay particular attention to the following features:
It is ·implementationdefined· which version of Unicode is supported, but it is recommended that the most recent version of Unicode be used.
It is ·implementationdefined· whether the type system is based on XML Schema 1.0 or XML Schema 1.1.
Support for XML 1.0 and XML 1.1 by the datatypes used in Functions and Operators.
Note:
The XML Schema 1.1 recommendation introduces one new concrete
data type: xs:dateTimeStamp
; it also incorporates the
types xs:dayTimeDuration
,
xs:yearMonthDuration
, and
xs:anyAtomicType
which were previously defined as part
of [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM)
3.0]. Furthermore, XSD 1.1 includes the option of supporting
revised definitions of types such as xs:NCName
based
on the rules in XML 1.1 rather than 1.0.
In this document, text labeled as an example or as a Note is provided for explanatory purposes and is not normative.
The functions and operators defined in this document are
contained in one of several namespaces (see [Namespaces in XML]) and referenced using an
xs:QName
.
This document uses conventional prefixes to refer to these
namespaces. Userwritten applications can choose a different prefix
to refer to the namespace, so long as it is bound to the correct
URI. The host language may also define a default namespace for
function calls, in which case function names in that namespace need
not be prefixed at all. In many cases the default namespace will be
http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions
, allowing a
call on the fn:name
function
(for example) to be written as name()
rather than
fn:name()
; in this document,
however, all example function calls are explicitly prefixed.
The URIs of the namespaces and the conventional prefixes associated with them are:
http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema
for constructors —
associated with xs
.
The section 18 Constructor
functions defines constructor functions for the builtin
datatypes defined in [XML Schema Part 2:
Datatypes Second Edition] and in Section 2.7 Schema
Information ^{DM30} of [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM) 3.0].
These datatypes and the corresponding constructor functions are in
the XML Schema namespace,
http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema
, and are named in
this document using the xs
prefix.
http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions
for
functions — associated with fn
.
The namespace prefix used in this document for most functions
that are available to users is fn
.
http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions/math
for
functions — associated with math
.
This namespace is used for some mathematical functions. The
namespace prefix used in this document for these functions is
math
. These functions are available to users in
exactly the same way as those in the fn
namespace.
http://www.w3.org/2005/xqterrors
— associated with
err
.
There are no functions in this namespace; it is used for error codes.
This document uses the prefix err
to represent the
namespace URI http://www.w3.org/2005/xqterrors
, which
is the namespace for all XPath and XQuery error codes and messages.
This namespace prefix is not predeclared and its use in this
document is not normative.
Note:
The namespace URI associated with the err
prefix is
not expected to change from one version of this document to
another. The contents of this namespace may be extended to allow
additional errors to be returned.
http://www.w3.org/2010/xsltxqueryserialization
—
associated with output
.
There are no functions in this namespace: it is used for serialization parameters, as described in [XSLT and XQuery Serialization 3.0]
Functions defined with the op
prefix are described
here to underpin the definitions of the operators in [XML Path Language (XPath) 3.0], [XQuery 3.0: An XML Query Language] and [XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 3.0]. These
functions are not available directly to users, and there is no
requirement that implementations should actually provide these
functions. For this reason, no namespace is associated with the
op
prefix. For example, multiplication is generally
associated with the *
operator, but it is described as
a function in this document:
fn:numericmultiply
($arg1
as
numeric
,
$arg2
as
numeric
) as
numeric
In general, the specifications named above do not support
function overloading in the sense that functions that have multiple
signatures with the same name and the same number of parameters are
not supported. Consequently, there are no such overloaded functions
in this document except for legacy [XML Path
Language (XPath) Version 1.0] functions such as fn:string
, which accepts a single
parameter of a variety of types. In addition, it should be noted
that the functions defined in 4
Functions and operators on numerics that accept
numeric
parameters accept arguments of type
xs:integer
, xs:decimal
,
xs:float
or xs:double
. See 1.4 Function signatures and
descriptions. Operators such as "+" may be overloaded. This
document does define some functions with more than one signature
with the same name and different number of parameters. Userdefined
functions with more than one signature with the same name and
different number of parameters are also supported.
Each function is defined by specifying its signature, a description of the return type and each of the parameters and its semantics. For many functions, examples are included to illustrate their use.
Each function's signature is presented in a form like this:
fn:functionname
($parametername
as
parametertype
,
...) as
returntype
In this notation, functionname, in boldface, is the
name of the function whose signature is being specified. If the
function takes no parameters, then the name is followed by an empty
parameter list: "()
"; otherwise, the name is followed
by a parenthesized list of parameter declarations, each declaration
specifies the static type of the parameter, in italics, and a
descriptive, but nonnormative, name. If there are two or more
parameter declarations, they are separated by a comma. The
returntype
, also in italics, specifies the
static type of the value returned by the function. The dynamic type
of the value returned by the function is the same as its static
type or derived from the static type. All parameter types and
return types are specified using the SequenceType notation defined
in Section
2.5.4 SequenceType Syntax ^{XP30}.
One function, fn:concat
,
has a variable number of arguments (two or more). More strictly,
there is an infinite set of functions having the name fn:concat
, with arity ranging from
2 to infinity. For this special case, a single function signature
is given, with an ellipsis indicating an indefinite number of
arguments.
In some cases the word " numeric
" is used in
function signatures as a shorthand to indicate the four numeric
types: xs:integer
, xs:decimal
,
xs:float
and xs:double
. For example, a
function with the signature:
fn:numericfunction
($arg
as
numeric
) as
...
represents the following four function signatures:
fn:numericfunction
($arg
as
xs:integer
) as
...
fn:numericfunction
($arg
as
xs:decimal
) as
...
fn:numericfunction
($arg
as
xs:float
) as
...
fn:numericfunction
($arg
as
xs:double
) as
...
For most functions there is an initial paragraph describing what the function does followed by semantic rules. These rules are meant to be followed in the order that they appear in this document.
The function name is a QName
as defined in [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition]
and must adhere to its syntactic conventions. Following the
precedent set by [XML Path Language (XPath)
Version 1.0], function names are generally composed of English
words separated by hyphens (""). If a function name contains a
[XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second
Edition] datatype name, it may have intercapitalized spelling
and is used in the function name as such. For example, fn:timezonefromdateTime
.
Rules for passing parameters to operators are described in the
relevant sections of [XQuery 3.0: An XML Query
Language] and [XML Path Language (XPath)
3.0]. For example, the rules for passing parameters to
arithmetic operators are described in Section 3.5
Arithmetic Expressions ^{XP30}.
Specifically, rules for parameters of type
xs:untypedAtomic
and the empty sequence are specified
in this section.
As is customary, the parameter type name indicates that the
function or operator accepts arguments of that type, or types
derived from it, in that position. This is called subtype
substitution (See Section
2.5.5 SequenceType Matching ^{XP30}). In
addition, numeric type instances and instances of type
xs:anyURI
can be promoted to produce an argument of
the required type. (See Section B.1 Type
Promotion ^{XP30}).
Subtype Substitution: A derived type may substitute for
its base type. In particular, xs:integer
may be used
where xs:decimal
is expected.
Numeric Type Promotion: xs:decimal
may be
promoted to xs:float
or xs:double
.
Promotion to xs:double
should be done directly, not
via xs:float
, to avoid loss of precision.
anyURI Type Promotion: A value of type
xs:anyURI
can be promoted to the type
xs:string
.
Some functions accept a single value or the empty sequence as an
argument and some may return a single value or the empty sequence.
This is indicated in the function signature by following the
parameter or return type name with a question mark:
"?
", indicating that either a single value or the
empty sequence must appear. See below.
fn:functionname
($parametername
as
parametertype?
) as
returntype?
Note that this function signature is different from a signature
in which the parameter is omitted. See, for example, the two
signatures for fn:string
.
In the first signature, the parameter is omitted and the argument
defaults to the context item, referred to as ".". In the second
signature, the argument must be present but may be the empty
sequence, written as ()
.
Some functions accept a sequence of zero or more values as an
argument. This is indicated by following the name of the type of
the items in the sequence with *
. The sequence may
contain zero or more items of the named type. For example, the
function below accepts a sequence of xs:double
and
returns a xs:double
or the empty sequence.
fn:median
($arg
as
xs:double*
) as
xs:double?
The diagrams below show how nodes, function items, primitive simple types, and user defined types fit together into a type system. This type system comprises two distinct hierarchies that both include the primitive simple types. In the diagrams, connecting lines represent relationships between derived types and the types from which they are derived; the arrowheads point toward the type from which they are derived. The dashed line represents relationships not present in this diagram, but that appear in one of the other diagrams. Dotted lines represent additional relationships that follow an evident pattern. The information that appears in each diagram is recapitulated in tabular form.
The xs:IDREFS
, xs:NMTOKENS
, and
xs:ENTITIES
types and the userdefined list and
union types
are special types in that these types are lists
or unions rather than types derived by extension or
restriction.
The first diagram and its corresponding table illustrate the
relationship of various item types. Item types in the data model
form a lattice rather than a hierarchy: in the relationship defined
by the derivedfrom(A, B)
function, some types are
derived from more than one other type. Examples include functions
(function(xs:string) as xs:int
is substitutable for
function(xs:NCName) as xs:int
and also for
function(xs:string) as xs:decimal
), and union types
(A
is substitutable for union(A, B)
and
also for union(A, C)
. In XDM, item types include node
types, function types, and builtin atomic types. The diagram,
which shows only hierarchic relationships, is therefore a
simplification of the full model.
In the table, each type whose name is indented is derived from the type whose name appears nearest above it with one less level of indentation.
item  
xs:anyAtomicType  
function(*)  
function(item()*) as item()*  
function(item()*) as item()  
function(item()*) as item()?  
function(item()*, item()*) as item()*  
node  
attribute  
userdefined attribute types  
comment  
document  
userdefined document types  
element  
userdefined element types  
namespace  
processinginstruction  
text 
The next diagram and table illustrate the "any type" type
hierarchy, in which all types are derived from distinguished type
xs:anyType
.
In the table, each type whose name is indented is derived from the type whose name appears nearest above it with one less level of indentation.
xs:anyType  
userdefined complex types  
xs:untyped  
xs:anySimpleType  
userdefined list and union types  
xs:IDREFS  
xs:NMTOKENS  
xs:ENTITIES  
xs:anyAtomicType 
The final diagram and table show all of the atomic types, including the primitive simple types and the builtin types derived from the primitive simple types. This includes all the builtin datatypes defined in [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition] as well as the two totally ordered subtypes of duration defined in 8.1 Two totally ordered subtypes of duration.
In the table, each type whose name is indented is derived from the type whose name appears nearest above it with one less level of indentation.
xs:untypedAtomic  
xs:dateTime  
xs:dateTimeStamp  
xs:date  
xs:time  
xs:duration  
xs:yearMonthDuration  
xs:dayTimeDuration  
xs:float  
xs:double  
xs:decimal  
xs:integer  
xs:nonPositiveInteger  
xs:negativeInteger  
xs:long  
xs:int  
xs:short  
xs:byte  
xs:nonNegativeInteger  
xs:unsignedLong  
xs:unsignedInt  
xs:unsignedShort  
xs:unsignedByte  
xs:positiveInteger  
xs:gYearMonth  
xs:gYear  
xs:gMonthDay  
xs:gDay  
xs:gMonth  
xs:string  
xs:normalizedString  
xs:token  
xs:language  
xs:NMTOKEN  
xs:Name  
xs:NCName  
xs:ID  
xs:IDREF  
xs:ENTITY  
xs:boolean  
xs:base64Binary  
xs:hexBinary  
xs:anyURI  
xs:QName  
xs:NOTATION 
The terminology used to describe the functions and operators on [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition] is defined in the body of this specification. The terms defined in this section are used in building those definitions
This document uses the terms string
,
character
, and codepoint
with the
following meanings:
[Definition] A character is an instance of the Char^{XML} production of [Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Fifth Edition)].
Note:
This definition excludes Unicode characters in the surrogate blocks as well as xFFFE and xFFFF, while including characters with codepoints greater than xFFFF which some programming languages treat as two characters. The valid characters are defined by their codepoints, and include some whose codepoints have not been assigned by the Unicode consortium to any character.
[Definition] A string is a sequence of zero or
more ·characters·, or equivalently, a value in the value space
of the xs:string
data type.
[Definition] A codepoint is a nonnegative integer assigned to a ·character· by the Unicode consortium, or reserved for future assignment to a character.
Note:
The set of codepoints is thus wider than the set of characters.
This specification spells "codepoint" as one word; the Unicode specification spells it as "code point". Equivalent terms found in other specifications are "character number" or "code position". See [Character Model for the World Wide Web 1.0: Fundamentals]
Because these terms appear so frequently, they are hyperlinked to the definition only when there is a particular desire to draw the reader's attention to the definition; the absence of a hyperlink does not mean that the term is being used in some other sense.
It is ·implementationdefined· which version of [The Unicode Standard] is supported, but it is recommended that the most recent version of Unicode be used.
Unless explicitly stated, the xs:string
values
returned by the functions in this document are not normalized in
the sense of [Character Model for the World Wide
Web 1.0: Fundamentals].
Notes:
In functions that involve character counting such as fn:substring
, fn:stringlength
and
fn:translate
, what is
counted is the number of XML ·characters· in the
string (or equivalently, the number of Unicode codepoints). Some
implementations may represent a codepoint above xFFFF using two
16bit values known as a surrogate pair. A surrogate pair counts as
one character, not two.
This document uses the phrase "namespace URI" to identify the concept identified in [Namespaces in XML] as "namespace name", and the phrase "local name" to identify the concept identified in [Namespaces in XML] as "local part".
It also uses the term "expandedQName" defined below.
[Definition] An expandedQName is a pair
of values consisting of a namespace URI and a local name. They
belong to the value space of the [XML Schema
Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition] datatype
xs:QName
. When this document refers to
xs:QName
we always mean the value space, i.e. a
namespace URI, local name pair (and not the lexical space referring
to constructs of the form prefix:localname).
The term URI is used as follows:
[Definition] Within this specification, the term
URI refers to Universal Resource Identifiers as defined in
[RFC 3986] and extended in [RFC 3987] with a new name IRI. The term
URI Reference, unless otherwise stated, refers to a string
in the lexical space of the xs:anyURI
datatype as
defined in [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes
Second Edition].
Note:
Note that this means, in practice, that where this specification
requires a "URI Reference", an IRI as defined in [RFC 3987] will be accepted, provided that other
relevant specifications also permit an IRI. The term URI has been
retained in preference to IRI to avoid introducing new names for
concepts such as "Base URI" that are defined or referenced across
the whole family of XML specifications. Note also that the
definition of xs:anyURI
is a wider definition than the
definition in [RFC 3987]; for example it
does not require nonASCII characters to be escaped.
A feature of this specification included to ensure that implementations that use this feature remain compatible with [XML Path Language (XPath) Version 1.0]
Conforming documents and processors are permitted to, but need not, behave as described.
Conforming documents and processors are required to behave as described; otherwise, they are either nonconformant or else in error.
Possibly differing between implementations, but specified and documented by the implementor for each particular implementation.
Possibly differing between implementations, but not specified by this or other W3C specification, and not required to be specified by the implementor for any particular implementation.
This section is concerned with the question of whether two calls on a function, with the same arguments, may produce different results.
[Definition] Two function calls are said to be within the same execution scope if the host environment defines them as such. In XSLT, any two calls executed during the same transformation are in the same execution scope. In XQuery, any two calls executed during the evaluation of a toplevel expression are in the same execution scope. In other contexts, the execution scope is specified by the host environment that invokes the function library.
The following definition explains more precisely what it means for two function calls to return the same result:
[Definition] Two values are defined to be identical if they contain the same number of items and the items are pairwise identical. Two items are identical if and only if one of the following conditions applies:
Both items are atomic values, of precisely the same type, and
the values are equal as defined using the eq
operator,
using the Unicode codepoint collation when comparing strings
Both items are nodes, and represent the same node
Both items are function items, and have the same name (or absence of a name), arity, function signature, and closure. (Note that there is no function or operator defined in the specification that tests whether two function items are identical.)
Some functions produce results that depend not only on their explicit arguments, but also on the static and dynamic context.
[Definition] A function may have the property of being contextdependent: the result of such a function depends on the values of properties in the static and dynamic evaluation context as well as on the actual supplied arguments (if any).
[Definition] A function that is not ·contextdependent· is called contextindependent.
A function that is contextdependent can be used as a named
function reference, can be partially applied, and can be found
using fn:functionlookup
. The
principle in such cases is that the static context used for the
function evaluation is taken from the static context of the named
function reference, partial function application, or the call on
fn:functionlookup
; and
the dynamic context for the function evaluation is taken from the
dynamic context of the evaluation of the named function reference,
partial function application, or the call of fn:functionlookup
. In
effect, the static and dynamic part of the context thus act as part
of the closure of the function item.
Contextdependent functions fall into a number of categories:
The functions fn:currentdate
, fn:currentdateTime
,
fn:currenttime
,
fn:implicittimezone
,
fn:adjustdatetotimezone
,
fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone
,
and fn:adjusttimetotimezone
depend on properties of the dynamic context that are fixed within
the ·execution
scope·. The same applies to a number
of functions in the op:
namespace that manipulate
dates and times and that make use of the implicit timezone. These
functions will return the same result if called repeatedly during a
single ·execution
scope·.
A number of functions including fn:baseuri#0
, fn:data#0
, fn:documenturi#0
, fn:position
, fn:last
, fn:id#1
, fn:idref#1
, fn:elementwithid#1
,
fn:lang#1
, fn:localname#0
, fn:name#0
, fn:namespaceuri#0
, fn:normalizespace#0
,
fn:number#0
, fn:root#0
, fn:string#0
, fn:stringlength#0
, and
fn:path#0
depend on the
focus. These functions will in general return different results on
different calls if the focus is different.
[Definition] A function is focusdependent if its result depends on the focus (that is, the context item, position, or size).
[Definition] A function that is not ·focusdependent· is called focusindependent
The function fn:defaultcollation
and
many stringhandling operators and functions depend on the default
collation and the inscope collations, which are both properties of
the static context. If a particular call of one of these functions
is evaluated twice with the same arguments then it will return the
same result each time (because the static context, by definition,
does not change at run time). However, two distinct calls (that is,
two calls on the function appearing in different places in the
source code) may produce different results even if the explicit
arguments are the same.
Functions such as fn:staticbaseuri
,
fn:doc
, and fn:collection
depend on other
aspects of the static context. As with functions that depend on
collations, a single call will produce the same results on each
call if the explicit arguments are the same, but two calls
appearing in different places in the source code may produce
different results.
The fn:functionlookup
function is a special case because it is potentially dependent on
everything in the static and dynamic context. This is because the
static and dynamic context of the call to fn:functionlookup
are
used as the static and dynamic context of the function that
fn:functionlookup
returns.
[Definition] For a ·contextdependent· function, the parts of the context on which it depends are referred to as implicit arguments.
[Definition] A function that is guaranteed to produce ·identical· results from repeated calls within a single ·execution scope· if the explicit and implicit arguments are identical is referred to as deterministic.
[Definition] A function that is not ·deterministic· is referred to as nondeterministic.
All functions defined in this specification are ·deterministic· unless otherwise stated. Exceptions include the following:
Some functions (such as fn:distinctvalues
and
fn:unordered
) produce
results in an ·implementationdefined· or ·implementationdependent· order. In such cases there is no guarantee
that the order of results from different calls will be the same.
These functions are said to be nondeterministic with respect to
ordering.
The function fn:analyzestring
constructs an element node to represent its results. There is no
guarantee that repeated calls with the same arguments will return
the same identical node (in the sense of the is
operator). However, if nonidentical nodes are returned, their
content will be the same in the sense of the fn:deepequal
function. Such a
function is said to be nondeterministic with respect to node
identity.
Some functions (such as fn:doc
and fn:collection
) create new nodes
by reading external documents. Such functions are guaranteed to be
·deterministic· with
the exception that an implementation is allowed to make them
nondeterministic as a user option.
Where the results of a function are described as being (to a greater or lesser extent) ·implementationdefined· or ·implementationdependent·, this does not by itself remove the requirement that the results should be deterministic: that is, that repeated calls with the same explicit and implicit arguments must return identical results.
Accessors and their semantics are described in [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM) 3.0]. Some of these accessors are exposed to the user through the functions described below.
Function  Accessor  Accepts  Returns 

fn:nodename 
nodename 
an optional node  zero or one xs:QName 
fn:nilled 
nilled 
a node  an optional xs:boolean 
fn:string 
stringvalue 
an optional item or no argument  xs:string 
fn:data 
typedvalue 
zero or more items  a sequence of atomic values 
fn:baseuri 
baseuri 
an optional node or no argument  zero or one xs:anyURI 
fn:documenturi 
documenturi 
an optional node  zero or one xs:anyURI 
Returns the name of a node, as an xs:QName
.
fn:nodename
() as
xs:QName?
fn:nodename
($arg
as
node()?
) as
xs:QName?
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context item
(.
). The behavior of the function if the argument is
omitted is exactly the same as if the context item had been passed
as the argument.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the empty sequence
is returned.
Otherwise, the function returns the result of the
dm:nodename
accessor as defined in [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM) 3.0]
(see Section
5.11 nodename Accessor ^{DM30}).
The following errors may be raised when $arg
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
For element and attribute nodes, the name of the node is
returned as an xs:QName
, retaining the prefix,
namespace URI, and local part.
For processing instructions, the name of the node is returned as
an xs:QName
in which the prefix and namespace URI are
absent^{DM30}.
For a namespace node, the function returns an empty sequence if
the node represents the default namespace; otherwise it returns an
xs:QName
in which prefix and namespace URI are
absent^{DM30}
and the local part is the namespace prefix being bound).
For all other kinds of node, the function returns the empty sequence.
Returns true for an element that is nilled.
fn:nilled
() as
xs:boolean
fn:nilled
($arg
as
node()?
) as
xs:boolean?
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context item
(.
). The behavior of the function if the argument is
omitted is exactly the same as if the context item had been passed
as the argument.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise the function returns the result of the
dm:nilled
accessor as defined in [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM) 3.0]
(see Section 5.9
nilled Accessor ^{DM30}).
The following errors may be raised when $arg
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
If $arg
is not an element node, the function
returns the empty sequence.
If $arg
is an untyped element node, the function
returns false.
In practice, the function returns true
only for an
element node that has the attribute xsi:nil="true"
and
that is successfully validated against a schema that defines the
element to be nillable; the detailed rules, however, are defined in
[XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM)
3.0].
Returns the value of $arg
represented as an
xs:string
.
fn:string
() as
xs:string
fn:string
($arg
as
item()*
) as
xs:string
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
In the zeroargument version of the function, $arg
defaults to the context item. That is, calling
fn:string()
is equivalent to calling
fn:string(.)
.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the zerolength string.
Each item J in the input sequence $arg
is processed as follows, to produce a sequence of strings
T:
If J is a node, the string value of the node is
appended to T. The string value of a node is obtained
using the dm:stringvalue
accessor defined in [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM) 3.0]
(see Section
5.13 stringvalue Accessor ^{DM30}).
If J is an atomic value, the result of the expression
$arg cast as xs:string
(see 19
Casting) is appended to T.
If J is an array, these rules are applied recursively to each member of the array in order.
In all other cases, a dynamic error occurs (see below).
The result of the function is obtained by concatenating the strings in T using a single space character as a separator between adjacent items.
A dynamic error is raised [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30} by the zeroargument version of the function if the context item is absent^{DM30}.
A type error is raised [err:FOTY0014] if $arg
contains a function item other than an
array.
Every node has a string value, even an element with elementonly content (which has no typed value). Moreover, casting an atomic value to a string always succeeds. Maps and functions (other than arrays) have no string value, so these are the only cases that cause failure.
The expression string(23)
returns
"23"
.
The expression string(false())
returns
"false"
.
The expression string("Paris")
returns
"Paris"
.
The expression string((1, 2, 3))
returns "1 2
3"
.
The expression string([[1, 2], [3, 4]])
returns
"1 2 3 4"
.
The expression string(abs#1)
raises error
FOTY0014
.
let $para
:=
<para>In a hole in the ground there lived a <term author="Tolkein">hobbit</term>.</para>
The expression string($para)
returns "In a
hole in the ground there lived a hobbit."
.
Returns the result of atomizing a sequence, that is, replacing all nodes in the sequence by their typed values.
fn:data
() as
xs:anyAtomicType*
fn:data
($arg
as
item()*
) as
xs:anyAtomicType*
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context item
(.
). The behavior of the function if the argument is
omitted is exactly the same as if the context item had been passed
as the argument.
The result of fn:data
is the sequence of atomic
values produced by applying the following rules to each item in
$arg
:
If the item is an atomic value, it is appended to the result sequence.
If the item is a node, the typed value of the node is appended
to the result sequence. The typed value is a sequence of zero or
more atomic values: specifically, the result of the
dm:typedvalue
accessor as defined in [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM) 3.0]
(See Section
5.15 typedvalue Accessor ^{DM30}).
If the item is an array, the result of applying
fn:data
to each member of the array, in order, is
appended to the result sequence.
A type error is raised [err:FOTY0012] if an item in the sequence
$arg
is a node that does not have a typed value.
A type error is raised [err:FOTY0013] if an item in the sequence
$arg
is a function item other than an
array.
A dynamic error is raised if $arg
is omitted and
the context item is absent^{DM30}.
The process of applying the fn:data
function to a
sequence is referred to as atomization
. In many cases
an explicit call on fn:data
is not required, because
atomization is invoked implicitly when a node or sequence of nodes
is supplied in a context where an atomic value or sequence of
atomic values is required.
The expression data(123)
returns
123
.
The expression data((123, 456))
returns 123,
456
.
The expression data([[1,2],[3,4]])
returns 1,
2, 3, 4
.
let $para
:=
<para>In a hole in the ground there lived a <term author="Tolkein">hobbit</term>.</para>
The expression data($para)
returns
xs:untypedAtomic("In a hole in the ground there lived a
hobbit.")
.
The expression data($para/term/@author)
returns
xs:untypedAtomic("Tolkein")
.
The expression data(abs#1)
raises error
FOTY0013
.
Returns the base URI of a node.
fn:baseuri
() as
xs:anyURI?
fn:baseuri
($arg
as
node()?
) as
xs:anyURI?
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The zeroargument version of the function returns the base URI
of the context node: it is equivalent to calling
fn:baseuri(.)
.
The singleargument version of the function behaves as follows:
$arg
is the empty sequence, the function
returns the empty sequence.dm:baseuri
accessor applied to the node
$arg
. This accessor is defined, for each kind of node,
in the XDM specification (See Section 5.2
baseuri Accessor ^{DM30}).Note:
As explained in XDM, document, element and processinginstruction nodes have a baseuri property which may be empty. The baseuri property for all other node kinds is the empty sequence. The dm:baseuri accessor returns the baseuri property of a node if it exists and is nonempty; otherwise it returns the result of applying the dm:baseuri accessor to its parent, recursively. If the node does not have a parent, or if the recursive ascent up the ancestor chain encounters a parentless node whose baseuri property is empty, the empty sequence is returned. In the case of namespace nodes, however, the result is always an empty sequence  it does not depend on the base URI of the parent element.See also fn:staticbaseuri
.
The following errors may be raised when $arg
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
Returns the URI of a resource where a document can be found, if available.
fn:documenturi
() as
xs:anyURI?
fn:documenturi
($arg
as
node()?
) as
xs:anyURI?
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context item
(.
). The behavior of the function if the argument is
omitted is exactly the same as if the context item had been passed
as the argument.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
If $arg
is not a document node, the function
returns the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns the value of the
documenturi
accessor applied to $arg
, as
defined in [XQuery and XPath Data
Model (XDM) 3.0] (See Section
6.1.2 Accessors ^{DM30}).
The following errors may be raised when $arg
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
In the case of a document node $D
returned by the
fn:doc
function, or a document
node at the root of a tree containing a node returned by the
fn:collection
function,
it will always be true that either fn:documenturi($D)
returns the empty sequence, or that the following expression is
true: fn:doc(fn:documenturi($D))
is
$D
. It is ·implementationdefined· whether this guarantee also holds for document
nodes obtained by other means, for example a document node passed
as the initial context node of a query or transformation.
In this document, as well as in [XQuery
3.0: An XML Query Language] and [XML Path
Language (XPath) 3.0], the phrase "an error is raised" is used.
Raising an error is equivalent to calling the fn:error
function defined in this
section with the provided error code.
The above phrase is normally accompanied by specification of a
specific error, to wit: "an error is raised [error code]".
Each error defined in this document is identified by an
xs:QName
that is in the
http://www.w3.org/2005/xqterrors
namespace,
represented in this document by the err
prefix. It is
this xs:QName
that is actually passed as an argument
to the fn:error
function.
Calling this function raises an error. For a more detailed
treatment of error handing, see Section 2.3.3
Handling Dynamic Errors ^{XP30}.
The fn:error
function is
a general function that may be called as above but may also be
called from [XQuery 3.0: An XML Query
Language] or [XML Path Language (XPath)
3.0] applications with, for example, an xs:QName
argument.
Calling the fn:error
function raises an
applicationdefined error.
fn:error
() as
none
fn:error
($code
as
xs:QName
) as
none
fn:error
($code
as
xs:QName?
,
$description
as
xs:string
) as
none
fn:error ( 
$code 
as xs:QName? , 
$description 
as xs:string , 

$errorobject 
as item()* ) as none 
This function is ·nondeterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
This function never returns a value. Instead it always raises an error. The effect of the error is identical to the effect of dynamic errors raised implicitly, for example when an incorrect argument is supplied to a function.
The parameters to the fn:error
function supply
information that is associated with the error condition and that is
made available to a caller that asks for information about the
error. The error may be caught either by the host language (using a
try/catch construct in XSLT or XQuery, for example), or by the
calling application or external processing environment. The way in
which error information is returned to the external processing
environment is ·implementation dependent·
If fn:error
is called with no arguments, then its
behavior is the same as the function call:
fn:error(fn:QName('http://www.w3.org/2005/xqterrors', 'err:FOER0000'))
If $code
is the empty sequence then the effective
value is the xs:QName
constructed by:
fn:QName('http://www.w3.org/2005/xqterrors', 'err:FOER0000')
There are three pieces of information that may be associated with an error:
The $code
is an error code that distinguishes this
error from others. It is an xs:QName
; the namespace
URI conventionally identifies the component, subsystem, or
authority responsible for defining the meaning of the error code,
while the local part identifies the specific error condition. The
namespace URI http://www.w3.org/2005/xqterrors
is
used for errors defined in this specification; other namespace URIs
may be used for errors defined by the application.
If the external processing environment expects the error code to
be returned as a URI or a string rather than as an
xs:QName
, then an error code with namespace URI
NS
and local part LP
will be returned in
the form NS#LP
. The namespace URI part of the error
code should therefore not include a fragment identifier.
The $description
is a naturallanguage description
of the error condition.
The $errorobject
is an arbitrary value used to
convey additional information about the error, and may be used in
any way the application chooses.
This function always raises a dynamic error. By default, it raises [err:FOER0000]
The value of the $description
parameter may need to
be localized.
The type "none" is a special type defined in [XQuery 1.0 and XPath 2.0 Formal Semantics] and is not available to the user. It indicates that the function never returns and ensures that it has the correct static type.
Any QName may be used as an error code; there are no reserved names or namespaces. The error is always classified as a dynamic error, even if the error code used is one that is normally used for static errors or type errors.
The expression fn:error()
raises error
FOER0000
. (This returns the URI
http://www.w3.org/2005/xqterrors#FOER0000
(or the
corresponding xs:QName
) to the external processing
environment, unless the error is caught using a try/catch construct
in the host language.).
The expression
fn:error(fn:QName('http://www.example.com/HR',
'myerr:toohighsal'), 'Does not apply because salary is too
high')
raises error myerr:toohighsal
. (This
returns http://www.example.com/HR#toohighsal
and the
xs:string
"Does not apply because salary is too
high"
(or the corresponding xs:QName
) to the
external processing environment, unless the error is caught using a
try/catch construct in the host language.).
Provides an execution trace intended to be used in debugging queries.
fn:trace
($value
as
item()*
,
$label
as
xs:string
) as
item()*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns the value of $value
,
unchanged.
In addition, the values of $value
, converted to an
xs:string
, and $label
may be directed to a trace data set. The
destination of the trace output is ·implementationdefined·. The format of the trace output is ·implementation dependent·. The ordering of output from calls of the
fn:trace
function is ·implementation dependent·.
Consider a situation in which a user wants to investigate the
actual value passed to a function. Assume that in a particular
execution, $v
is an xs:decimal
with value
124.84
. Writing fn:trace($v, 'the value of $v
is:')
will put the strings "124.84"
and
"the value of $v is:"
in the trace data set in
implementation dependent order.
This section specifies arithmetic operators on the numeric datatypes defined in [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition]. It uses an approach that permits lightweight implementation whenever possible.
The operators described in this section are defined on the following numeric types. Each type whose name is indented is derived from the type whose name appears nearest above with one less level of indentation.
xs:decimal  
xs:integer  
xs:float  
xs:double 
They also apply to types derived by restriction from the above types.
Note:
This specification uses [IEEE
7542008] arithmetic for xs:float
and
xs:double
values. One consequence of this is that some
operations result in the value NaN
(nota number),
which has the unusual property that it is not equal to itself.
Another consequence is that some operations return the value
negative zero. This differs from [XML Schema
Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition] which defines
NaN
as being equal to itself and defines only a single
zero in the value space. The text accompanying several functions
defines behavior for both positive and negative zero inputs and
outputs in the interest of alignment with [IEEE 7542008]. A conformant implementation
must respect these semantics. In consequence, the expression
0.0e0
(which is actually a unary minus operator
applied to an xs:double
value) will always return
negative zero: see 4.2.8
op:numericunaryminus. As a concession to implementations
that rely on implementations of XSD 1.0, however, when casting from
string to double the lexical form 0
may be converted to positive zero, though negative
zero is recommended.
XML Schema 1.1 introduces support for positive and negative zero
as distinct values, and also uses the [IEEE
7542008] semantics for comparisons involving
NaN
.
The following functions define the semantics of arithmetic operators defined in [XQuery 3.0: An XML Query Language] and [XML Path Language (XPath) 3.0] on these numeric types.
Operators  Meaning 

op:numericadd 
Addition 
op:numericsubtract 
Subtraction 
op:numericmultiply 
Multiplication 
op:numericdivide 
Division 
op:numericintegerdivide 
Integer division 
op:numericmod 
Modulus 
op:numericunaryplus 
Unary plus 
op:numericunaryminus 
Unary minus (negation) 
The parameters and return types for the above operators are the
basic numeric types: xs:integer
,
xs:decimal
, xs:float
and
xs:double
, and types derived from them. The word "
numeric
" in function signatures signifies these four
types. For simplicity, each operator is defined to operate on
operands of the same type and return the same type. The exceptions
are op:numericdivide
, which
returns an xs:decimal
if called with two
xs:integer
operands and op:numericintegerdivide
which always returns an xs:integer
.
If the two operands are not of the same type, subtype substitution and numeric type promotion are used to obtain two operands of the same type. Section B.1 Type Promotion ^{XP30} and Section B.2 Operator Mapping ^{XP30} describe the semantics of these operations in detail.
The result type of operations depends on their argument datatypes and is defined in the following table:
Operator  Returns 

op:operation(xs:integer, xs:integer) 
xs:integer (except for op:numericdivide(integer,
integer) , which returns xs:decimal ) 
op:operation(xs:decimal, xs:decimal) 
xs:decimal 
op:operation(xs:float, xs:float) 
xs:float 
op:operation(xs:double, xs:double) 
xs:double 
op:operation(xs:integer) 
xs:integer 
op:operation(xs:decimal) 
xs:decimal 
op:operation(xs:float) 
xs:float 
op:operation(xs:double) 
xs:double 
These rules define any operation on any pair of arithmetic types. Consider the following example:
op:operation(xs:int, xs:double) => op:operation(xs:double, xs:double)
For this operation, xs:int
must be converted to
xs:double
. This can be done, since by the rules above:
xs:int
can be substituted for xs:integer
,
xs:integer
can be substituted for
xs:decimal
, xs:decimal
can be promoted to
xs:double
. As far as possible, the promotions should
be done in a single step. Specifically, when an
xs:decimal
is promoted to an xs:double
,
it should not be converted to an xs:float
and then to
xs:double
, as this risks loss of precision.
As another example, a user may define height
as a
derived type of xs:integer
with a minimum value of 20
and a maximum value of 100. He may then derive
fenceHeight
using an enumeration to restrict the
permitted set of values to, say, 36, 48 and 60.
op:operation(fenceHeight, xs:integer) => op:operation(xs:integer, xs:integer)
fenceHeight
can be substituted for its base type
height
and height
can be substituted for
its base type xs:integer
.
The basic rules for addition, subtraction, and multiplication of
ordinary numbers are not set out in this specification; they are
taken as given. In the case of xs:double
and
xs:float
the rules are as defined in [IEEE 7542008]. The rules for handling
division and modulus operations, as well as the rules for handling
special values such as infinity and NaN
, and exception
conditions such as overflow and underflow, are described more
explicitly since they are not necessarily obvious.
On overflow and underflow situations during arithmetic operations conforming implementations ·must· behave as follows:
For xs:float
and xs:double
operations,
overflow behavior ·must· be conformant with [IEEE 7542008]. This specification allows the
following options:
Raising a dynamic error [err:FOAR0002] via an overflow trap.
Returning INF
or INF
.
Returning the largest (positive or negative) noninfinite number.
For xs:float
and xs:double
operations,
underflow behavior ·must· be conformant with [IEEE 7542008]. This specification allows the
following options:
Raising a dynamic error [err:FOAR0002] via an underflow trap.
Returning 0.0E0
or +/ 2**Emin
or a
denormalized value; where Emin
is the smallest
possible xs:float
or xs:double
exponent.
For xs:decimal
operations, overflow behavior
·must· raise a
dynamic error [err:FOAR0002]. On underflow, 0.0
must be returned.
For xs:integer
operations, implementations that
support limitedprecision integer operations ·must· select from the following options:
They ·may· choose to always raise a dynamic error [err:FOAR0002].
They ·may· provide an ·implementationdefined· mechanism that allows users to choose between raising an error and returning a result that is modulo the largest representable integer value. See [ISO 10967].
The functions op:numericadd
, op:numericsubtract
,
op:numericmultiply
,
op:numericdivide
,
op:numericintegerdivide
and op:numericmod
are
each defined for pairs of numeric operands, each of which has the
same type:xs:integer
, xs:decimal
,
xs:float
, or xs:double
. The functions
op:numericunaryplus
and op:numericunaryminus
are defined for a single operand whose type is one of those same
numeric types.
For xs:float
and xs:double
arguments,
if either argument is NaN
, the result is
NaN
.
For xs:decimal
values the number of digits of
precision returned by the numeric operators is ·implementationdefined·. If the number of digits in the result exceeds
the number of digits that the implementation supports, the result
is truncated or rounded in an ·implementationdefined· manner.
The [IEEE 7542008] specification
also describes handling of two exception conditions called
divideByZero
and invalidOperation
. The
IEEE divideByZero
exception is raised not only by a
direct attempt to divide by zero, but also by operations such as
log(0)
. The IEEE invalidOperation
exception is raised by attempts to call a function with an argument
that is outside the function's domain (for example,
sqrt(1)
or log(1)
. These IEEE
exceptions do not cause a dynamic error at the application level;
rather they result in the relevant function or operator returning
NaN
. The underlying IEEE exception
may be notified to the application or to the user
by some ·implementationdefined· warning condition, but the observable effect
on an application using the functions and operators defined in this
specification is simply to return NaN
with no
error.
The [IEEE 7542008] specification
distinguishes two NaN values, a quiet NaN and a signaling NaN.
These two values are not distinguishable in the XDM model: the
value spaces of xs:float
and xs:double
each include only a single NaN
value. This does not
prevent the implementation distinguishing them internally, and
triggering different ·implementationdefined· warning conditions, but such distinctions do
not affect the observable behavior of an application using the
functions and operators defined in this specification.
Returns the arithmetic sum of its operands: ($arg1 +
$arg2
).
Defines the semantics of the "+" operator when applied to two numeric values
op:numericadd
($arg1
as
numeric
,
$arg2
as
numeric
) as
numeric
General rules: see 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric values.
For xs:float
or xs:double
values, if
one of the operands is a zero or a finite number and the other is
INF
or INF
, INF
or
INF
is returned. If both operands are
INF
, INF
is returned. If both operands
are INF
, INF
is returned. If one of the
operands is INF
and the other is INF
,
NaN
is returned.
Returns the arithmetic difference of its operands: ($arg1
 $arg2
).
Defines the semantics of the "" operator when applied to two numeric values.
op:numericsubtract
($arg1
as
numeric
,
$arg2
as
numeric
) as
numeric
General rules: see 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric values.
For xs:float
or xs:double
values, if
one of the operands is a zero or a finite number and the other is
INF
or INF
, an infinity of the
appropriate sign is returned. If both operands are INF
or INF
, NaN
is returned. If one of the
operands is INF
and the other is INF
, an
infinity of the appropriate sign is returned.
Returns the arithmetic product of its operands: ($arg1 *
$arg2
).
Defines the semantics of the "*" operator when applied to two numeric values.
op:numericmultiply
($arg1
as
numeric
,
$arg2
as
numeric
) as
numeric
General rules: see 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric values.
For xs:float
or xs:double
values, if
one of the operands is a zero and the other is an infinity,
NaN
is returned. If one of the operands is a nonzero
number and the other is an infinity, an infinity with the
appropriate sign is returned.
Returns the arithmetic quotient of its operands: ($arg1
div $arg2
).
Defines the semantics of the "div" operator when applied to two numeric values.
op:numericdivide
($arg1
as
numeric
,
$arg2
as
numeric
) as
numeric
General rules: see 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric values.
As a special case, if the types of both $arg1
and
$arg2
are xs:integer
, then the return
type is xs:decimal
.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOAR0001] for xs:decimal
and
xs:integer
operands, if the divisor is (positive or
negative) zero.
For xs:float
and xs:double
operands,
floating point division is performed as specified in [IEEE 7542008]. A positive number divided by
positive zero returns INF
. A negative number divided
by positive zero returns INF
. Division by negative
zero returns INF
and INF
, respectively.
Positive or negative zero divided by positive or negative zero
returns NaN
. Also, INF
or
INF
divided by INF
or INF
returns NaN
.
Performs an integer division.
Defines the semantics of the "idiv" operator when applied to two numeric values.
op:numericintegerdivide
($arg1
as
numeric
,
$arg2
as
numeric
) as
xs:integer
General rules: see 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric values.
If $arg2
is INF
or INF
,
and $arg1
is not INF
or
INF
, then the result is zero.
Otherwise, subject to limits of precision and overflow/underflow
conditions, the result is the largest (furthest from zero)
xs:integer
value $N
such that fn:abs($N * $arg2) le fn:abs($arg1) and
fn:compare($N * $arg2, 0) eq fn:compare($arg1, 0)
.
Note:
The second term in this condition ensures that the result has the correct sign.
The implementation may adopt a different algorithm provided that
it is equivalent to this formulation in all cases where ·implementationdependent· or ·implementationdefined· behavior does not affect the outcome, for
example, the implementationdefined precision of the result of
xs:decimal
division.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOAR0001] if the divisor is (positive or negative) zero.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOAR0002] if either operand is
NaN
or if $arg1
is INF
or
INF
.
Except in situations involving errors, loss of precision, or
overflow/underflow, the result of $a idiv $b
is the
same as ($a div $b) cast as xs:integer
.
The semantics of this function are different from integer division as defined in programming languages such as Java and C++.
The expression op:numericintegerdivide(10,3)
returns 3
.
The expression op:numericintegerdivide(3,2)
returns 1
.
The expression op:numericintegerdivide(3,2)
returns 1
.
The expression op:numericintegerdivide(3,2)
returns 1
.
The expression op:numericintegerdivide(9.0,3)
returns 3
.
The expression op:numericintegerdivide(3.5,3)
returns 1
.
The expression op:numericintegerdivide(3.0,4)
returns 0
.
The expression op:numericintegerdivide(3.1E1,6)
returns 5
.
The expression op:numericintegerdivide(3.1E1,7)
returns 4
.
Returns the remainder resulting from dividing
$arg1
, the dividend, by $arg2
, the
divisor.
Defines the semantics of the "mod" operator when applied to two numeric values.
op:numericmod
($arg1
as
numeric
,
$arg2
as
numeric
) as
numeric
General rules: see 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric values.
The operation a mod b
for operands that are
xs:integer
or xs:decimal
, or types
derived from them, produces a result such that (a idiv
b)*b+(a mod b)
is equal to a
and the magnitude
of the result is always less than the magnitude of b
.
This identity holds even in the special case that the dividend is
the negative integer of largest possible magnitude for its type and
the divisor is 1 (the remainder is 0). It follows from this rule
that the sign of the result is the sign of the dividend.
For xs:float
and xs:double
operands
the following rules apply:
If either operand is NaN
, the result is
NaN
.
If the dividend is positive or negative infinity, or the divisor
is positive or negative zero (0), or both, the result is
NaN
.
If the dividend is finite and the divisor is an infinity, the result equals the dividend.
If the dividend is positive or negative zero and the divisor is finite, the result is the same as the dividend.
In the remaining cases, where neither positive or negative
infinity, nor positive or negative zero, nor NaN
is
involved, the result obeys (a idiv b)*b+(a mod b)
=
a
. Division is truncating division, analogous to
integer division, not [IEEE 7542008]
rounding division i.e. additional digits are truncated, not rounded
to the required precision.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOAR0001] for xs:integer
and
xs:decimal
operands, if $arg2
is
zero.
The expression op:numericmod(10,3)
returns
1
.
The expression op:numericmod(6,2)
returns
0
.
The expression op:numericmod(4.5,1.2)
returns
0.9
.
The expression op:numericmod(1.23E2, 0.6E1)
returns 3.0E0
.
Returns its operand with the sign unchanged: (+
$arg
).
Defines the semantics of the unary "+" operator applied to a numeric value.
op:numericunaryplus
($arg
as
numeric
) as
numeric
General rules: see 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric values.
The returned value is equal to $arg
, and is an
instance of xs:integer
, xs:decimal
,
xs:double
, or xs:float
depending on the
type of $arg
.
Because function conversion rules are applied in the normal way,
the unary +
operator can be used to force conversion
of an untyped node to a number: the result of +@price
is the same as xs:double(@price)
if the type of
@price
is xs:untypedAtomic
.
Returns its operand with the sign reversed: (
$arg
).
Defines the semantics of the unary "" operator when applied to a numeric value.
op:numericunaryminus
($arg
as
numeric
) as
numeric
General rules: see 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric values.
The returned value is an instance of xs:integer
,
xs:decimal
, xs:double
, or
xs:float
depending on the type of
$arg
.
For xs:integer
and xs:decimal
arguments, 0
and 0.0
return
0
and 0.0
, respectively. For
xs:float
and xs:double
arguments,
NaN
returns NaN
, 0.0E0
returns 0.0E0
and vice versa. INF
returns INF
. INF
returns
INF
.
This specification defines the following comparison operators on
numeric values. Comparisons take two arguments of the same type. If
the arguments are of different types, one argument is promoted to
the type of the other as described above in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric
values. Each comparison operator returns a boolean value.
If either, or both, operands are NaN
,
false
is returned.
Function  Meaning 

op:numericequal 
Returns true if and only if the value of $arg1 is
equal to the value of $arg2 . 
op:numericlessthan 
Returns true if and only if $arg1 is
numerically less than $arg2 . 
op:numericgreaterthan 
Returns true if and only if $arg1 is
numerically greater than $arg2 . 
Returns true if and only if the value of $arg1
is
equal to the value of $arg2
.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" operator when applied to two numeric values, and is also used in defining the semantics of "ne", "le" and "ge".
op:numericequal
($arg1
as
numeric
,
$arg2
as
numeric
) as
xs:boolean
General rules: see 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric values and 4.3 Comparison operators on numeric values.
For xs:float
and xs:double
values,
positive zero and negative zero compare equal. INF
equals INF
, and INF
equals
INF
. NaN
does not equal itself.
Returns true
if and only if $arg1
is
numerically less than $arg2
.
Defines the semantics of the "lt" operator when applied to two numeric values, and is also used in defining the semantics of "le".
op:numericlessthan
($arg1
as
numeric
,
$arg2
as
numeric
) as
xs:boolean
General rules: see 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric values and 4.3 Comparison operators on numeric values.
For xs:float
and xs:double
values,
positive infinity is greater than all other nonNaN
values; negative infinity is less than all other
nonNaN
values. If $arg1
or
$arg2
is NaN
, the function returns
false
.
Returns true
if and only if $arg1
is
numerically greater than $arg2
.
Defines the semantics of the "gt" operator when applied to two numeric values, and is also used in defining the semantics of "ge".
op:numericgreaterthan
($arg1
as
numeric
,
$arg2
as
numeric
) as
xs:boolean
The function call op:numericgreaterthan($A, $B)
is defined to return the same result as op:numericlessthan($B,
$A)
The following functions are defined on numeric types. Each function returns a value of the same type as the type of its argument.
If the argument is the empty sequence, the empty sequence is returned.
For xs:float
and xs:double
arguments,
if the argument is "NaN", "NaN" is returned.
Except for fn:abs
, for
xs:float
and xs:double
arguments, if the
argument is positive or negative infinity, positive or negative
infinity is returned.
Function  Meaning 

fn:abs 
Returns the absolute value of $arg . 
fn:ceiling 
Rounds $arg upwards to a whole number. 
fn:floor 
Rounds $arg downwards to a whole number. 
fn:round 
Rounds a value to a specified number of decimal places, rounding upwards if two such values are equally near. 
fn:roundhalftoeven 
Rounds a value to a specified number of decimal places, rounding to make the last digit even if two such values are equally near. 
Note:
fn:round
and fn:roundhalftoeven
produce the same result in all cases except when the argument is
exactly midway between two values with the required precision.
Other ways of rounding midway values can be achieved as follows:
Towards negative infinity: fn:round($x)
Away from zero: fn:round(fn:abs($x))*fn:compare($x,0)
Towards zero: fn:abs(fn:round($x))*fn:compare($x,0)
Returns the absolute value of $arg
.
fn:abs
($arg
as
numeric?
) as
numeric?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
General rules: see 4.4 Functions on numeric values.
If $arg
is negative the function returns
$arg
, otherwise it returns $arg
.
If the type of $arg
is one of the four numeric
types xs:float
, xs:double
,
xs:decimal
or xs:integer
the type of the
result is the same as the type of $arg
. If the type of
$arg
is a type derived from one of the numeric types,
the result is an instance of the base numeric type.
For xs:float
and xs:double
arguments,
if the argument is positive zero or negative zero, then positive
zero is returned. If the argument is positive or negative infinity,
positive infinity is returned.
The expression fn:abs(10.5)
returns
10.5
.
The expression fn:abs(10.5)
returns
10.5
.
Rounds $arg
upwards to a whole number.
fn:ceiling
($arg
as
numeric?
) as
numeric?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
General rules: see 4.4 Functions on numeric values.
The function returns the smallest (closest to negative infinity)
number with no fractional part that is not less than the value of
$arg
.
If the type of $arg
is one of the four numeric
types xs:float
, xs:double
,
xs:decimal
or xs:integer
the type of the
result is the same as the type of $arg
. If the type of
$arg
is a type derived from one of the numeric types,
the result is an instance of the base numeric type.
For xs:float
and xs:double
arguments,
if the argument is positive zero, then positive zero is returned.
If the argument is negative zero, then negative zero is returned.
If the argument is less than zero and greater than 1, negative
zero is returned.
The expression fn:ceiling(10.5)
returns
11
.
The expression fn:ceiling(10.5)
returns
10
.
Rounds $arg
downwards to a whole number.
fn:floor
($arg
as
numeric?
) as
numeric?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
General rules: see 4.4 Functions on numeric values.
The function returns the largest (closest to positive infinity)
number with no fractional part that is not greater than the value
of $arg
.
If the type of $arg
is one of the four numeric
types xs:float
, xs:double
,
xs:decimal
or xs:integer
the type of the
result is the same as the type of $arg
. If the type of
$arg
is a type derived from one of the numeric types,
the result is an instance of the base numeric type.
For xs:float
and xs:double
arguments,
if the argument is positive zero, then positive zero is returned.
If the argument is negative zero, then negative zero is
returned.
The expression fn:floor(10.5)
returns
10
.
The expression fn:floor(10.5)
returns
11
.
Rounds a value to a specified number of decimal places, rounding upwards if two such values are equally near.
fn:round
($arg
as
numeric?
) as
numeric?
fn:round
($arg
as
numeric?
, $precision
as
xs:integer
) as
numeric?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
General rules: see 4.4 Functions on numeric values.
The function returns the nearest (that is, numerically closest)
value to $arg
that is a multiple of ten to the power
of minus $precision
. If two such values are equally
near (for example, if the fractional part in $arg
is
exactly .5), the function returns the one that is closest to
positive infinity.
If the type of $arg
is one of the four numeric
types xs:float
, xs:double
,
xs:decimal
or xs:integer
the type of the
result is the same as the type of $arg
. If the type of
$arg
is a type derived from one of the numeric types,
the result is an instance of the base numeric type.
The singleargument version of this function produces the same
result as the twoargument version with $precision=0
(that is, it rounds to a whole number).
When $arg
is of type xs:float
and
xs:double
:
If $arg
is NaN, positive or negative zero, or
positive or negative infinity, then the result is the same as the
argument.
For other values, the argument is cast to
xs:decimal
using an implementation of
xs:decimal
that imposes no limits on the number of
digits that can be represented. The function is applied to this
xs:decimal
value, and the resulting
xs:decimal
is cast back to xs:float
or
xs:double
as appropriate to form the function result.
If the resulting xs:decimal
value is zero, then
positive or negative zero is returned according to the sign of
$arg
.
This function is typically used with a nonzero
$precision
in financial applications where the
argument is of type xs:decimal
. For arguments of type
xs:float
and xs:double
the results may be
counterintuitive. For example, consider round(35.425e0,
2)
. The result is not 35.43, as might be expected, but
35.42. This is because the xs:double
written as
35.425e0 has an exact value equal to 35.42499999999..., which is
closer to 35.42 than to 35.43.
The expression fn:round(2.5)
returns
3.0
.
The expression fn:round(2.4999)
returns
2.0
.
The expression fn:round(2.5)
returns
2.0
. (Not the possible alternative,
3
).
The expression fn:round(1.125, 2)
returns
1.13
.
The expression fn:round(8452, 2)
returns
8500
.
The expression fn:round(3.1415e0, 2)
returns
3.14e0
.
Rounds a value to a specified number of decimal places, rounding to make the last digit even if two such values are equally near.
fn:roundhalftoeven
($arg
as
numeric?
) as
numeric?
fn:roundhalftoeven
($arg
as
numeric?
, $precision
as
xs:integer
) as
numeric?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
General rules: see 4.4 Functions on numeric values.
The function returns the nearest (that is, numerically closest)
value to $arg
that is a multiple of ten to the power
of minus $precision
. If two such values are equally
near (e.g. if the fractional part in $arg
is exactly
.500...), the function returns the one whose least significant
digit is even.
If the type of $arg
is one of the four numeric
types xs:float
, xs:double
,
xs:decimal
or xs:integer
the type of the
result is the same as the type of $arg
. If the type of
$arg
is a type derived from one of the numeric types,
the result is an instance of the base numeric type.
The first signature of this function produces the same result as
the second signature with $precision=0
.
For arguments of type xs:float
and
xs:double
:
If the argument is NaN
, positive or negative zero,
or positive or negative infinity, then the result is the same as
the argument.
In all other cases, the argument is cast to
xs:decimal
using an implementation of xs:decimal that
imposes no limits on the number of digits that can be represented.
The function is applied to this xs:decimal
value, and
the resulting xs:decimal
is cast back to
xs:float
or xs:double
as appropriate to
form the function result. If the resulting xs:decimal
value is zero, then positive or negative zero is returned according
to the sign of the original argument.
This function is typically used in financial applications where
the argument is of type xs:decimal
. For arguments of
type xs:float
and xs:double
the results
may be counterintuitive. For example, consider
roundhalftoeven(xs:float(150.015), 2)
. The result
is not 150.02 as might be expected, but 150.01. This is because the
conversion of the xs:float
value represented by the
literal 150.015 to an xs:decimal
produces the
xs:decimal
value 150.014999389..., which is closer to
150.01 than to 150.02.
The expression fn:roundhalftoeven(0.5)
returns
0.0
.
The expression fn:roundhalftoeven(1.5)
returns
2.0
.
The expression fn:roundhalftoeven(2.5)
returns
2.0
.
The expression fn:roundhalftoeven(3.567812e+3,
2)
returns 3567.81e0
.
The expression fn:roundhalftoeven(4.7564e3, 2)
returns 0.0e0
.
The expression fn:roundhalftoeven(35612.25, 2)
returns 35600
.
It is possible to convert strings to values of type
xs:integer
, xs:float
,
xs:decimal
, or xs:double
using the
constructor functions described in 18 Constructor functions or
using cast
expressions as described in 19 Casting.
In addition the fn:number
function is available to
convert strings to values of type xs:double
. It
differs from the xs:double
constructor function in
that any value outside the lexical space of the
xs:double
datatype is converted to the
xs:double
value NaN
.
Returns the value indicated by $arg
or, if
$arg
is not specified, the context item after
atomization, converted to an xs:double
.
fn:number
() as
xs:double
fn:number
($arg
as
xs:anyAtomicType?
) as
xs:double
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
Calling the zeroargument version of the function is defined to
give the same result as calling the singleargument version with
the context item (.
). That is,
fn:number()
is equivalent to
fn:number(.)
, as defined by the rules that follow.
If $arg
is the empty sequence or if
$arg
cannot be converted to an xs:double
,
the xs:double
value NaN
is returned.
Otherwise, $arg
is converted to an
xs:double
following the rules of 19.1.2.2 Casting to xs:double. If
the conversion to xs:double
fails, the
xs:double
value NaN
is returned.
A dynamic error is raised [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30} if
$arg
is omitted and the context item is absent^{DM30}.
As a consequence of the rules given above, a type error occurs if the context item cannot be atomized, or if the result of atomizing the context item is a sequence containing more than one atomic value.
XSD 1.1 allows the string +INF
as a representation
of positive infinity; XSD 1.0 does not. It is ·implementationdefined· whether XSD 1.1 is supported.
Generally fn:number
returns NaN
rather
than raising a dynamic error if the argument cannot be converted to
xs:double
. However, a type error is raised in the
usual way if the supplied argument cannot be atomized or if the
result of atomization does not match the required argument
type.
The expression fn:number($item1/quantity)
returns
5.0e0
.
The expression fn:number($item2/description)
returns xs:double('NaN')
.
Assume that the context item is the xs:string
value
"15
". Then fn:number()
returns
1.5e1
.
Formats an integer according to a given picture string, using the conventions of a given natural language if specified.
fn:formatinteger
($value
as
xs:integer?
,
$picture
as
xs:string
) as
xs:string
fn:formatinteger ( 
$value 
as xs:integer? , 
$picture 
as xs:string , 

$lang 
as xs:string? ) as xs:string 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on default language.
The threeargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $value
is an empty sequence, the function
returns a zerolength string.
In all other cases, the $picture
argument describes
the format in which $value
is output.
The rules that follow describe how nonnegative numbers are
output. If the value of $value
is negative, the rules
below are applied to the absolute value of $value
, and
a minus sign is prepended to the result.
The value of $picture
consists of a primary format
token, optionally followed by a format modifier. The primary format
token is always present and must not be
zerolength. If the string contains one or more semicolons then
everything that precedes the last semicolon is taken as the primary
format token and everything that follows is taken as the format
modifier; if the string contains no semicolon then the entire
picture is taken as the primary format token, and the format
modifier is taken to be absent (which is equivalent to supplying a
zerolength string).
The primary format token is classified as one of the following:
A decimaldigitpattern made up of optionaldigitsigns, mandatorydigitsigns, and groupingseparatorsigns.
The optionaldigitsign is the character "#".
A mandatorydigitsign is a ·character· in
Unicode category Nd. All mandatorydigitsigns within
the format token must be from the same digit
family, where a digit family is a sequence of ten consecutive
characters in Unicode category Nd, having digit values 0 through 9.
Within the format token, these digits are interchangeable: a
threedigit number may thus be indicated equivalently by
000
, 001
, or 999
.
a groupingseparatorsign is a nonalphanumeric character, that is a ·character· whose Unicode category is other than Nd, Nl, No, Lu, Ll, Lt, Lm or Lo.
If the primary format token contains at least one Unicode digit
then it is taken as a decimal digit pattern, and in this case it
must match the regular expression
^((\p{Nd}#[^\p{N}\p{L}])+?)$
. If it contains a digit
but does not match this pattern, a dynamic error is raised
[err:FODF1310].
Note:
If a semicolon is to be used as a grouping separator, then the primary format token as a whole must be followed by another semicolon, to ensure that the grouping separator is not mistaken as a separator between the primary format token and the format modifier.
There must be at least one mandatorydigitsign. There may be zero or more optionaldigitsigns, and (if present) these must precede all mandatorydigitsigns. There may be zero or more groupingseparatorsigns. A groupingseparatorsign must not appear at the start or end of the decimaldigitpattern, nor adjacent to another groupingseparatorsign.
The corresponding output format is a decimal number, using this
digit family, with at least as many digits as there are
mandatorydigitsigns in the format token. Thus, a
format token 1
generates the sequence 0 1 2 ...
10 11 12 ...
, and a format token 01
(or
equivalently, 00
or 99
) generates the
sequence 00 01 02 ... 09 10 11 12 ... 99 100 101
. A
format token of ١
(ArabicIndic digit one)
generates the sequence ١
then ٢
then
٣
...
The groupingseparatorsigns are handled as follows.
The position of grouping separators within the format token,
counting backwards from the last digit, indicates the position of
grouping separators to appear within the formatted number, and the
character used as the groupingseparatorsign within the
format token indicates the character to be used as the
corresponding grouping separator in the formatted number. If
groupingseparatorsigns appear at regular intervals
within the format token, that is if the same grouping separator
appears at positions forming a sequence N,
2N, 3N, ... for some integer value
N (including the case where there is only one number in
the list), then the sequence is extrapolated to the left, so
grouping separators will be used in the formatted number at every
multiple of N. For example, if the format token is
0'000
then the number one million will be formatted as
1'000'000
, while the number fifteen will be formatted
as 0'015
.
The only purpose of optionaldigitsigns is to mark
the position of groupingseparatorsigns. For example,
if the format token is #'##0
then the number one
million will be formatted as 1'000'000
, while the
number fifteen will be formatted as 15
. A grouping
separator is included in the formatted number only if there is a
digit to its left, which will only be the case if either (a) the
number is large enough to require that digit, or (b) the number of
mandatorydigitsigns in the format token requires
insignificant leading zeros to be present.
Note:
Numbers will never be truncated. Given the
decimaldigitpattern 01
, the number three
hundred will be output as 300
, despite the absence of
any optionaldigitsign.
The format token A
, which generates the sequence
A B C ... Z AA AB AC...
.
The format token a
, which generates the sequence
a b c ... z aa ab ac...
.
The format token i
, which generates the sequence
i ii iii iv v vi vii viii ix x ...
.
The format token I
, which generates the sequence
I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X ...
.
The format token w
, which generates numbers written
as lowercase words, for example in English, one two three
four ...
The format token W
, which generates numbers written
as uppercase words, for example in English, ONE TWO THREE
FOUR ...
The format token Ww
, which generates numbers
written as titlecase words, for example in English, One Two
Three Four ...
Any other format token, which indicates a numbering sequence in
which that token represents the number 1 (one) (but see the note
below). It is ·implementationdefined· which numbering sequences, additional to those
listed above, are supported. If an implementation does not support
a numbering sequence represented by the given token, it
must use a format token of 1
.
Note:
In some traditional numbering sequences additional signs are added to denote that the letters should be interpreted as numbers; these are not included in the format token. An example (see also the example below) is classical Greek where a dexia keraia (x0374, ʹ) and sometimes an aristeri keraia (x0375, ͵) is added.
For all format tokens other than the first kind above (one that
consists of decimal digits), there may be
·implementationdefined· lower and upper bounds on the range of numbers
that can be formatted using this format token; indeed, for some
numbering sequences there may be intrinsic limits. For example, the
format token ①
(circled digit one, ①) has a
range imposed by the Unicode character repertoire — 1 to 20 in
Unicode versions prior to 4.0, increased in subsequent versions.
For the numbering sequences described above any upper bound imposed
by the implementation must not be less than 1000
(one thousand) and any lower bound must not be greater than 1.
Numbers that fall outside this range must be
formatted using the format token 1
.
The above expansions of numbering sequences for format tokens
such as a
and i
are indicative but not
prescriptive. There are various conventions in use for how
alphabetic sequences continue when the alphabet is exhausted, and
differing conventions for how roman numerals are written (for
example, IV
versus IIII
as the
representation of the number 4). Sometimes alphabetic sequences are
used that omit letters such as i
and o
.
This specification does not prescribe the detail of any sequence
other than those sequences consisting entirely of decimal
digits.
Many numbering sequences are languagesensitive. This applies
especially to the sequence selected by the tokens w
,
W
and Ww
. It also applies to other
sequences, for example different languages using the Cyrillic
alphabet use different sequences of characters, each starting with
the letter #x410 (Cyrillic capital letter A). In such cases, the
$lang
argument specifies which language's conventions
are to be used. If the argument is specified, the value
should be either an empty sequence or a value that
would be valid for the xml:lang
attribute (see
[Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Fifth
Edition)]). Note that this permits the identification of
sublanguages based on country codes (from ISO 31661) as well as
identification of dialects and regions within a country.
The set of languages for which numbering is supported is
·implementationdefined·. If the $lang
argument is absent,
or is set to an empty sequence, or is invalid, or is not a language
supported by the implementation, then the number is formatted using
the default language from the dynamic context.
The format modifier must be a string that
matches the regular expression
^([co](\(.+\))?)?[at]?$
. That is, if it is present it
must consist of one or more of the following, in any order:
either c
or o
, optionally followed by
a sequence of characters enclosed between parentheses, to indicate
cardinal or ordinal numbering respectively, the default being
cardinal numbering
either a
or t
, to indicate alphabetic
or traditional numbering respectively, the default being ·implementationdefined·.
If the o
modifier is present, this indicates a
request to output ordinal numbers rather than cardinal numbers. For
example, in English, when used with the format token
1
, this outputs the sequence 1st 2nd 3rd 4th
...
, and when used with the format token w
outputs the sequence first second third fourth
...
.
The string of characters between the parentheses, if present, is used to select between other possible variations of cardinal or ordinal numbering sequences. The interpretation of this string is ·implementationdefined·. No error occurs if the implementation does not define any interpretation for the defined string.
For example, in some languages, ordinal numbers vary depending
on the grammatical context: they may have different genders and may
decline with the noun that they qualify. In such cases the string
appearing in parentheses after the letter o
may be
used to indicate the variation of the ordinal number required. The
way in which the variation is indicated will depend on the
conventions of the language. For inflected languages that vary the
ending of the word, the recommended approach is to
indicate the required ending, preceded by a hyphen: for example in
German, appropriate values are o(e)
,
o(er)
, o(es)
, o(en)
.
It is ·implementationdefined· what combinations of values of the format token, the language, and the cardinal/ordinal modifier are supported. If ordinal numbering is not supported for the combination of the format token, the language, and the string appearing in parentheses, the request is ignored and cardinal numbers are generated instead.
The specification "1;o(º)"
with $lang
equal to it
, if supported, should produce the
sequence:
1º 2º 3º 4º ...
The specification "Ww;o"
with $lang
equal to it
, if supported, should produce the
sequence:
Primo Secondo Terzo Quarto Quinto ...
The use of the a
or t
modifier
disambiguates between numbering sequences that use letters. In many
languages there are two commonly used numbering sequences that use
letters. One numbering sequence assigns numeric values to letters
in alphabetic sequence, and the other assigns numeric values to
each letter in some other manner traditional in that language. In
English, these would correspond to the numbering sequences
specified by the format tokens a
and i
.
In some languages, the first member of each sequence is the same,
and so the format token alone would be ambiguous. In the absence of
the a
or t
modifier, the default is
·implementationdefined·.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODF1310] if the format token is invalid, that is, if it violates any mandatory rules (indicated by an emphasized must or required keyword in the above rules). For example, the error is raised if the primary format token contains a digit but does not match the required regular expression.
Note the careful distinction between conditions that are errors and conditions where fallback occurs. The principle is that an error in the syntax of the format picture will be reported by all processors, while a construct that is recognized by some implementations but not others will never result in an error, but will instead cause a fallback representation of the integer to be used.
The expression formatinteger(123, '0000')
returns
"0123"
.
formatinteger(123, 'w')
might return "one
hundred and twentythree"
The expression formatinteger(21, '1;o', 'en')
returns "21st"
.
formatinteger(14, 'Ww;o(e)', 'de')
might return
"Vierzehnte"
The expression formatinteger(7, 'a')
returns
"g"
.
The expression formatinteger(57, 'I')
returns
"LVII"
.
The expression formatinteger(1234, '#;##0;')
returns "1;234"
.
This section defines a function for formatting decimal and floating point numbers.
Function  Meaning 

fn:formatnumber 
Returns a string containing a number formatted according to a given picture string, taking account of decimal formats specified in the static context. 
Note:
This function can be used to format any numeric quantity,
including an integer. For integers, however, the fn:formatinteger
function
offers additional possibilities. Note also that the picture strings
used by the two functions are not 100% compatible, though they
share some options in common.
Decimal formats are defined in the static context, and the way they are defined is therefore outside the scope of this specification. XSLT and XQuery both provide custom syntax for creating a decimal format.
The static context provides a set of decimal formats. One of the decimal formats is unnamed, the others (if any) are identified by a QName. There is always an unnamed decimal format available, but its contents are ·implementationdefined·.
Each decimal format provides a set of named properties, described in the following table:
Name  Type  Usage (nonnormative) 

decimalseparatorsign  A single ·character·  Defines the character used to represent the decimal point (typically ".") both in the picture string and in the formatted number 
groupingseparatorsign  A single ·character·  Defines the character used to separate groups of digits (typically ",") both in the picture string and in the formatted number 
exponentseparatorsign  A single ·character·  Defines the character used to separate the mantissa from the exponent in scientific notation (typically "e") both in the picture string and in the formatted number 
infinity  A ·string·  Defines the string used to represent the value positive or negative infinity in the formatted number (typically "Infinity") 
minussign  A single ·character·  Defines the character used as a minus sign in the formatted number if there is no subpicture for formatting negative numbers (typically "", x2D) 
NaN  A ·string·  Defines the string used to represent the value
NaN in the formatted number 
percentsign  A single ·character·  Defines the character used as a percent sign (typically "%") both in the picture string and in the formatted number 
permillesign  A single ·character·  Defines the character used as a permille sign (typically "‰", x2030) both in the picture string and in the formatted number 
mandatorydigitsign  A single ·character·, which must be a character in Unicode category Nd with decimal digit value 0 (zero)  Defines the characters used in the picture string to represent a mandatory digit: for example, if the mandatorydigitsign is "0" then any of the digits "0" to "9" may be used (interchangeably) in the picture string to represent a mandatory digit, and in the formatted number the characters "0" to "9" will be used to represent the digits one to nine. 
optionaldigitsign  A single ·character·  Defines the character used in the picture string to represent an optional digit (typically "#") 
patternseparatorsign  A single ·character·  Defines the character used in the picture string to separate the positive and negative subpictures (typically ";") 
[Definition] The decimal digit family of a decimal format is the sequence of ten digits with consecutive Unicode ·codepoints· starting with the mandatorydigitsign.
It is a constraint that, for any named or unnamed decimal format, the properties representing characters used in a ·picture string· must have distinct values. These properties are decimalseparatorsign, groupingseparatorsign, exponentseparatorsign, percentsign, permillesign, optionaldigitsign, and patternseparatorsign. Furthermore, none of these properties may be equal to any ·character· in the ·decimal digit family·.
Returns a string containing a number formatted according to a given picture string, taking account of decimal formats specified in the static context.
fn:formatnumber
($value
as
numeric?
,
$picture
as
xs:string
) as
xs:string
fn:formatnumber ( 
$value 
as numeric? , 
$picture 
as xs:string , 

$decimalformatname 
as xs:string? ) as xs:string 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The threeargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on decimal formats, and namespaces.
The effect of the twoargument form of the function is equivalent to calling the threeargument form with an empty sequence as the value of the third argument.
The function formats $value
as a string using the
·picture
string· specified by the
$picture
argument and the decimalformat named by the
$decimalformatname
argument, or the default
decimalformat, if there is no $decimalformatname
argument. The syntax of the picture string is described in 4.7.3 Syntax of the picture
string.
The $value
argument may be of any numeric data type
(xs:double
, xs:float
,
xs:decimal
, or their subtypes including
xs:integer
). Note that if an xs:decimal
is supplied, it is not automatically promoted to an
xs:double
, as such promotion can involve a loss of
precision.
If the supplied value of the $value
argument is an
empty sequence, the function behaves as if the supplied value were
the xs:double
value NaN
.
The value of $decimalformatname
, if present and
nonempty, must be a string which after removal of
leading and trailing whitespace is in the form of an an
EQName
as defined in the XPath 3.0 grammar, that is
one of the following:
A lexical QName, which is expanded using the statically known namespaces. The default namespace is not used (no prefix means no namespace).
A URIQualifiedName
using the syntax
Q{uri}local
, where the URI can be zerolength to
indicate a name in no namespace.
The decimal format that is used is the decimal format in the
static context whose name matches $decimalformatname
if supplied, or the default decimal format in the static context
otherwise.
The evaluation of the formatnumber
function takes
place in two phases, an analysis phase described in 4.7.4 Analysing the picture
string and a formatting phase described in 4.7.5 Formatting the
number.
The analysis phase takes as its inputs the ·picture string· and the variables derived from the relevant decimal format in the static context, and produces as its output a number of variables with defined values. The formatting phase takes as its inputs the number to be formatted and the variables produced by the analysis phase, and produces as its output a string containing a formatted representation of the number.
The result of the function is the formatted string representation of the supplied number.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODF1280] if the name specified as the
$decimalformatname
argument is neither a valid
lexical QName nor a valid URIQualifiedName
, or if it
uses a prefix that is not found in the statically known namespaces,
or if the static context does not contain a declaration of a
decimalformat with a matching expanded QName. If the processor is
able to detect the error statically (for example, when the argument
is supplied as a string literal), then the processor
may optionally signal this as a static error.
Numbers will always be formatted with the most significant digit on the left.
The following examples assume a default decimal format in which the chosen digits are the ASCII digits 09, the decimal separator is ".", the grouping separator is ",", the minussign is "", and the percentsign is "%".
The expression formatnumber(12345.6, '#,###.00')
returns "12,345.60"
.
The expression formatnumber(12345678.9,
'9,999.99')
returns "12,345,678.90"
.
The expression formatnumber(123.9, '9999')
returns
"0124"
.
The expression formatnumber(0.14, '01%')
returns
"14%"
.
The expression formatnumber(6, '000')
returns
"006"
.
The following example assumes the existence of a decimal format
named 'ch' in which the grouping separator is ʹ
and
the decimal separator is ·
:
The expression formatnumber(1234.5678, '#ʹ##0·00',
'ch')
returns "1ʹ234·57"
.
The following example assumes that the exponent separator is 'E':
The expression formatnumber(1234.5678, '00.000E0')
returns "12.569E2"
.
Note:
This differs from the formatnumber
function
previously defined in XSLT 2.0 in that any digit can be used in the
picture string to represent a mandatory digit: for example the
picture strings '000', '001', and '999' are equivalent. The digits
used must all be from the same decimal digit family, specifically,
the sequence of ten consecutive digits starting with the
mandatorydigitsign. This change is to align
formatnumber
(which previously used '000') with
formatdateTime
(which used '001').
[Definition] The formatting of a number is controlled by a picture string. The picture string is a sequence of ·characters·, in which the characters assigned to the properties decimalseparatorsign, exponentseparatorsign, groupingsign, decimaldigitfamily, optionaldigitsign and patternseparatorsign are classified as active characters, and all other characters (including the percentsign and permillesign) are classified as passive characters.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODF1310] if the ·picture string· does not conform to the following rules. Note that in these rules the words "preceded" and "followed" refer to characters anywhere in the string, they are not to be read as "immediately preceded" and "immediately followed".
A picturestring consists either of a subpicture, or of two subpictures separated by a patternseparatorsign. A picturestring must not contain more than one patternseparatorsign. If the picturestring contains two subpictures, the first is used for positive values and the second for negative values.
A subpicture must not contain more than one decimalseparatorsign.
A subpicture must not contain more than one percentsign or permillesign, and it must not contain one of each.
A subpicture must contain at least one character that is an optionaldigitsign or a member of the decimaldigitfamily.
A subpicture must not contain a passive character that is preceded by an active character and that is followed by another active character.
A subpicture must not contain a groupingseparatorsign adjacent to a decimalseparatorsign.
The integer part of a subpicture must not contain a member of the decimaldigitfamily that is followed by an optionaldigitsign. The fractional part of a subpicture must not contain an optionaldigitsign that is followed by a member of the decimaldigitfamily.
A character that matches the chosen exponentseparatorsign is treated as an exponentseparatorsign if it is both preceded and followed within the subpicture by an active character. Otherwise, it is treated as a passive character. A subpicture must not contain more than one character that is treated as an exponentseparatorsign.
A subpicture that contains a percentsign or permillesign must not contain a character treated as an exponentseparatorsign.
If a subpicture contains a character treated as an exponentseparatorsign then this must be followed by one or more characters that are members of the decimaldigitfamily, and it must not be followed by any active character that is not a member of the decimaldigitfamily.
The mantissa part of the subpicture is defined as the part that appears to the left of the exponentseparatorsign if there is one, or the entire subpicture otherwise. The exponent part of the subpicture is defined as the part that appears to the right of the exponentseparatorsign; if there is no exponentseparatorsign then the exponent part is absent.
The integer part of the subpicture is defined as the part that appears to the left of the decimalseparatorsign if there is one, or the entire mantissa part otherwise. The fractional part of the subpicture is defined as that part of the mantissa part that appears to the right of the decimalseparatorsign if there is one, or the part that appears to the right of the rightmost active character otherwise. The fractional part may be zerolength.
This phase of the algorithm analyses the ·picture string· and the properties from the selected decimal format in the static context, and it has the effect of setting the values of various variables, which are used in the subsequent formatting phase. These variables are listed below. Each is shown with its initial setting and its data type.
Several variables are associated with each subpicture. If there are two subpictures, then these rules are applied to one subpicture to obtain the values that apply to positive numbers, and to the other to obtain the values that apply to negative numbers. If there is only one subpicture, then the values for both cases are derived from this subpicture.
The variables are as follows:
The integerpartgroupingpositions is a sequence of integers representing the positions of grouping separators within the integer part of the subpicture. For each groupingseparatorsign that appears within the integer part of the subpicture, this sequence contains an integer that is equal to the total number of optionaldigitsign and decimaldigitfamily characters that appear within the integer part of the subpicture and to the right of the groupingseparatorsign. In addition, if these integerpartgroupingpositions are at regular intervals (that is, if they form a sequence N, 2N, 3N, ... for some integer value N, including the case where there is only one number in the list), then the sequence contains all integer multiples of N as far as necessary to accommodate the largest possible number.
The minimumintegerpartsize is an integer indicating the minimum number of digits that will appear to the left of the decimalseparatorsign. It is normally set to the number of decimaldigitfamily characters found in the integer part of the subpicture. But if the subpicture contains no decimaldigitfamily character and no decimalseparatorsign, it is set to one.
Note:
There is no maximum integer part size. All significant digits in the integer part of the number will be displayed, even if this exceeds the number of optionaldigitsign and decimaldigitfamily characters in the subpicture.
The prefix is set to contain all passive characters in the subpicture to the left of the leftmost active character. If the picture string contains only one subpicture, the prefix for the negative subpicture is set by concatenating the minussign character and the prefix for the positive subpicture (if any), in that order.
The fractionalpartgroupingpositions is a sequence of integers representing the positions of grouping separators within the fractional part of the subpicture. For each groupingseparatorsign that appears within the fractional part of the subpicture, this sequence contains an integer that is equal to the total number of optionaldigitsign and decimaldigitfamily characters that appear within the fractional part of the subpicture and to the left of the groupingseparatorsign.
Note:
There is no need to extrapolate grouping positions on the fractional side, because the number of digits in the output will never exceed the number of optionaldigitsign and decimaldigitfamily in the fractional part of the subpicture.
The minimumfractionalpartsize is set to the number of decimaldigitfamily characters found in the fractional part of the subpicture.
The maximumfractionalpartsize is set to the total number of optionaldigitsign and decimaldigitfamily characters found in the fractional part of the subpicture.
The minimumexponentsize is set to the number of decimaldigitfamily characters found in the exponent part of the subpicture if present, or zero otherwise.
The suffix is set to contain all passive characters to the right of the rightmost active character in the fractional part of the subpicture.
Note:
If there is only one subpicture, then all variables for positive numbers and negative numbers will be the same, except for prefix: the prefix for negative numbers will be preceded by the minussign character.
This section describes the second phase of processing of the
fn:formatnumber
function. This phase takes as input a number to be formatted
(referred to as the input number), and the variables set
up by analysing the decimal format in the static context and the
·picture
string·, as described above. The
result of this phase is a string, which forms the return value of
the fn:formatnumber
function.
The algorithm for this second stage of processing is as follows:
If the input number is NaN (not a number), the result is the specified NaNsymbol (with no prefix or suffix).
In the rules below, the positive subpicture and its associated variables are used if the input number is positive, and the negative subpicture and its associated variables are used otherwise. Negative zero is taken as negative, positive zero as positive.
If the input number is positive or negative infinity, the result is the concatenation of the appropriate prefix, the infinitysymbol, and the appropriate suffix.
If the subpicture contains a percentsign, the number is multiplied by 100. If the subpicture contains a permillesign, the number is multiplied by 1000. The resulting number is referred to below as the adjusted number.
If the minimum exponent size is nonzero, then the adjusted number is scaled to establish a mantissa and an integer exponent. The mantissa and exponent are chosen such that (a) the primitive type of the mantissa is the same as the primitive type of the adjusted number (integer, decimal, float, or double), (b) the mantissa multiplied by ten to the power of the exponent is equal to the adjusted number, and (c) the number of significant digits in the integer part of the mantissa is equal to the minimum integer part size.
If the minimum exponent size is zero, then the mantissa is the adjusted number and there is no exponent.
The mantissa is converted (if necessary) to an
xs:decimal
value, using an implementation of
xs:decimal
that imposes no limits on the
totalDigits
or fractionDigits
facets. If
there are several such values that are numerically equal to the
mantissa (bearing in mind that if the
mantissa is an xs:double
or
xs:float
, the comparison will be done by converting
the decimal value back to an xs:double
or
xs:float
), the one that is chosen
should be one with the smallest possible number of
digits not counting leading or trailing zeroes (whether significant
or insignificant). For example, 1.0 is preferred to 0.9999999999,
and 100000000 is preferred to 100000001. This value is then rounded
so that it uses no more than
maximumfractionalpartsize
digits in its fractional
part. The rounded number is defined to be the result of
converting the mantissa to an xs:decimal
value, as described above, and then calling the function fn:roundhalftoeven
with this converted number as the first argument and the
maximumfractionalpartsize
as the second argument,
again with no limits on the totalDigits
or
fractionDigits
in the result.
The absolute value of the rounded number is converted to a string in decimal notation, with no insignificant leading or trailing zeroes, using the digits in the decimaldigitfamily to represent the ten decimal digits, and the decimalseparatorsign to separate the integer part and the fractional part. (The value zero will at this stage be represented by a decimalseparatorsign on its own.)
If the number of digits to the left of the decimalseparatorsign is less than minimumintegerpartsize, leading zerodigitsign characters are added to pad out to that size.
If the number of digits to the right of the decimalseparatorsign is less than minimumfractionalpartsize, trailing zerodigitsign characters are added to pad out to that size.
For each integer N in the integerpartgroupingpositions list, a groupingseparatorsign character is inserted into the string immediately after that digit that appears in the integer part of the number and has N digits between it and the decimalseparatorsign, if there is such a digit.
For each integer N in the fractionalpartgroupingpositions list, a groupingseparatorsign character is inserted into the string immediately before that digit that appears in the fractional part of the number and has N digits between it and the decimalseparatorsign, if there is such a digit.
If there is no decimalseparatorsign in the subpicture, or if there are no digits to the right of the decimalseparatorsign character in the string, then the decimalseparatorsign character is removed from the string (it will be the rightmost character in the string).
If an exponent exists, then the string produced from the mantissa as described above is extended with the following, in order: (a) the exponent separator sign; (b) if the exponent is negative, the minus sign; (c) the value of the exponent represented as a decimal integer, extended if necessary with leading zeroes to make it up to the minimum exponent size, using digits taken from the decimal digit family.
The result of the function is the concatenation of the appropriate prefix, the string conversion of the number as obtained above, and the appropriate suffix.
The functions in this section perform trigonometric and other
mathematical calculations on xs:double
values. They
are provided primarily for use in applications performing
geometrical computation, for example when generating SVG
graphics.
Functions are provided to support the six most commonly used trigonometric calculations: sine, cosine and tangent, and their inverses arc sine, arc cosine, and arc tangent. Other functions such as secant, cosecant, and cotangent are not provided because they are easily computed in terms of these six.
The functions in this section (with the exception of math:pi
) are specified by
reference to [IEEE 7542008], where
they appear as Recommended operations in section 9. IEEE
defines these functions for a variety of floating point formats;
this specification defines them only for xs:double
values. The IEEE specification applies with the following
caveats:
IEEE states that the preferred quantum is languagedefined. In this specification, it is ·implementationdefined·.
IEEE states that certain functions should raise the inexact exception if the result is inexact. In this specification, this exception if it occurs does not result in an error. Any diagnostic information is outside the scope of this specification.
IEEE defines various rounding algorithms for inexact results, and states that the choice of rounding direction, and the mechanisms for influencing this choice, are languagedefined. In this specification, the rounding direction and any mechanisms for influencing it are ·implementationdefined·.
Certain operations (such as taking the square root of a negative
number) are defined in IEEE to signal the invalid operation
exception and return a quiet NaN. In this specification, such
operations return NaN
and do not raise an error. The
same policy applies to operations (such as taking the logarithm of
zero) that raise a dividebyzero exception. Any diagnostic
information is outside the scope of this specification.
Operations whose mathematical result is greater than the largest
finite xs:double
value are defined in IEEE to signal
the overflow exception; operations whose mathematical result is
closer to zero than the smallest nonzero xs:double
value are similarly defined in IEEE to signal the underflow
exception. The treatment of these exceptions in this specification
is defined in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on
numeric values.
Function  Meaning 

math:pi 
Returns an approximation to the mathematical constant π. 
math:exp 
Returns the value of e^{x}. 
math:exp10 
Returns the value of
10 ^{x}. 
math:log 
Returns the natural logarithm of the argument. 
math:log10 
Returns the baseten logarithm of the argument. 
math:pow 
Returns the result of raising the first argument to the power of the second. 
math:sqrt 
Returns the nonnegative square root of the argument. 
math:sin 
Returns the sine of the argument, expressed in radians. 
math:cos 
Returns the cosine of the argument, expressed in radians. 
math:tan 
Returns the tangent of the argument, expressed in radians. 
math:asin 
Returns the arc sine of the argument, the result being in the range π/2 to +π/2 radians. 
math:acos 
Returns the arc cosine of the argument, the result being in the range zero to +π radians. 
math:atan 
Returns the arc tangent of the argument, the result being in the range π/2 to +π/2 radians. 
math:atan2 
Returns the angle in radians subtended at the origin by the point on a plane with coordinates (x, y) and the positive xaxis, the result being in the range π to +π. 
Returns an approximation to the mathematical constant π.
math:pi
() as
xs:double
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
This function returns the xs:double
value whose
lexical representation is 3.141592653589793e0
The expression 2*math:pi()
returns
6.283185307179586e0
.
The expression 60 * (math:pi() div 180)
converts an
angle of 60 degrees to radians.
Returns the value of e^{x}.
math:exp
($arg
as
xs:double?
) as
xs:double?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise the result is the mathematical constant e
raised to the power of $arg
, as defined in the
[IEEE 7542008] specification of the
exp
function applied to 64bit binary floating point
values.
The treatment of overflow and underflow is defined in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric values.
The expression math:exp(())
returns
()
.
The expression math:exp(0)
returns
1.0e0
.
The expression math:exp(1)
returns
2.7182818284590455e0
.
The expression math:exp(2)
returns
7.38905609893065e0
.
The expression math:exp(1)
returns
0.36787944117144233e0
.
The expression math:exp(math:pi())
returns
23.140692632779267e0
.
The expression math:exp(xs:double('NaN'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:exp(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:exp(xs:double('INF'))
returns
0.0e0
.
Returns the value of 10
^{x}.
math:exp10
($arg
as
xs:double?
) as
xs:double?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise the result is ten raised to the power of
$arg
, as defined in the [IEEE
7542008] specification of the exp10
function
applied to 64bit binary floating point values.
The treatment of overflow and underflow is defined in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric values.
The expression math:exp10(())
returns
()
.
The expression math:exp10(0)
returns
1.0e0
.
The expression math:exp10(1)
returns
1.0e1
.
The expression math:exp10(0.5)
returns
3.1622776601683795e0
.
The expression math:exp10(1)
returns
1.0e1
.
The expression math:exp10(xs:double('NaN'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:exp10(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:exp10(xs:double('INF'))
returns 0.0e0
.
Returns the natural logarithm of the argument.
math:log
($arg
as
xs:double?
) as
xs:double?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise the result is the natural logarithm of
$arg
, as defined in the [IEEE
7542008] specification of the log
function
applied to 64bit binary floating point values.
The treatment of divideByZero
and
invalidOperation
exceptions is defined in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric
values. The effect is that if the argument is less than or
equal to zero, the result is NaN
.
The expression math:log(())
returns
()
.
The expression math:log(0)
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:log(math:exp(1))
returns
1.0e0
.
The expression math:log(1.0e3)
returns
6.907755278982137e0
.
The expression math:log(2)
returns
0.6931471805599453e0
.
The expression math:log(1)
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:log(xs:double('NaN'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:log(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:log(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
Returns the baseten logarithm of the argument.
math:log10
($arg
as
xs:double?
) as
xs:double?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise the result is the base10 logarithm of
$arg
, as defined in the [IEEE
7542008] specification of the log10
function
applied to 64bit binary floating point values.
The treatment of divideByZero
and
invalidOperation
exceptions is defined in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric
values. The effect is that if the argument is less than or
equal to zero, the result is NaN
.
The expression math:log10(())
returns
()
.
The expression math:log10(0)
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:log10(1.0e3)
returns
3.0e0
.
The expression math:log10(1.0e3)
returns
3.0e0
.
The expression math:log10(2)
returns
0.3010299956639812e0
.
The expression math:log10(1)
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:log10(xs:double('NaN'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:log10(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:log10(xs:double('INF'))
returns xs:double('NaN')
.
Returns the result of raising the first argument to the power of the second.
math:pow
($x
as
xs:double?
,
$y
as
numeric
) as
xs:double?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $x
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
If $y
is an instance of xs:integer
,
the result is $x
raised to the power of
$y
as defined in the [IEEE
7542008] specification of the pown
function
applied to a 64bit binary floating point value and an integer.
Otherwise $y
is converted to an
xs:double
by numeric promotion, and the result is the
value of $x
raised to the power of $y
as
defined in the [IEEE 7542008]
specification of the pow
function applied to two
64bit binary floating point values.
The treatment of the divideByZero
and
invalidOperation
exceptions is defined in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric
values. Some of the consequences are illustrated in the
examples below.
The expression math:pow((), 93.7)
returns
()
.
The expression math:pow(2, 3)
returns
8.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(2, 3)
returns
8.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(2, 3)
returns
0.125e0
.
The expression math:pow(2, 3)
returns
0.125e0
.
The expression math:pow(2, 0)
returns
1.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(0, 0)
returns
1.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(xs:double('INF'), 0)
returns 1.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(xs:double('NaN'), 0)
returns 1.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(math:pi(), 0)
returns
1.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(0e0, 3)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(0e0, 4)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(0e0, 3)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(0, 4)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(0e0, 3)
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:pow(0e0, 4)
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:pow(0e0, 3)
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:pow(0, 4)
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:pow(16, 0.5e0)
returns
4.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(16, 0.25e0)
returns
2.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(0e0, 3.0e0)
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:pow(0e0, 3.0e0)
returns
xs:double('INF')
. (Oddvalued whole numbers are
treated specially).
The expression math:pow(0e0, 3.1e0)
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:pow(0e0, 3.1e0)
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:pow(0e0, 3.0e0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(0e0, 3.0e0)
returns
0.0e0
. (Oddvalued whole numbers are treated
specially).
The expression math:pow(0e0, 3.1e0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(0e0, 3.1e0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(1, xs:double('INF'))
returns 1.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(1, xs:double('INF'))
returns 1.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(1, xs:double('INF'))
returns 1.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(1, xs:double('INF'))
returns 1.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(1, xs:double('NaN'))
returns 1.0e0
.
The expression math:pow(2.5e0, 2.0e0)
returns
6.25e0
.
The expression math:pow(2.5e0, 2.00000001e0)
returns xs:double('NaN')
.
Returns the nonnegative square root of the argument.
math:sqrt
($arg
as
xs:double?
) as
xs:double?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise the result is the mathematical nonnegative square
root of $arg
as defined in the [IEEE 7542008] specification of the
squareRoot
function applied to 64bit binary floating
point values.
The treatment of the invalidOperation
exception is
defined in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on
numeric values. The effect is that if the argument is less
than zero, the result is NaN
.
If $arg
is positive or negative zero, positive
infinity, or NaN
, then the result is
$arg
. (Negative zero is the only case where the result
can have negative sign)
The expression math:sqrt(())
returns
()
.
The expression math:sqrt(0.0e0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:sqrt(0.0e0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:sqrt(1.0e6)
returns
1.0e3
.
The expression math:sqrt(2.0e0)
returns
1.4142135623730951e0
.
The expression math:sqrt(2.0e0)
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:sqrt(xs:double('NaN'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:sqrt(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('INF')
.
The expression math:sqrt(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
Returns the sine of the argument, expressed in radians.
math:sin
($
θ as
xs:double?
) as
xs:double?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $
θ is the empty
sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
Otherwise the result is the sine of $
θ, treated as an
angle in radians, as defined in the [IEEE
7542008] specification of the sin
function
applied to 64bit binary floating point values.
The treatment of the invalidOperation
and
underflow
exceptions is defined in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric
values.
If $
θ is positive or
negative zero, the result is $
θ.
If $
θ is positive or
negative infinity, or NaN
, then the result is
NaN
.
Otherwise the result is always in the range 1.0e0 to +1.0e0
The expression math:sin(())
returns
()
.
The expression math:sin(0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:sin(0.0e0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:sin(math:pi() div 2)
returns
1.0e0
.
The expression math:sin(math:pi() div 2)
returns
1.0e0
.
The expression math:sin(math:pi())
returns
0.0e0
(approximately).
The expression math:sin(xs:double('NaN'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:sin(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:sin(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
Returns the cosine of the argument, expressed in radians.
math:cos
($
θ as
xs:double?
) as
xs:double?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $
θ is the empty
sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
If $
θ is positive or
negative infinity, or NaN
, then the result is
NaN
.
Otherwise the result is the cosine of $
θ, treated as an
angle in radians, as defined in the [IEEE
7542008] specification of the cos
function
applied to 64bit binary floating point values.
The treatment of the invalidOperation
exception is
defined in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on
numeric values.
If $
θ is positive or
negative zero, the result is $
θ.
If $
θ is positive or
negative infinity, or NaN
, then the result is
NaN
.
Otherwise the result is always in the range 1.0e0 to +1.0e0
The expression math:cos(())
returns
()
.
The expression math:cos(0)
returns
1.0e0
.
The expression math:cos(0.0e0)
returns
1.0e0
.
The expression math:cos(math:pi() div 2)
returns
0.0e0
(approximately).
The expression math:cos(math:pi() div 2)
returns
0.0e0
(approximately).
The expression math:cos(math:pi())
returns
1.0e0
.
The expression math:cos(xs:double('NaN'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:cos(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:cos(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
Returns the tangent of the argument, expressed in radians.
math:tan
($
θ as
xs:double?
) as
xs:double?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $
θ is the empty
sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
Otherwise the result is the tangent of
$
θ,
treated as an angle in radians, as defined in the [IEEE 7542008] specification of the
tan
function applied to 64bit binary floating point
values.
The treatment of the invalidOperation
and
underflow
exceptions is defined in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric
values.
If $
θ is positive or
negative infinity, or NaN
, then the result is
NaN
.
The expression math:tan(())
returns
()
.
The expression math:tan(0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:tan(0.0e0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:tan(math:pi() div 4)
returns
1.0e0
(approximately).
The expression math:tan(math:pi() div 4)
returns
1.0e0
(approximately).
The expression math:tan(math:pi() div 2)
returns
1.633123935319537E16
(approximately).
The expression math:tan(math:pi() div 2)
returns
1.633123935319537E16
(approximately).
The expression math:tan(math:pi())
returns
0.0e0
(approximately).
The expression math:tan(xs:double('NaN'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:tan(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:tan(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
Returns the arc sine of the argument, the result being in the range π/2 to +π/2 radians.
math:asin
($arg
as
xs:double?
) as
xs:double?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise the result is the arc sine of
$
θ, treated as an
angle in radians, as defined in the [IEEE
7542008] specification of the asin
function
applied to 64bit binary floating point values.
The treatment of the invalidOperation
and
underflow
exceptions is defined in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric
values.
If $arg
is positive or negative zero, the result is
$arg
.
If $arg
is NaN
, or if its absolute
value is greater than one, then the result is NaN
.
In other cases the result is an xs:double
value
representing an angle θ in radians in the
range π/2 <=
$
θ
<= +
π/2
.
The expression math:asin(())
returns
()
.
The expression math:asin(0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:asin(0.0e0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:asin(1.0e0)
returns
1.5707963267948966e0
(approximately).
The expression math:asin(1.0e0)
returns
1.5707963267948966e0
(approximately).
The expression math:asin(2.0e0)
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:asin(xs:double('NaN'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:asin(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:asin(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
Returns the arc cosine of the argument, the result being in the range zero to +π radians.
math:acos
($arg
as
xs:double?
) as
xs:double?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise the result is the arc cosine of
$
θ, treated as an
angle in radians, as defined in the [IEEE
7542008] specification of the acos
function
applied to 64bit binary floating point values.
The treatment of the invalidOperation
exception is
defined in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on
numeric values.
If $arg
is NaN
, or if its absolute
value is greater than one, then the result is NaN
.
In other cases the result is an xs:double
value
representing an angle θ in radians in the
range 0 <= $
θ <=
+
π.
The expression math:acos(())
returns
()
.
The expression math:acos(0)
returns
1.5707963267948966e0
(approximately).
The expression math:acos(0.0e0)
returns
1.5707963267948966e0
(approximately).
The expression math:acos(1.0e0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:acos(1.0e0)
returns
3.141592653589793e0
(approximately).
The expression math:acos(2.0e0)
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:acos(xs:double('NaN'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:acos(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:acos(xs:double('INF'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
Returns the arc tangent of the argument, the result being in the range π/2 to +π/2 radians.
math:atan
($arg
as
xs:double?
) as
xs:double?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise the result is the arc tangent of
$
θ, treated as an
angle in radians, as defined in the [IEEE
7542008] specification of the atan
function
applied to 64bit binary floating point values.
The treatment of the underflow
exception is defined
in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric
values.
If $arg
is positive or negative zero, the result is
$arg
.
If $arg
is NaN
then the result is
NaN
.
In other cases the result is an xs:double
value
representing an angle θ in radians in the
range π/2 <=
$
θ
<= +
π/2
.
The expression math:atan(())
returns
()
.
The expression math:atan(0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:atan(0.0e0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:atan(1.0e0)
returns
0.7853981633974483e0
(approximately).
The expression math:atan(1.0e0)
returns
0.7853981633974483e0
(approximately).
The expression math:atan(xs:double('NaN'))
returns
xs:double('NaN')
.
The expression math:atan(xs:double('INF'))
returns
1.5707963267948966e0
(approximately).
The expression math:atan(xs:double('INF'))
returns
1.5707963267948966e0
(approximately).
Returns the angle in radians subtended at the origin by the point on a plane with coordinates (x, y) and the positive xaxis, the result being in the range π to +π.
math:atan2
($y
as
xs:double
, $x
as
xs:double
) as
xs:double
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The result is the value of atan2(y, x)
as defined
in the [IEEE 7542008] specification of
the atan2
function applied to 64bit binary floating
point values.
The treatment of the underflow
exception is defined
in 4.2 Arithmetic operators on numeric
values.
If either argument is NaN
then the result is
NaN
.
If $y
is positive and $x
is positive
and finite, then (subject to rules for overflow, underflow and
approximation) the value of atan2($y, $x)
is
atan($y div $x)
.
If $y
is positive and $x
is negative
and finite, then (subject to the same caveats) the value of
atan2($y, $x)
is π  atan($y div
$x)
.
Some results for special values of the arguments are shown in the examples below.
The expression math:atan2(+0.0e0, 0.0e0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:atan2(0.0e0, 0.0e0)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:atan2(+0.0e0, 0.0e0)
returns
math:pi()
.
The expression math:atan2(0.0e0, 0.0e0)
returns
math:pi()
.
The expression math:atan2(1, 0.0e0)
returns
math:pi() div 2
.
The expression math:atan2(+1, 0.0e0)
returns
+math:pi() div 2
.
The expression math:atan2(0.0e0, 1)
returns
math:pi()
.
The expression math:atan2(+0.0e0, 1)
returns
+math:pi()
.
The expression math:atan2(0.0e0, +1)
returns
0.0e0
.
The expression math:atan2(+0.0e0, +1)
returns
+0.0e0
.
This section specifies functions and operators on the [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition]
xs:string
datatype and the datatypes derived from
it.
The operators described in this section are defined on the following types. Each type whose name is indented is derived from the type whose name appears nearest above with one less level of indentation.
xs:string  
xs:normalizedString  
xs:token  
xs:language  
xs:NMTOKEN  
xs:Name  
xs:NCName  
xs:ID  
xs:IDREF  
xs:ENTITY 
They also apply to userdefined types derived by restriction from the above types.
Function  Meaning 

fn:codepointstostring 
Creates an xs:string from a sequence of ·codepoints·. 
fn:stringtocodepoints 
Returns the sequence of ·codepoints· that
constitute an xs:string value. 
Creates an xs:string
from a sequence of ·codepoints·.
fn:codepointstostring
($arg
as
xs:integer*
) as
xs:string
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns the string made up from the ·characters· whose
Unicode ·codepoints· are supplied in $arg
. This will
be the zerolength string if $arg
is the empty
sequence.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOCH0001] if any of the codepoints in
$arg
is not a permitted XML character.
The expression fn:codepointstostring((66, 65, 67,
72))
returns "BACH"
.
The expression fn:codepointstostring((2309, 2358, 2378,
2325))
returns "अशॊक"
.
The expression fn:codepointstostring(())
returns
""
.
The expression fn:codepointstostring(0)
raises
error FOCH0001
.
Returns the sequence of ·codepoints· that
constitute an xs:string
value.
fn:stringtocodepoints
($arg
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:integer*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns a sequence of integers, each integer being
the Unicode ·codepoints· of the corresponding ·character· in
$arg
.
If $arg
is a zerolength string or the empty
sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
The expression fn:stringtocodepoints("Thérèse")
returns (84, 104, 233, 114, 232, 115, 101)
.
Function  Meaning 

fn:compare 
Returns 1, 0, or 1, depending on whether
$comparand1 collates before, equal to, or after
$comparand2 according to the rules of a selected
collation. 
fn:codepointequal 
Returns true if two strings are equal, considered codepointbycodepoint. 
fn:collationkey 
Given a key value and a collation, generates an internal value with the property that the internal value is the same for any two keys that compare equal under the given collation. 
A collation is a specification of the manner in which ·strings· are
compared and, by extension, ordered. When values whose type is
xs:string
or a type derived from
xs:string
are compared (or, equivalently, sorted), the
comparisons are inherently performed according to some collation
(even if that collation is defined entirely on codepoint values).
The [Character Model for the World Wide Web 1.0:
Fundamentals] observes that some applications may require
different comparison and ordering behaviors than other
applications. Similarly, some users having particular linguistic
expectations may require different behaviors than other users.
Consequently, the collation must be taken into account when
comparing strings in any context. Several functions in this and the
following section make use of a collation.
Collations can indicate that two different codepoints are, in fact, equal for comparison purposes (e.g., "v" and "w" are considered equivalent in some Swedish collations). Strings can be compared codepointbycodepoint or in a linguistically appropriate manner, as defined by the collation.
Some collations, especially those based on the [Unicode Collation Algorithm] can be "tailored" for various purposes. This document does not discuss such tailoring, nor does it provide a mechanism to perform tailoring. Instead, it assumes that the collation argument to the various functions below is a tailored and named collation.
The ·Unicode codepoint collation· is a collation available in every implementation, which sorts based on codepoint values. For further details see 5.3.2 The Unicode Codepoint Collation
Collations may or may not perform Unicode normalization on strings before comparing them.
This specification assumes that collations are named and that
the collation name may be provided as an argument to string
functions. Functions that allow specification of a collation do so
with an argument whose type is xs:string
but whose
lexical form must conform to an xs:anyURI
. If the
collation is specified using a relative URI reference, it is
resolved relative to the value of the Static Base URI property from
the static context. This specification also defines the manner in
which a default collation is determined if the collation argument
is not specified in calls of functions that use a collation but
allow it to be omitted.
This specification does not define whether or not the collation URI is dereferenced. The collation URI may be an abstract identifier, or it may refer to an actual resource describing the collation. If it refers to a resource, this specification does not define the nature of that resource. One possible candidate is that the resource is a locale description expressed using the Locale Data Markup Language: see [Locale Data Markup Language].
Functions such as fn:compare
and fn:max
that compare
xs:string
values use a single collation URI to
identify all aspects of the collation rules. This means that any
parameters such as the strength of the collation must be specified
as part of the collation URI. For example, suppose there is a
collation " http://www.example.com/collations/French
"
that refers to a French collation that compares on the basis of
base characters. Collations that use the same basic rules, but with
higher strengths, for example, base characters and accents, or base
characters, accents and case, would need to be given different
names, say " http://www.example.com/collations/French1
" and " http://www.example.com/collations/French2
".
Note that some specifications use the term collation to refer to an
algorithm that can be parameterized, but in this specification,
each possible parameterization is considered to be a distinct
collation.
The XQuery/XPath static context includes a provision for a default collation that can be used for string comparisons and ordering operations. See the description of the static context in Section 2.1.1 Static Context ^{XP30}. If the default collation is not specified by the user or the system, the default collation is the ·Unicode codepoint collation·.
Note:
XML allows elements to specify the xml:lang
attribute to indicate the language associated with the content of
such an element. This specification does not use
xml:lang
to identify the default collation because
using xml:lang
does not produce desired effects when
the two strings to be compared have different xml:lang
values or when a string is multilingual.
[Definition] The collation URI
http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions/collation/codepoint
identifies a collation which must be recognized by every
implementation: it is referred to as the Unicode codepoint
collation (not to be confused with the Unicode collation
algorithm).
The Unicode codepoint collation does not perform any normalization on the supplied strings.
The collation is defined as follows. Each of the two strings is
converted to a sequence of integers using the fn:stringtocodepoints
function. These two sequences $A
and $B
are then compared as follows:
If both sequences are empty, the strings are equal
If one sequence is empty and the other is not, then the string corresponding to the empty sequence is less than the other string.
If the first integer in $A
is less than the first
integer in $B
, then the string corresponding to
$A
is less than the string corresponding to
$B
.
If the first integer in $A
is greater than the
first integer in $B
, then the string corresponding to
$A
is greater than the string corresponding to
$B
.
Otherwise (the first pair of integers are equal), the result is
obtained by applying the same rules recursively to fn:subsequence($A, 2)
and
fn:subsequence($B,
2)
Note:
While the Unicode codepoint collation does not produce results suitable for quality publishing of printed indexes or directories, it is adequate for many purposes where a restricted alphabet is used, such as sorting of vehicle registrations.
This specification defines a family of collation URIs representing tailorings of the Unicode Collation Algorithm (UCA) as defined in [UNICODE TR10]. The parameters used for tailoring the UCA are based on the parameters defined in the Locale Data Markup Language (LDML), defined in [UNICODE TR35].
This family of URIs use the scheme and path
http://www.w3.org/2013/collation/UCA
followed by an
optional query part. The query part, if present, consists of a
question mark followed by a sequence of zero or more
semicolonseparated parameters. Each parameter is a keywordvalue
pair, the keyword and value being separated by an equals sign.
All implementations must recognize URIs in this family in the
collation
argument of functions that take a collation
argument.
If the fallback
parameter is present with the value
no
, then the implementation must
either use a collation that conforms with the rules in the Unicode
specifications for the requested tailoring, or fail with a static
or dynamic error indicating that it does not provide the collation
(the error code should be the same as if the collation URI were not
recognized). If the fallback
parameter is omitted or
takes the value yes
, and if the collation URI is
wellformed according to the rules in this section, then the
implementation must accept the collation URI, and
should use the available collation that most
closely reflects the user's intentions. For example, if the
collation URI requested is
http://www.w3.org/2013/collation/UCA?lang=se;fallback=yes
and the implementation does not include a fully conformant version
of the UCA tailored for Swedish, then it may
choose to use a Swedish collation that is known to differ from the
UCA definition, or one whose conformance has not been established.
It might even, as a last resort, fall back to using codepoint
collation.
If two query parameters use the same keyword then the last one
wins. If a query parameter uses a keyword or value which is not
defined in this specification then the meaning is ·implementationdefined·. If the implementation recognizes the meaning
of the keyword and value then it should interpret
it accordingly; if it does not recognize the keyword or value then
if the fallback
parameter is present with the value
no
it should reject the collation as unsupported,
otherwise it should ignore the unrecognized parameter.
The following query parameters are defined. If any parameter is absent, the default is ·implementationdefined· except where otherwise stated. The meaning given for each parameter is nonnormative; the normative specification is found in [UNICODE TR35].
Keyword  Values  Meaning 

fallback  yes  no (default yes)  Determines whether the processor uses a fallback collation if a conformant collation is not available. 
lang  language code, as defined for the lang attribute
of xsl:sort 
The language whose collation conventions are to be used. 
version  string  The version number of the UCA to be used. 
strength  primary  secondary  tertiary  quaternary  identical, or 12345 as synonyms  The collation strength as defined in UCA. Primary strength
takes only the base form of the character into account (so
A=a=√Ç=√¢); secondary strength ignores case but considers accents
and diacritics as significant (so A=a and √Ç=√¢ but √¢!=a);
tertiary considers case as significant (A!=a!=√Ç!=√¢); quaternary
considers spaces and punctuation that would otherwise be ignored
(for example database =database ). 
alternate  nonignorable  shifted  blanked  Controls the effect of characters such as spaces and hyphens. 
backwards  yes  no  The value backwards=yes indicates that the last
accent in the search term is the most significant. 
normalization  yes  no  Indicates whether search terms are converted to normalization form D. 
caseLevel  yes  no  When used with primary strength, setting
caseLevel=yes has the effect of ignoring accents while
taking account of case. 
caseFirst  upper  lower  Indicates whether uppercase precedes lowercase or vice versa. 
hiraganaQuaternary  yes  no  Controls special treatment of Hiragana codepoints when strength is quaternary or greater. 
numeric  yes  no  When numeric=yes is specified, a sequence of
consecutive digits is interpreted as a number, for example
chap2 sorts before chap12 . 
reorder  a commaseparated sequence of reorder codes, where a reorder
code is one of space , punct ,
symbol , currency , digit , or
a fourletter script code defined in [ISO 15924 Register], the register of
scripts maintained by the Unicode Consortium in its capacity as
registration authority for [ISO
15924]. 
Determines the relative ordering of text in different scripts;
for example the value digit,Grek,Latn indicates that
digits precede Greek letters, which precede Latin letters. 
Note:
This list excludes parameters that are inconvenient to express in a URI, or that are applicable only to substring matching.
Many functions have two signatures, where one signature includes
a $collation
argument and the other omits this
argument.
The collation to use for these functions is determined by the following rules:
If the function specifies an explicit collation, CollationA
(e.g., if the optional collation argument is specified in a call of
the fn:compare
function),
then:
If CollationA is supported by the implementation, then CollationA is used.
Otherwise, a dynamic error is raised [err:FOCH0002].
If no collation is explicitly specified for the function and the default collation in the XQuery/XPath static context is CollationB, then:
If CollationB is supported by the implementation, then CollationB is used.
Otherwise, a dynamic error is raised [err:FOCH0002].
Note:
Because the set of collations that are supported is ·implementationdefined·, an implementation has the option to support all collation URIs, in which case it will never raise this error.
Returns 1, 0, or 1, depending on whether
$comparand1
collates before, equal to, or after
$comparand2
according to the rules of a selected
collation.
fn:compare
($comparand1
as
xs:string?
,
$comparand2
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:integer?
fn:compare ( 
$comparand1 
as xs:string? , 
$comparand2 
as xs:string? , 

$collation 
as xs:string ) as xs:integer? 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations.
The threeargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and static base uri.
Returns 1, 0, or 1, depending on whether the value of the
$comparand1
is respectively less than, equal to, or
greater than the value of $comparand2
, according to
the rules of the collation that is used.
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in 5.3.4 Choosing a collation.
If either $comparand1
or $comparand2
is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
This function, called with the first signature, defines the
semantics of the "eq", "ne", "gt", "lt", "le" and "ge" operators on
xs:string
values.
The expression fn:compare('abc', 'abc')
returns
0
.
The expression fn:compare('Strasse', 'Straße')
returns 0
. (Assuming the default collation
includes provisions that equate "ss" and the (German) character "ß"
("sharps"). Otherwise, the returned value depends on the semantics
of the default collation.).
The expression fn:compare('Strasse', 'Straße',
'http://example.com/deutsch')
returns 0
.
(Assuming the collation identified by the URI
http://example.com/deutsch
includes provisions that
equate "ss" and the (German) character "ß" ("sharps"). Otherwise,
the returned value depends on the semantics of that
collation.).
The expression fn:compare('Strassen', 'Straße')
returns 1
. (Assuming the default collation
includes provisions that treat differences between "ss" and the
(German) character "ß" ("sharps") with less strength than the
differences between the base characters, such as the final "n".
).
Returns true if two strings are equal, considered codepointbycodepoint.
fn:codepointequal ( 
$comparand1 
as xs:string? , 
$comparand2 
as xs:string? ) as xs:boolean? 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If either argument is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns true
or
false
depending on whether the value of
$comparand1
is equal to the value of
$comparand2
, according to the Unicode codepoint
collation
(http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions/collation/codepoint
).
This function allows xs:anyURI
values to be
compared without having to specify the Unicode codepoint
collation.
The expression fn:codepointequal("abcd", "abcd")
returns true()
.
The expression fn:codepointequal("abcd", "abcd ")
returns false()
.
The expression fn:codepointequal("", "")
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:codepointequal("", ())
returns
()
.
The expression fn:codepointequal((), ())
returns
()
.
Given a key value and a collation, generates an internal value with the property that the internal value is the same for any two keys that compare equal under the given collation.
fn:collationkey
($key
as
xs:string
) as
xs:anyAtomicType
fn:collationkey ( 
$key 
as xs:string , 
$collation 
as xs:string ) as xs:anyAtomicType 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations.
Calling the oneargument version of this function is equivalent to calling the twoargument version supplying the default collation as the second argument.
The function returns an ·implementationdefined· value with the property that
collationkey($K1, $C) eq collationkey($K2, $C)
if
and only if compare($K1, $K2, $C) = 0
.
If the collation URI is a relative reference, it is resolved against the static base URI.
An implementation is free to generate a collation key in any convenient way provided that it always generates the same collation key for two strings that are equal under the collation, and different collation keys for strings that are not equal. This holds only within a single execution scope^{FO30}; an implementation is under no obligation to generate the same collation keys during a subsequent unrelated query or transformation.
It is possible to define collations that do not have the ability to generate collation keys. Supplying such a collation will cause the function to fail. The ability to generate collation keys is an ·implementationdefined· property of the collation.
An error is raised [err:FOCH0004]^{FO30} if the specified collation does not support the generation of collation keys.
The function is provided primarily for use with maps. If a map
is required where codepoint equality is inappropriate for comparing
keys, then a common technique is to normalize the key value so that
equality matching becomes feasible. There are many ways keys can be
normalized, for example by use of functions such as fn:uppercase
, fn:lowercase
, fn:normalizespace
, or
fn:normalizeunicode
,
but this function provides a way of normalizing them according to
the rules of a specified collation. For example, if the collation
ignores accents, then the function will generate the same collation
key for two input strings that differ only in their use of
accents.
The result of the function can be of any atomic type.
For collations based on the Unicode Collation Algorithm, an
algorithm for computing collation keys is provided in [UNICODE TR10]. This algorithm generates binary
collation keys, which might be materialized as a value of type
xs:hexBinary
or xs:base64Binary
.
Implementations are not required to use this
algorithm.
This specification does not mandate that collation keys should retain ordering. This is partly because the primary use case is for maps, where only equality comparisons are required, and partly to allow the use of binary data types (which are currently unordered types) for the result. The specification may be revised in a future release to specify that ordering is preserved.
let $C
:=
"http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions/collations/UCA?strength=primary"
The expression map:new((map{collationkey("A", $C):1},
map{collationkey("a", $C):2}))(collationkey("A", $C))
returns 2
. (Given that the keys of the two entries
are equal under the rules of the chosen collation, only one of the
entries can appear in the result; the one that is chosen is the one
from the last map in the input sequence.).
The expression let $M : map{collationkey("A", $C):1,
collationkey("B", $C):2} return $M(collationkey("a", $C))
returns 1
. (The strings "A" and "a" have the same
collation key under this collation.).
As the above examples illustrate, it is important that when the
collationkey
function is used to add entries to a
map, then it must also be used when retrieving entries from the
map. This process can be made less errorprone by encapsulating the
map within a function: function($k) {$M(collationkey($k,
$collation)}
.
The following functions are defined on values of type
xs:string
and types derived from it.
Function  Meaning 

fn:concat 
Returns the concatenation of the string values of the arguments. 
fn:stringjoin 
Returns a string created by concatenating the items in a sequence, with a defined separator between adjacent items. 
fn:substring 
Returns the portion of the value of $sourceString
beginning at the position indicated by the value of
$start and continuing for the number of ·characters·
indicated by the value of $length . 
fn:stringlength 
Returns the number of ·characters· in a string. 
fn:normalizespace 
Returns the value of $arg with leading and
trailing whitespace removed, and sequences of internal whitespace
reduced to a single space character. 
fn:normalizeunicode 
Returns the value of $arg after applying Unicode
normalization. 
fn:uppercase 
Converts a string to upper case. 
fn:lowercase 
Converts a string to lower case. 
fn:translate 
Returns the value of $arg modified by replacing or
removing individual characters. 
Notes:
When the above operators and functions are applied to datatypes
derived from xs:string
, they are guaranteed to return
values that are instances of xs:string
, but the value
might or might not be an instance of the particular subtype of
xs:string
to which they were applied.
The strings returned by fn:concat
and fn:stringjoin
are not
guaranteed to be normalized. But see note in fn:concat
.
Returns the concatenation of the string values of the arguments.
The twoargument form of this function defines the semantics of the "" operator.
fn:concat ( 
$arg1 
as xs:anyAtomicType? , 
$arg2 
as xs:anyAtomicType? , 

...  ) as xs:string 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
This function accepts two or more xs:anyAtomicType
arguments and casts each one to xs:string
. The
function returns the xs:string
that is the
concatenation of the values of its arguments after conversion. If
any argument is the empty sequence, that argument is treated as the
zerolength string.
The fn:concat
function is specified to allow two or
more arguments, which are concatenated together. This is the only
function specified in this document that allows a variable number
of arguments. This capability is retained for compatibility with
[XML Path Language (XPath) Version 1.0].
As mentioned in 5.1 String
types Unicode normalization is not automatically applied to
the result of fn:concat
. If a normalized result is
required, fn:normalizeunicode
can
be applied to the xs:string
returned by
fn:concat
. The following XQuery:
let $v1 := "I plan to go to Mu" let $v2 := "?nchen in September" return concat($v1, $v2)
where the "?" represents either the actual Unicode character COMBINING DIARESIS (Unicode codepoint U+0308) or "̈", will return:
"I plan to go to Mu?nchen in September"
where the "?" represents either the actual Unicode character COMBINING DIARESIS (Unicode codepoint U+0308) or "̈". It is worth noting that the returned value is not normalized in NFC; however, it is normalized in NFD. .
However, the following XQuery:
let $v1 := "I plan to go to Mu" let $v2 := "?nchen in September" return normalizeunicode(concat($v1, $v2))
where the "?" represents either the actual Unicode character COMBINING DIARESIS (Unicode codepoint U+0308) or "̈", will return:
"I plan to go to München in September"
This returned result is normalized in NFC.
The expression fn:concat('un', 'grateful')
returns
"ungrateful"
.
The expression fn:concat('Thy ', (), 'old ', "groans", "",
' ring', ' yet', ' in', ' my', ' ancient',' ears.')
returns
"Thy old groans ring yet in my ancient ears."
.
The expression fn:concat('Ciao!',())
returns
"Ciao!"
.
The expression fn:concat('Ingratitude, ', 'thou ',
'marblehearted', ' fiend!')
returns "Ingratitude,
thou marblehearted fiend!"
.
The expression fn:concat(01, 02, 03, 04, true())
returns "1234true"
.
The expression 10  '/'  6
returns
"10/6"
.
Returns a string created by concatenating the items in a sequence, with a defined separator between adjacent items.
fn:stringjoin
($arg1
as
xs:string*
) as
xs:string
fn:stringjoin
($arg1
as
xs:string*
,
$arg2
as
xs:string
) as
xs:string
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The effect of calling the singleargument version of this
function is the same as calling the twoargument version with
$arg2
set to a zerolength string.
The function returns an xs:string
created by
concatenating the items in the sequence $arg1
, in
order, using the value of $arg2
as a separator between
adjacent items. If the value of $arg2
is the
zerolength string, then the members of $arg1
are
concatenated without a separator.
If the value of $arg1
is the empty sequence, the
function returns the zerolength string.
The expression fn:stringjoin(('Now', 'is', 'the', 'time',
'...'), ' ')
returns "Now is the time ..."
.
The expression fn:stringjoin(('Blow, ', 'blow, ', 'thou
', 'winter ', 'wind!'), '')
returns "Blow, blow, thou
winter wind!"
.
The expression fn:stringjoin((), 'separator')
returns ""
.
Assume a document:
<doc> <chap> <section/> </chap> </doc>
with the <section>
element as the context
node, the [XML Path Language (XPath) 2.0]
expression:
fn:stringjoin(ancestororself::*/name(), '/')
returns "doc/chap/section"
Returns the portion of the value of $sourceString
beginning at the position indicated by the value of
$start
and continuing for the number of ·characters·
indicated by the value of $length
.
fn:substring
($sourceString
as
xs:string?
,
$start
as
xs:double
) as
xs:string
fn:substring ( 
$sourceString 
as xs:string? , 
$start 
as xs:double , 

$length 
as xs:double ) as xs:string 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the value of $sourceString
is the empty
sequence, the function returns the zerolength string.
Otherwise, the function returns a string comprising those
·characters· of
$sourceString
whose index position (counting from one)
is greater than or equal to the value of $start
(rounded to an integer), and (if $length
is specified)
less than the sum of $start
and $length
(both rounded to integers).
The characters returned do not extend beyond
$sourceString
. If $start
is zero or
negative, only those characters in positions greater than zero are
returned.
More specifically, the three argument version of the function
returns the characters in $sourceString
whose position
$p
satisfies:
fn:round($start) <= $p <
fn:round($start) + fn:round($length)
The two argument version of the function assumes that
$length
is infinite and thus returns the ·characters· in
$sourceString
whose position $p
satisfies:
In the above computations, the rules for op:numericlessthan
and
op:numericgreaterthan
apply.
The first character of a string is located at position 1, not position 0.
The expression fn:substring("motor car", 6)
returns
" car"
. (Characters starting at position 6 to the
end of $sourceString
are selected.).
The expression fn:substring("metadata", 4, 3)
returns "ada"
. (Characters at positions greater
than or equal to 4 and less than 7 are selected.).
The expression fn:substring("12345", 1.5, 2.6)
returns "234"
. (Characters at positions greater
than or equal to 2 and less than 5 are selected.).
The expression fn:substring("12345", 0, 3)
returns
"12"
. (Characters at positions greater than or
equal to 0 and less than 3 are selected. Since the first position
is 1, these are the characters at positions 1 and 2.).
The expression fn:substring("12345", 5, 3)
returns
""
. (Characters at positions greater than or equal
to 5 and less than 2 are selected.).
The expression fn:substring("12345", 3, 5)
returns
"1"
. (Characters at positions greater than or
equal to 3 and less than 2 are selected. Since the first position
is 1, this is the character at position 1.).
The expression fn:substring("12345", 0 div 0E0, 3)
returns ""
. (Since 0 div 0E0
returns
NaN
, and NaN
compared to any other number
returns false
, no characters are selected.).
The expression fn:substring("12345", 1, 0 div 0E0)
returns ""
. (As above.).
The expression fn:substring((), 1, 3)
returns
""
.
The expression fn:substring("12345", 42, 1 div
0E0)
returns "12345"
. (Characters at
positions greater than or equal to 42 and less than
INF
are selected.).
The expression fn:substring("12345", 1 div 0E0, 1 div
0E0)
returns ""
. (Since the value of
INF + INF
is NaN
, no characters are
selected.).
Returns the number of ·characters· in a string.
fn:stringlength
() as
xs:integer
fn:stringlength
($arg
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:integer
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns an xs:integer
equal to the
length in ·characters· of the value of $arg
.
Calling the zeroargument version of the function is equivalent
to calling fn:stringlength(fn:string(.))
.
If the value of $arg
is the empty sequence, the
function returns the xs:integer
value zero (0).
If $arg
is not specified and the context item is
absent^{DM30},
a dynamic error is raised: [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}.
Unlike some programming languages, a ·codepoint· greater than 65535 counts as one character, not two.
The expression fn:stringlength("Harp not on that string,
madam; that is past.")
returns 45
.
The expression fn:stringlength(())
returns
0
.
Returns the value of $arg
with leading and trailing
whitespace removed, and sequences of internal whitespace reduced to
a single space character.
fn:normalizespace
() as
xs:string
fn:normalizespace
($arg
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:string
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the value of $arg
is the empty sequence, the
function returns the zerolength string.
The function returns a string constructed by stripping leading
and trailing whitespace from the value of $arg
, and
replacing sequences of one or more adjacent whitespace characters
with a single space, #x20
.
The whitespace characters are defined in the metasymbol S (Production 3) of [Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Fifth Edition)].
If no argument is supplied, then $arg
defaults to
the string value (calculated using fn:string
) of the context item
(.
).
If no argument is supplied and the context item is absent^{DM30} then a dynamic error is raised: [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}.
The definition of whitespace is unchanged in [Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.1 Recommendation].
The expression
fn:normalizespace(" The wealthy curled darlings
of our nation. ")
returns "The wealthy curled darlings of our
nation."
.
The expression fn:normalizespace(())
returns
""
.
Returns the value of $arg
after applying Unicode
normalization.
fn:normalizeunicode
($arg
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:string
fn:normalizeunicode ( 
$arg 
as xs:string? , 
$normalizationForm 
as xs:string ) as xs:string 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the value of $arg
is the empty sequence, the
function returns the zerolength string.
If the singleargument version of the function is used, the
result is the same as calling the twoargument version with
$normalizationForm
set to the string "NFC".
Otherwise, the function returns the value of $arg
normalized according to the rules of the normalization form
identified by the value of $normalizationForm
.
The effective value of $normalizationForm
is the
value of the expression fn:uppercase(fn:normalizespace($normalizationForm))
.
If the effective value of $normalizationForm
is
"NFC", then the function returns the value of $arg
converted to Unicode Normalization Form C (NFC).
If the effective value of $normalizationForm
is
"NFD", then the function returns the value of $arg
converted to Unicode Normalization Form D (NFD).
If the effective value of $normalizationForm
is
"NFKC", then the function returns the value of $arg
in
Unicode Normalization Form KC (NFKC).
If the effective value of $normalizationForm
is
"NFKD", then the function returns the value of $arg
converted to Unicode Normalization Form KD (NFKD).
If the effective value of $normalizationForm
is
"FULLYNORMALIZED", then the function returns the value of
$arg
converted to fully normalized form.
If the effective value of $normalizationForm
is the
zerolength string, no normalization is performed and
$arg
is returned.
Normalization forms NFC, NFD, NFKC, and NFKD, and the algorithms to be used for converting a string to each of these forms, are defined in [Unicode Normalization Forms].
The motivation for normalization form FULLYNORMALIZED is explained in [Character Model for the World Wide Web 1.0: Normalization]. However, as that specification did not progress beyond working draft status, the normative specification is as follows:
A string is fullynormalized if (a) it is in normalization form NFC as defined in [Unicode Normalization Forms], and (b) it does not start with a composing character.
A composing character is a character that is one or both of the following:
the second character in the canonical decomposition mapping of some character that is not listed in the Composition Exclusion Table defined in [Unicode Normalization Forms];
of nonzero canonical combining class (as defined in [The Unicode Standard]).
A string is converted to FULLYNORMALIZED form as follows:
if the first character in the string is a composing character, prepend a single space (x20);
convert the resulting string to normalization form NFC.
Conforming implementations must support normalization form "NFC" and may support normalization forms "NFD", "NFKC", "NFKD", and "FULLYNORMALIZED". They may also support other normalization forms with ·implementationdefined· semantics.
It is ·implementationdefined· which version of Unicode (and therefore, of
the normalization algorithms and their underlying data) is
supported by the implementation. See [Unicode Normalization Forms] for
details of the stability policy regarding changes to the
normalization rules in future versions of Unicode. If the input
string contains codepoints that are unassigned in the relevant
version of Unicode, or for which no normalization rules are
defined, the fn:normalizeunicode
function leaves such
codepoints unchanged. If the implementation supports the requested
normalization form then it must be able to handle
every input string without raising an error.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOCH0003] if the effective value of
the $normalizationForm
argument is not one of the
values supported by the implementation.
Converts a string to upper case.
fn:uppercase
($arg
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:string
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the value of $arg
is the empty sequence, the
zerolength string is returned.
Otherwise, the function returns the value of $arg
after translating every ·character· to its uppercase correspondent as defined in
the appropriate case mappings section in the Unicode standard
[The Unicode Standard]. For versions of
Unicode beginning with the 2.1.8 update, only localeinsensitive
case mappings should be applied. Beginning with version 3.2.0 (and
likely future versions) of Unicode, precise mappings are described
in default case operations, which are full case mappings in the
absence of tailoring for particular languages and environments.
Every lowercase character that does not have an uppercase
correspondent, as well as every uppercase character, is included
in the returned value in its original form.
Case mappings may change the length of a string. In general, the
fn:uppercase
and fn:lowercase
functions are not
inverses of each other: fn:lowercase(fn:uppercase($arg))
is not guaranteed to return $arg
, nor is
fn:uppercase(fn:lowercase($arg))
. The Latin small
letter dotless i (as used in Turkish) is perhaps the most prominent
lowercase letter which will not roundtrip. The Latin capital
letter i with dot above is the most prominent uppercase letter
which will not round trip; there are others, such as Latin capital
letter Sharp S (#1E9E) which is introduced in Unicode 5.1.
These functions may not always be linguistically appropriate (e.g. Turkish i without dot) or appropriate for the application (e.g. titlecase). In cases such as Turkish, a simple translation should be used first.
Because the function is not sensitive to locale, results will not always match user expectations. In Quebec, for example, the standard uppercase equivalent of "è" is "È", while in metropolitan France it is more commonly "E"; only one of these is supported by the functions as defined.
Many characters of class Ll lack uppercase equivalents in the Unicode case mapping tables; many characters of class Lu lack lowercase equivalents.
The expression fn:uppercase("abCd0")
returns
"ABCD0"
.
Converts a string to lower case.
fn:lowercase
($arg
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:string
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the value of $arg
is the empty sequence, the
zerolength string is returned.
Otherwise, the function returns the value of $arg
after translating every ·character· to its lowercase correspondent as defined in
the appropriate case mappings section in the Unicode standard
[The Unicode Standard]. For versions of
Unicode beginning with the 2.1.8 update, only localeinsensitive
case mappings should be applied. Beginning with version 3.2.0 (and
likely future versions) of Unicode, precise mappings are described
in default case operations, which are full case mappings in the
absence of tailoring for particular languages and environments.
Every uppercase character that does not have a lowercase
correspondent, as well as every lowercase character, is included
in the returned value in its original form.
Case mappings may change the length of a string. In general, the
fn:uppercase
and
fn:lowercase
functions are not inverses of each
other: fn:lowercase(fn:uppercase($arg))
is not
guaranteed to return $arg
, nor is fn:uppercase(fn:lowercase($arg))
.
The Latin small letter dotless i (as used in Turkish) is perhaps
the most prominent lowercase letter which will not roundtrip. The
Latin capital letter i with dot above is the most prominent
uppercase letter which will not round trip; there are others, such
as Latin capital letter Sharp S (#1E9E) which is introduced in
Unicode 5.1.
These functions may not always be linguistically appropriate (e.g. Turkish i without dot) or appropriate for the application (e.g. titlecase). In cases such as Turkish, a simple translation should be used first.
Because the function is not sensitive to locale, results will not always match user expectations. In Quebec, for example, the standard uppercase equivalent of "è" is "È", while in metropolitan France it is more commonly "E"; only one of these is supported by the functions as defined.
Many characters of class Ll lack uppercase equivalents in the Unicode case mapping tables; many characters of class Lu lack lowercase equivalents.
The expression fn:lowercase("ABc!D")
returns
"abc!d"
.
Returns the value of $arg
modified by replacing or
removing individual characters.
fn:translate ( 
$arg 
as xs:string? , 
$mapString 
as xs:string , 

$transString 
as xs:string ) as xs:string 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the value of $arg
is the empty sequence, the
function returns the zerolength string.
Otherwise, the function returns a result string constructed by
processing each ·character· in the value of $arg
, in order,
according to the following rules:
If the character does not appear in the value of
$mapString
then it is added to the result string
unchanged.
If the character first appears in the value of
$mapString
at some position M, where the
value of $transString
is M or more characters
in length, then the character at position M in
$transString
is added to the result string.
If the character first appears in the value of
$mapString
at some position M, where the
value of $transString
is less than M
characters in length, then the character is omitted from the result
string.
If $mapString
is the zerolength string then the
function returns $arg
unchanged.
If a character occurs more than once in $mapString
,
then the first occurrence determines the action taken.
If $transString
is longer than
$mapString
, the excess characters are ignored.
The expression fn:translate("bar","abc","ABC")
returns "BAr"
.
The expression fn:translate("aaa","abc","ABC")
returns "AAA"
.
The expression fn:translate("abcdabc", "abc", "AB")
returns "ABdAB"
.
The functions described in the section examine a string
$arg1
to see whether it contains another string
$arg2
as a substring. The result depends on whether
$arg2
is a substring of $arg1
, and if so,
on the range of ·characters· in $arg1
which $arg2
matches.
When the ·Unicode
codepoint collation· is used, this
simply involves determining whether $arg1
contains a
contiguous sequence of characters whose ·codepoints· are the
same, one for one, with the codepoints of the characters in
$arg2
.
When a collation is specified, the rules are more complex.
All collations support the capability of deciding whether two
·strings· are
considered equal, and if not, which of the strings should be
regarded as preceding the other. For functions such as fn:compare
, this is all that is
required. For other functions, such as fn:contains
, the collation needs
to support an additional property: it must be able to decompose the
string into a sequence of collation units, each unit consisting of
one or more characters, such that two strings can be compared by
pairwise comparison of these units. ("collation unit" is equivalent
to "collation element" as defined in [Unicode Collation Algorithm].) The
string $arg1
is then considered to contain
$arg2
as a substring if the sequence of collation
units corresponding to $arg2
is a subsequence of the
sequence of the collation units corresponding to
$arg1
. The characters in $arg1
that match
are the characters corresponding to these collation units.
This rule may occasionally lead to surprises. For example,
consider a collation that treats "Jaeger" and "J√§ger" as equal. It
might do this by treating "√§" as representing two collation units,
in which case the expression fn:contains("J√§ger", "eg")
will
return true
. Alternatively, a collation might treat
"ae" as a single collation unit, in which case the expression
fn:contains("Jaeger",
"eg")
will return false
. The results of
these functions thus depend strongly on the properties of the
collation that is used.
In addition, collations may specify that some collation units
should be ignored during matching. If hyphen is an ignored
collation unit, then fn:contains("codepoint",
"codepoint")
will be true, and fn:contains("codepoint", "")
will also be true.
In the definitions below, we refer to the terms match and minimal match as defined in definitions DS2 and DS4 of [Unicode Collation Algorithm]. In applying these definitions:
C is the collation; that is, the value of the
$collation
argument if specified, otherwise the
default collation.
P is the (candidate) substring $arg2
Q is the (candidate) containing string
$arg1
The boundary condition B is satisfied at the start and end of a string, and between any two characters that belong to different collation units ("collation elements" in the language of [Unicode Collation Algorithm]). It is not satisfied between two characters that belong to the same collation unit.
It is possible to define collations that do not have the ability to decompose a string into units suitable for substring matching. An argument to a function defined in this section may be a URI that identifies a collation that is able to compare two strings, but that does not have the capability to split the string into collation units. Such a collation may cause the function to fail, or to give unexpected results or it may be rejected as an unsuitable argument. The ability to decompose strings into collation units is an ·implementationdefined· property of the collation.
Function  Meaning 

fn:contains 
Returns true if the string $arg1 contains
$arg2 as a substring, taking collations into
account. 
fn:startswith 
Returns true if the string $arg1 contains
$arg2 as a leading substring, taking collations into
account. 
fn:endswith 
Returns true if the string $arg1 contains
$arg2 as a trailing substring, taking collations into
account. 
fn:substringbefore 
Returns the part of $arg1 that precedes the first
occurrence of $arg2 , taking collations into
account. 
fn:substringafter 
Returns the part of $arg1 that follows the first
occurrence of $arg2 , taking collations into
account. 
Returns true if the string $arg1
contains
$arg2
as a substring, taking collations into
account.
fn:contains
($arg1
as
xs:string?
,
$arg2
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:boolean
fn:contains ( 
$arg1 
as xs:string? , 
$arg2 
as xs:string? , 

$collation 
as xs:string ) as xs:boolean 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations.
The threeargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and static base uri.
If the value of $arg1
or $arg2
is the
empty sequence, or contains only ignorable collation units, it is
interpreted as the zerolength string.
If the value of $arg2
is the zerolength string,
then the function returns true
.
If the value of $arg1
is the zerolength string,
the function returns false
.
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in 5.3.4 Choosing a collation.
The function returns an xs:boolean
indicating
whether or not the value of $arg1
contains (at the
beginning, at the end, or anywhere within) at least one sequence of
collation units that provides a minimal match to the
collation units in the value of $arg2
, according to
the collation that is used.
Note:
Minimal match is defined in [Unicode Collation Algorithm].
A dynamic error may be raised [err:FOCH0004] if the specified collation does not support collation units.
The collation used in these examples,
http://example.com/CollationA
is a collation in which
both "" and "*" are ignorable collation units.
"Ignorable collation unit" is equivalent to "ignorable collation element" in [Unicode Collation Algorithm].
The expression fn:contains ( "tattoo", "t")
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:contains ( "tattoo", "ttt")
returns false()
.
The expression fn:contains ( "", ())
returns
true()
. (The first rule is applied, followed by
the second rule.).
The expression fn:contains ( "abcdefghi", "def",
"http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:contains ( "a*b*c*d*e*f*g*h*i*",
"def", "http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:contains ( "abcd***ef**ghi", "def",
"http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:contains ( (), "****",
"http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
. (The second argument contains only
ignorable collation units and is equivalent to the zerolength
string.).
Returns true if the string $arg1
contains
$arg2
as a leading substring, taking collations into
account.
fn:startswith
($arg1
as
xs:string?
,
$arg2
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:boolean
fn:startswith ( 
$arg1 
as xs:string? , 
$arg2 
as xs:string? , 

$collation 
as xs:string ) as xs:boolean 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations.
The threeargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and static base uri.
If the value of $arg1
or $arg2
is the
empty sequence, or contains only ignorable collation units, it is
interpreted as the zerolength string.
If the value of $arg2
is the zerolength string,
then the function returns true
. If the value of
$arg1
is the zerolength string and the value of
$arg2
is not the zerolength string, then the function
returns false
.
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in 5.3.4 Choosing a collation.
The function returns an xs:boolean
indicating
whether or not the value of $arg1
starts with a
sequence of collation units that provides a match to the
collation units of $arg2
according to the collation
that is used.
Note:
Match is defined in [Unicode Collation Algorithm].
A dynamic error may be raised [err:FOCH0004] if the specified collation does not support collation units.
The collation used in these examples,
http://example.com/CollationA
is a collation in which
both "" and "*" are ignorable collation units.
"Ignorable collation unit" is equivalent to "ignorable collation element" in [Unicode Collation Algorithm].
The expression fn:startswith("tattoo", "tat")
returns true()
.
The expression fn:startswith ( "tattoo", "att")
returns false()
.
The expression fn:startswith ((), ())
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:startswith ( "abcdefghi", "abc",
"http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:startswith ( "a*b*c*d*e*f*g*h*i*",
"abc", "http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:startswith ( "abcd***ef**ghi",
"abcdef", "http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:startswith ( (), "****",
"http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
. (The second argument contains only
ignorable collation units and is equivalent to the zerolength
string.).
The expression fn:startswith ( "abcdefghi", "abc",
"http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
.
Returns true if the string $arg1
contains
$arg2
as a trailing substring, taking collations into
account.
fn:endswith
($arg1
as
xs:string?
,
$arg2
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:boolean
fn:endswith ( 
$arg1 
as xs:string? , 
$arg2 
as xs:string? , 

$collation 
as xs:string ) as xs:boolean 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations.
The threeargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and static base uri.
If the value of $arg1
or $arg2
is the
empty sequence, or contains only ignorable collation units, it is
interpreted as the zerolength string.
If the value of $arg2
is the zerolength string,
then the function returns true
. If the value of
$arg1
is the zerolength string and the value of
$arg2
is not the zerolength string, then the function
returns false
.
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in 5.3.4 Choosing a collation.
The function returns an xs:boolean
indicating
whether or not the value of $arg1
starts with a
sequence of collation units that provides a match to the
collation units of $arg2
according to the collation
that is used.
Note:
Match is defined in [Unicode Collation Algorithm].
A dynamic error may be raised [err:FOCH0004] if the specified collation does not support collation units.
The collation used in these examples,
http://example.com/CollationA
is a collation in which
both "" and "*" are ignorable collation units.
"Ignorable collation unit" is equivalent to "ignorable collation element" in [Unicode Collation Algorithm].
The expression fn:endswith ( "tattoo", "tattoo")
returns true()
.
The expression fn:endswith ( "tattoo", "atto")
returns false()
.
The expression fn:endswith ((), ())
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:endswith ( "abcdefghi", "ghi",
"http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:endswith ( "abcd***ef**ghi",
"defghi", "http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:endswith ( "abcd***ef**ghi",
"defghi", "http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:endswith ( (), "****",
"http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
. (The second argument contains only
ignorable collation units and is equivalent to the zerolength
string.).
The expression fn:endswith ( "abcdefghi", "ghi",
"http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
true()
.
Returns the part of $arg1
that precedes the first
occurrence of $arg2
, taking collations into
account.
fn:substringbefore
($arg1
as
xs:string?
,
$arg2
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:string
fn:substringbefore ( 
$arg1 
as xs:string? , 
$arg2 
as xs:string? , 

$collation 
as xs:string ) as xs:string 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations.
The threeargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and static base uri.
If the value of $arg1
or $arg2
is the
empty sequence, or contains only ignorable collation units, it is
interpreted as the zerolength string.
If the value of $arg2
is the zerolength string,
then the function returns the zerolength string.
If the value of $arg1
does not contain a string
that is equal to the value of $arg2
, then the function
returns the zerolength string.
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in 5.3.4 Choosing a collation.
The function returns the substring of the value of
$arg1
that precedes in the value of $arg1
the first occurrence of a sequence of collation units that provides
a minimal match to the collation units of $arg2
according to the collation that is used.
Note:
Minimal match is defined in [Unicode Collation Algorithm].
A dynamic error may be raised [err:FOCH0004] if the specified collation does not support collation units.
The collation used in these examples,
http://example.com/CollationA
is a collation in which
both "" and "*" are ignorable collation units.
"Ignorable collation unit" is equivalent to "ignorable collation element" in [Unicode Collation Algorithm].
The expression fn:substringbefore ( "tattoo",
"attoo")
returns "t"
.
The expression fn:substringbefore ( "tattoo",
"tatto")
returns ""
.
The expression fn:substringbefore ((), ())
returns
""
.
The expression fn:substringbefore ( "abcdefghi",
"de", "http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
"abc"
.
The expression fn:substringbefore ( "abcdefghi",
"de", "http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
"abc"
.
The expression fn:substringbefore ( "a*b*c*d*e*f*g*h*i*",
"***cde", "http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
"a*b*"
.
The expression fn:substringbefore ( "Eureka!",
"****", "http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
""
. (The second argument contains only ignorable
collation units and is equivalent to the zerolength
string.).
Returns the part of $arg1
that follows the first
occurrence of $arg2
, taking collations into
account.
fn:substringafter
($arg1
as
xs:string?
,
$arg2
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:string
fn:substringafter ( 
$arg1 
as xs:string? , 
$arg2 
as xs:string? , 

$collation 
as xs:string ) as xs:string 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations.
The threeargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and static base uri.
If the value of $arg1
or $arg2
is the
empty sequence, or contains only ignorable collation units, it is
interpreted as the zerolength string.
If the value of $arg2
is the zerolength string,
then the function returns the value of $arg1
.
If the value of $arg1
does not contain a string
that is equal to the value of $arg2
, then the function
returns the zerolength string.
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in 5.3.4 Choosing a collation.
The function returns the substring of the value of
$arg1
that follows in the value of $arg1
the first occurrence of a sequence of collation units that provides
a minimal match to the collation units of $arg2
according to the collation that is used.
Note:
Minimal match is defined in [Unicode Collation Algorithm].
A dynamic error may be raised [err:FOCH0004] if the specified collation does not support collation units.
The collation used in these examples,
http://example.com/CollationA
is a collation in which
both "" and "*" are ignorable collation units.
"Ignorable collation unit" is equivalent to "ignorable collation element" in [Unicode Collation Algorithm].
The expression fn:substringafter("tattoo", "tat")
returns "too"
.
The expression fn:substringafter("tattoo",
"tattoo")
returns ""
.
The expression fn:substringafter((), ())
returns
""
.
The expression fn:substringafter("abcdefghi", "de",
"http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
"fghi"
.
The expression fn:substringafter("abcdefghi",
"de", "http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
"fghi"
.
The expression fn:substringafter ( "a*b*c*d*e*f*g*h*i*",
"***cde***", "http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
"*f*g*h*i*"
.
The expression fn:substringafter ( "Eureka!",
"****", "http://example.com/CollationA")
returns
"Eureka!"
. (The second argument contains only
ignorable collation units and is equivalent to the zerolength
string.).
The three functions described in this section make use of a regular expression syntax for pattern matching. This is described below.
Function  Meaning 

fn:matches 
Returns true if the supplied string matches a given regular expression. 
fn:replace 
Returns a string produced from the input string by replacing any substrings that match a given regular expression with a supplied replacement string. 
fn:tokenize 
Returns a sequence of strings constructed by splitting the input wherever a separator is found; the separator is any substring that matches a given regular expression. 
fn:analyzestring 
Analyzes a string using a regular expression, returning an XML structure that identifies which parts of the input string matched or failed to match the regular expression, and in the case of matched substrings, which substrings matched each capturing group in the regular expression. 
The regular expression syntax used by these functions is defined in terms of the regular expression syntax specified in XML Schema (see [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition]), which in turn is based on the established conventions of languages such as Perl. However, because XML Schema uses regular expressions only for validity checking, it omits some facilities that are widelyused with languages such as Perl. This section, therefore, describes extensions to the XML Schema regular expressions syntax that reinstate these capabilities.
Note:
It is recommended that implementers consult [Unicode Regular Expressions] for information on using regular expression processing on Unicode characters.
The regular expression syntax and semantics are identical to those defined in [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition] with the following additions:
Two metacharacters, ^
and $
are
added. By default, the metacharacter ^
matches the
start of the entire string, while $
matches the end of
the entire string. In multiline mode, ^
matches the
start of any line (that is, the start of the entire string, and the
position immediately after a newline character), while
$
matches the end of any line (that is, the end of the
entire string, and the position immediately before a newline
character). Newline here means the character #x0A
only.
This means that the production in [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition]:
[10] Char ::= [^.\?*+()#x5B#x5D]
is modified to read:
[10] Char ::= [^.\?*+{}()^$#x5B#x5D]
The XSD 1.1 grammar for regular expressions uses the same
production rule, but renumbered and renamed [73]
NormalChar
; it is affected in the same way.
The characters #x5B
and #x5D
correspond to "[
" and "]
"
respectively.
Note:
The definition of Char (production [10]) in [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition] has a known error in which it omits the left brace ("{") and right brace ("}"). That error is corrected here.
The following production:
[11] charClass ::= charClassEsc  charClassExpr 
WildCardEsc
is modified to read:
[11] charClass ::= charClassEsc  charClassExpr 
WildCardEsc  "^"  "$"
Using XSD 1.1 as the baseline the equivalent is to change the production:
[74] charClass ::= SingleCharEsc  charClassEsc 
charClassExpr  WildCardEsc
to read:
[74] charClass ::= SingleCharEsc  charClassEsc 
charClassExpr  WildCardEsc  "^"  "$"
Reluctant quantifiers are supported. They are indicated
by a " ?
" following a quantifier. Specifically:
X??
matches X, once or not at all
X*?
matches X, zero or more times
X+?
matches X, one or more times
X{n}?
matches X, exactly n times
X{n,}?
matches X, at least n times
X{n,m}?
matches X, at least n times, but not more
than m times
The effect of these quantifiers is that the regular expression
matches the shortest possible substring consistent with
the match as a whole succeeding. Without the " ?
",
the regular expression matches the longest possible
substring.
To achieve this, the production in [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition]:
[4] quantifier ::= [?*+]  ( '{' quantity '}' )
is changed to:
[4] quantifier ::= ( [?*+]  ( '{' quantity '}' ) )
'?'?
(In the XSD 1.1 version of the regular expression grammar, this rule is unchanged, but is renumbered [67])
Note:
Reluctant quantifiers have no effect on the results of the
boolean fn:matches
function, since this function is only interested in discovering
whether a match exists, and not where it exists.
Subexpressions (groups) within the regular expression are
recognized. The regular expression syntax defined by [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition]
allows a regular expression to contain parenthesized
subexpressions, but attaches no special significance to them. Some
operations associated with regular expressions (for example,
backreferences, and the fn:replace
function) allow access
to the parts of the input string that matched a subexpression
(called captured substrings). The subexpressions are numbered
according to the position of the opening parenthesis in
lefttoright order within the toplevel regular expression: the
first opening parenthesis identifies captured substring 1, the
second identifies captured substring 2, and so on. 0 identifies the
substring captured by the entire regular expression.
When parentheses are used in a part of the regular expression
that is matched more than once (because it is within a construct
that allows repetition), then only the last substring that it
matched will be captured. Note that this rule is not sufficient in
all cases to ensure an unambiguous result, especially in cases
where (a) the regular expression contains nested repeating
constructs, and/or (b) the repeating construct matches a
zerolength string. In such cases it is implementationdependent
which substring is captured. For example given the regular
expression (a*)+
and the input string
"aaaa"
, an implementation might legitimately capture
either "aaaa"
or a zero length string as the content
of the captured subgroup.
Noncapturing groups are also recognized. These are indicated by
the syntax (?:xxxx)
. The production rule for
atom
in [XML Schema Part 2:
Datatypes Second Edition] is changed to replace the
alternative:
( '(' regExp ')' )
with:
( '(' '?:'? regExp ')' )
(For the new versions of the XSD 1.0 and XSD 1.1 production
rules for atom
, see below.)
The presence of the optional ?:
has no effect on
the set of strings that match the regular expression, but causes
the left parenthesis not to be counted by operations that number
the groups within a regular expression, for example the fn:replace
function.
Backreferences are allowed outside a character class
expression. A backreference is an additional kind of atom. The
construct \N
where N
is a single digit is
always recognized as a backreference; if this is followed by
further digits, these digits are taken to be part of the
backreference if and only if the resulting number NN
is such that the backreference is preceded by NN
or
more unescaped opening parentheses. The regular expression is
invalid if a backreference refers to a subexpression that does not
exist or whose closing right parenthesis occurs after the
backreference.
A backreference matches the string that was matched by the
N
th capturing subexpression within the regular
expression, that is, the parenthesized subexpression whose opening
left parenthesis is the N
th unescaped left parenthesis
within the regular expression. For example, the regular expression
('").*\1
matches a sequence of characters delimited
either by an apostrophe at the start and end, or by a quotation
mark at the start and end.
If no string is matched by the N
th capturing
subexpression, the backreference is interpreted as matching a
zerolength string.
Combining this change with the introduction of noncapturing groups (see above), backreferences change the following production:
[9] atom ::= Char  charClass  ( '(' regExp ')'
)
to
[9] atom ::= Char  charClass  ( '(' '?:'? regExp ')' ) 
backReference
[9a] backReference ::= "\" [19][09]*
With respect to the XSD 1.1 version of the regular expression grammar, the effect is to change:
[72] atom ::= NormalChar  charClass  ( '(' regExp ')'
)
to
[72] atom ::= NormalChar  charClass  ( '(' '?:'? regExp
')' )  backReference
[72a] backReference ::= "\" [19][09]*
Note:
Within a character class expression, \
followed by
a digit is invalid. Some other regular expression languages
interpret this as an octal character reference.
Single character escapes are extended to allow the
$
character to be escaped. The following production is
changed:
[24]SingleCharEsc ::= '\'
[nrt\.?*+(){}#x2D#x5B#x5D#x5E]
to
[24]SingleCharEsc ::= '\'
[nrt\.?*+(){}$#x2D#x5B#x5D#x5E]
(In the XSD 1.1 version of the regular expression grammar, the
production rule for SingleCharEsc
is unchanged, but is
renumbered [84])
A regular expression that uses a Unicode block name that is not
defined in the version(s) of Unicode supported by the processor
(for example \p{IsBadBlockName}
) is deemed to be
invalid [err:FORX0002].
Note:
XSD 1.0 does not say how this situation should be handled; XSD 1.1 says that it should be handled by treating all characters as matching.
Note:
In [Schema 1.1 Part 2] the rules for the interpretation of hyphens within square brackets in a regular expression have been clarified; and the semantics of regular expressions are no longer tied to a specific version of Unicode.
All these functions provide an optional parameter,
$flags
, to set options for the interpretation of the
regular expression. The parameter accepts a xs:string
,
in which individual letters are used to set options. The presence
of a letter within the string indicates that the option is on; its
absence indicates that the option is off. Letters may appear in any
order and may be repeated. If there are characters present that are
not defined here as flags, then a dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0001].
The following options are defined:
s
: If present, the match operates in "dotall"
mode. (Perl calls this the singleline mode.) If the s
flag is not specified, the metacharacter .
matches
any character except a newline (#x0A
) or carriage
return (#x0D
) character. In dotall mode, the
metacharacter .
matches any character whatsoever.
Suppose the input contains "hello" and "world" on two lines. This
will not be matched by the regular expression "hello.*world" unless
dotall mode is enabled.
m
: If present, the match operates in multiline
mode. By default, the metacharacter ^
matches the
start of the entire string, while $ matches the end of the entire
string. In multiline mode, ^
matches the start of any
line (that is, the start of the entire string, and the position
immediately after a newline character other than a newline that
appears as the last character in the string), while $
matches the end of any line (that is, the position immediately
before a newline character, and the end of the entire string if
there is no newline character at the end of the string). Newline
here means the character #x0A
only.
i
: If present, the match operates in
caseinsensitive mode. The detailed rules are as follows. In these
rules, a character C2 is considered to be a casevariant
of another character C1 if the following XPath expression returns
true
when the two characters are considered as strings
of length one, and the ·Unicode codepoint collation· is used:
fn:lowercase(C1) eq
fn:lowercase(C2) or fn:uppercase(C1) eq
fn:uppercase(C2)
Note that the casevariants of a character under this definition are always single characters.
When a normal character (Char
) is used as an atom,
it represents the set containing that character and all its
casevariants. For example, the regular expression "z" will match
both "z" and "Z".
A character range (production charRange
in the XSD
1.0 grammar, replaced by productions charRange
and
singleChar
in XSD 1.1) represents the set containing
all the characters that it would match in the absence of the
"i
" flag, together with their casevariants. For
example, the regular expression "[AZ]" will match all the letters
AZ and all the letters az. It will also match certain other
characters such as #x212A
(KELVIN SIGN), since
fn:lowercase("#x212A")
is "k".
This rule applies also to a character range used in a character
class subtraction (charClassSub
): thus [AZ[IO]] will
match characters such as "A", "B", "a", and "b", but will not match
"I", "O", "i", or "o".
The rule also applies to a character range used as part of a negative character group: thus [^Q] will match every character except "Q" and "q" (these being the only casevariants of "Q" in Unicode).
A backreference is compared using caseblind comparison: that
is, each character must either be the same as the corresponding
character of the previously matched string, or must be a
casevariant of that character. For example, the strings "Mum",
"mom", "Dad", and "DUD" all match the regular expression
"([md])[aeiou]\1" when the "i
" flag is used.
All other constructs are unaffected by the "i
"
flag. For example, "\p{Lu}" continues to match uppercase letters
only.
x
: If present, whitespace characters (#x9, #xA, #xD
and #x20) in the regular expression are removed prior to matching
with one exception: whitespace characters within character class
expressions (charClassExpr
) are not removed. This flag
can be used, for example, to break up long regular expressions into
readable lines.
Examples:
fn:matches("helloworld", "hello
world", "x")
returns true()
fn:matches("helloworld", "hello[
]world", "x")
returns false()
fn:matches("hello world", "hello\
sworld", "x")
returns true()
fn:matches("hello world", "hello
world", "x")
returns false()
q
: if present, all characters in the regular
expression are treated as representing themselves, not as
metacharacters. In effect, every character that would normally have
a special meaning in a regular expression is implicitly escaped by
preceding it with a backslash.
Furthermore, when this flag is present, the characters
$
and \
have no special significance when
used in the replacement string supplied to the fn:replace
function.
This flag can be used in conjunction with the i
flag. If it is used together with the m
,
s
, or x
flag, that flag has no
effect.
Examples:
fn:tokenize("12.3.5.6", ".",
"q")
returns ("12", "3", "5", "6")
fn:replace("a\b\c", "\", "\\",
"q")
returns "a\\b\\c"
fn:replace("a/b/c", "/", "$",
"q")
returns "a$b$c"
fn:matches("abcd", ".*",
"q")
returns false()
fn:matches("Mr. B. Obama", "B.
OBAMA", "iq")
returns true()
Returns true if the supplied string matches a given regular expression.
fn:matches
($input
as
xs:string?
,
$pattern
as
xs:string
) as
xs:boolean
fn:matches ( 
$input 
as xs:string? , 
$pattern 
as xs:string , 

$flags 
as xs:string ) as xs:boolean 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The effect of calling the first version of this function
(omitting the argument $flags
) is the same as the
effect of calling the second version with the $flags
argument set to a zerolength string. Flags are defined in 5.6.1.1 Flags.
If $input
is the empty sequence, it is interpreted
as the zerolength string.
The function returns true
if $input
or
some substring of $input
matches the regular
expression supplied as $pattern
. Otherwise, the
function returns false
. The matching rules are
influenced by the value of $flags
if present.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0002] if the value of
$pattern
is invalid according to the rules described
in 5.6.1 Regular expression
syntax.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0001] if the value of
$flags
is invalid according to the rules described in
5.6.1.1 Flags.
Unless the metacharacters ^
and $
are
used as anchors, the string is considered to match the pattern if
any substring matches the pattern. But if anchors are used, the
anchors must match the start/end of the string (in string mode), or
the start/end of a line (in multiline mode).
This is different from the behavior of patterns in [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition], where regular expressions are implicitly anchored.
Regular expression matching is defined on the basis of Unicode code points; it takes no account of collations.
The expression fn:matches("abracadabra", "bra")
returns true()
.
The expression fn:matches("abracadabra", "^a.*a$")
returns true()
.
The expression fn:matches("abracadabra", "^bra")
returns false()
.
Given the source document:
let $poem
:=
<poem author="Wilhelm Busch"> Kaum hat dies der Hahn gesehen, Fängt er auch schon an zu krähen: Kikeriki! Kikikerikih!! Tak, tak, tak!  da kommen sie. </poem>
the following function calls produce the following results, with
the poem
element as the context node:
The expression fn:matches($poem, "Kaum.*krähen")
returns false()
.
The expression fn:matches($poem, "Kaum.*krähen",
"s")
returns true()
.
The expression fn:matches($poem, "^Kaum.*gesehen,$",
"m")
returns true()
.
The expression fn:matches($poem,
"^Kaum.*gesehen,$")
returns false()
.
The expression fn:matches($poem, "kiki", "i")
returns true()
.
Returns a string produced from the input string by replacing any substrings that match a given regular expression with a supplied replacement string.
fn:replace ( 
$input 
as xs:string? , 
$pattern 
as xs:string , 

$replacement 
as xs:string ) as xs:string 
fn:replace ( 
$input 
as xs:string? , 
$pattern 
as xs:string , 

$replacement 
as xs:string , 

$flags 
as xs:string ) as xs:string 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The effect of calling the first version of this function
(omitting the argument $flags
) is the same as the
effect of calling the second version with the $flags
argument set to a zerolength string. Flags are defined in 5.6.1.1 Flags.
The $flags
argument is interpreted in the same
manner as for the fn:matches
function.
If $input
is the empty sequence, it is interpreted
as the zerolength string.
The function returns the xs:string
that is obtained
by replacing each nonoverlapping substring of $input
that matches the given $pattern
with an occurrence of
the $replacement
string.
If two overlapping substrings of $input
both match
the $pattern
, then only the first one (that is, the
one whose first ·character· comes first in the $input
string)
is replaced.
If the q
flag is present, the replacement string is
used as is.
Otherwise, within the $replacement
string, a
variable $N
may be used to refer to the substring
captured by the Nth parenthesized subexpression in the regular
expression. For each match of the pattern, these variables are
assigned the value of the content matched by the relevant
subexpression, and the modified replacement string is then
substituted for the ·characters· in $input
that matched the
pattern. $0
refers to the substring captured by the
regular expression as a whole.
More specifically, the rules are as follows, where
S
is the number of parenthesized subexpressions in
the regular expression, and N
is the decimal number
formed by taking all the digits that consecutively follow the
$
character:
If N
=0
, then the variable is replaced
by the substring matched by the regular expression as a whole.
If 1
<=N
<=S
, then
the variable is replaced by the substring captured by the Nth
parenthesized subexpression. If the Nth
parenthesized
subexpression was not matched, then the variable is replaced by
the zerolength string.
If S
<N
<=9
, then the
variable is replaced by the zerolength string.
Otherwise (if N
>S
and
N
>9
), the last digit of N
is taken to be a literal character to be included "as is" in the
replacement string, and the rules are reapplied using the number
N
formed by stripping off this last digit.
For example, if the replacement string is " $23
"
and there are 5 substrings, the result contains the value of the
substring that matches the second subexpression, followed by the
digit " 3
".
Unless the q
flag is used, a literal $
character within the replacement string must be written as
\$
, and a literal \
character must be
written as \\
.
If two alternatives within the pattern both match at the same
position in the $input
, then the match that is chosen
is the one matched by the first alternative. For example:
fn:replace("abcd", "(ab)(a)", "[1=$1][2=$2]") returns "[1=ab][2=]cd"
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0002] if the value of
$pattern
is invalid according to the rules described
in section 5.6.1 Regular expression
syntax.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0001] if the value of
$flags
is invalid according to the rules described in
section 5.6.1 Regular expression
syntax.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0003] if the pattern matches a
zerolength string, that is, if the expression fn:matches("", $pattern, $flags)
returns true
. It is not an error, however, if a
captured substring is zerolength.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0004] if the value of
$replacement
contains a "$
" character
that is not immediately followed by a digit 09
and
not immediately preceded by a "\".
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0004] if the value of
$replacement
contains a "\
" character
that is not part of a "\\
" pair, unless it is
immediately followed by a "$
" character.
If the input string contains no substring that matches the regular expression, the result of the function is a single string identical to the input string.
The expression replace("abracadabra", "bra", "*")
returns "a*cada*"
.
The expression replace("abracadabra", "a.*a", "*")
returns "*"
.
The expression replace("abracadabra", "a.*?a", "*")
returns "*c*bra"
.
The expression replace("abracadabra", "a", "")
returns "brcdbr"
.
The expression replace("abracadabra", "a(.)",
"a$1$1")
returns "abbraccaddabbra"
.
The expression replace("abracadabra", ".*?", "$1")
raises an error, because the pattern matches the zerolength
string
The expression replace("AAAA", "A+", "b")
returns
"b"
.
The expression replace("AAAA", "A+?", "b")
returns
"bbbb"
.
The expression replace("darted", "^(.*?)d(.*)$",
"$1c$2")
returns "carted"
. (The first
d
is replaced.).
Returns a sequence of strings constructed by splitting the input wherever a separator is found; the separator is any substring that matches a given regular expression.
fn:tokenize
($input
as
xs:string?
,
$pattern
as
xs:string
) as
xs:string*
fn:tokenize ( 
$input 
as xs:string? , 
$pattern 
as xs:string , 

$flags 
as xs:string ) as xs:string* 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The effect of calling the first version of this function
(omitting the argument $flags
) is the same as the
effect of calling the second version with the $flags
argument set to a zerolength string. Flags are defined in 5.6.1.1 Flags.
The $flags
argument is interpreted in the same way
as for the fn:matches
function.
If $input
is the empty sequence, or if
$input
is the zerolength string, the function returns
the empty sequence.
The function returns a sequence of strings formed by breaking
the $input
string into a sequence of strings, treating
any substring that matches $pattern
as a separator.
The separators themselves are not returned.
If a separator occurs at the start of the $input
string, the result sequence will start with a zerolength string.
Zerolength strings will also occur in the result sequence if a
separator occurs at the end of the $input
string, or
if two adjacent substrings match the supplied
$pattern
.
If two alternatives within the supplied $pattern
both match at the same position in the $input
string,
then the match that is chosen is the first. For example:
fn:tokenize("abracadabra", "(ab)(a)") returns ("", "r", "c", "d", "r", "")
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0002] if the value of
$pattern
is invalid according to the rules described
in section 5.6.1 Regular expression
syntax.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0001] if the value of
$flags
is invalid according to the rules described in
section 5.6.1 Regular expression
syntax.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0003] if the supplied
$pattern
matches a zerolength string, that is, if
fn:matches("", $pattern,
$flags)
returns true
.
If the input string is not zero length, and no separators are found in the input string, the result of the function is a single string identical to the input string.
The expression fn:tokenize("The cat sat on the mat",
"\s+")
returns ("The", "cat", "sat", "on", "the",
"mat")
.
The expression fn:tokenize("1, 15, 24, 50", ",\s*")
returns ("1", "15", "24", "50")
.
The expression fn:tokenize("1,15,,24,50,", ",")
returns ("1", "15", "", "24", "50", "")
.
fn:tokenize("abba", ".?")
raises the dynamic error
[err:FORX0003].
The expression fn:tokenize("Some unparsed <br> HTML
<BR> text", "\s*<br>\s*", "i")
returns
("Some unparsed", "HTML", "text")
.
Analyzes a string using a regular expression, returning an XML structure that identifies which parts of the input string matched or failed to match the regular expression, and in the case of matched substrings, which substrings matched each capturing group in the regular expression.
fn:analyzestring ( 
$input 
as xs:string? , 
$pattern 
as xs:string ) as element(fn:analyzestringresult) 
fn:analyzestring ( 
$input 
as xs:string? , 
$pattern 
as xs:string , 

$flags 
as xs:string ) as element(fn:analyzestringresult) 
This function is ·nondeterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The effect of calling the first version of this function
(omitting the argument $flags
) is the same as the
effect of calling the second version with the $flags
argument set to a zerolength string. Flags are defined in 5.6.1.1 Flags.
The $flags
argument is interpreted in the same way
as for the fn:matches
function.
If $input
is the empty sequence the function
behaves as if $input
were the zerolength string. In
this situation the result will be an element node with no
children.
The function returns an element node whose local name is
analyzestringresult
. This element and all its
descendant elements have the namespace URI
http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions
. The namespace
prefix is ·implementation dependent·. The children of this element are a sequence
of fn:match
and fn:nonmatch
elements.
This sequence is formed by breaking the $input
string
into a sequence of strings, returning any substring that matches
$pattern
as the content of a match
element, and any intervening substring as the content of a
nonmatch
element.
More specifically, the function starts at the beginning of the
input string and attempts to find the first substring that matches
the regular expression. If there are several matches, the first
match is defined to be the one whose starting position comes first
in the string. If several alternatives within the regular
expression both match at the same position in the input string,
then the match that is chosen is the first alternative that
matches. For example, if the input string is The quick brown
fox jumps
and the regular expression is
jumpjumps
, then the match that is chosen is
jump
.
Having found the first match, the instruction proceeds to find the second and subsequent matches by repeating the search, starting at the first ·character· that was not included in the previous match.
The input string is thus partitioned into a sequence of
substrings, some of which match the regular expression, others
which do not match it. Each substring will contain at least one
character. This sequence is represented in the result by the
sequence of fn:match
and fn:nonmatch
children of the returned element node; the string value of the
fn:match
or fn:nonmatch
element will be
the corresponding substring of $input
, and the string
value of the returned element node will therefore be the same as
$input
.
The content of an fn:nonmatch
element is always a
single text node.
The content of a fn:match
element, however, is in
general a sequence of text nodes and fn:group
element
children. An fn:group
element with a nr
attribute having the integer value N identifies the
substring captured by the Nth parenthesized
subexpression in the regular expression. For each capturing
subexpression there will be at most one corresponding
fn:group
element in each fn:match
element
in the result.
If the function is called twice with the same arguments, it is ·implementation dependent· whether the two calls return the same element node or distinct (but deep equal) element nodes. In this respect it is ·nondeterministic·.
The base URI of the element nodes in the result is ·implementation dependent·
A schema is defined for the structure of the returned element,
containing the definitions below. The returned element and its
descendants will have type annotations obtained by validating the
returned element against this schema, unless the function is used
in an environment where type annotations are not supported (for
example, a Basic XSLT Processor), in which case the elements will
all be annotated as xs:untyped
and the attributes as
xs:untypedAtomic
.
Note:
A freestanding copy of this schema can be found at analyzestring.xsd
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF8"?> <xs:schema xmlns:xs="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" targetNamespace="http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions" xmlns:fn="http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions" elementFormDefault="qualified"> <xs:element name="analyzestringresult" type="fn:analyzestringresulttype"/> <xs:element name="match" type="fn:matchtype"/> <xs:element name="nonmatch" type="xs:string"/> <xs:element name="group" type="fn:grouptype"/> <xs:complexType name="analyzestringresulttype" mixed="true"> <xs:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> <xs:element ref="fn:match"/> <xs:element ref="fn:nonmatch"/> </xs:choice> </xs:complexType> <xs:complexType name="matchtype" mixed="true"> <xs:sequence> <xs:element ref="fn:group" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> </xs:sequence> </xs:complexType> <xs:complexType name="grouptype" mixed="true"> <xs:sequence> <xs:element ref="fn:group" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> </xs:sequence> <xs:attribute name="nr" type="xs:positiveInteger"/> </xs:complexType> </xs:schema>
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0002] if the value of
$pattern
is invalid according to the rules described
in section 5.6.1 Regular expression
syntax.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0001] if the value of
$flags
is invalid according to the rules described in
section 5.6.1 Regular expression
syntax.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORX0003] if the supplied
$pattern
matches a zerolength string, that is, if
fn:matches("", $pattern,
$flags)
returns true
.
The declarations and definitions in the above schema are not
automatically available in the static context of the
fn:analyzestring
call (or of any other expression).
The contents of the static context are hostlanguage defined, and
in some host languages are implementationdefined.
In the following examples, the result document is shown in serialized form, with whitespace between the element nodes. This whitespace is not actually present in the result.
The expression fn:analyzestring("The cat sat on the
mat.", "\w+")
returns (with whitespace added for
legibility):
<analyzestringresult xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions"> <match>The</match> <nonmatch> </nonmatch> <match>cat</match> <nonmatch> </nonmatch> <match>sat</match> <nonmatch> </nonmatch> <match>on</match> <nonmatch> </nonmatch> <match>the</match> <nonmatch> </nonmatch> <match>mat</match> <nonmatch>.</nonmatch> </analyzestringresult>
The expression fn:analyzestring("20081203",
"^(\d+)\(\d+)\(\d+)$")
returns (with whitespace added for
legibility):
<analyzestringresult xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions"> <match><group nr="1">2008</group><group nr="2">12</group><group nr="3">03</group></match> </analyzestringresult>
The expression fn:analyzestring("A1,C15,,D24, X50,",
"([AZ])([09]+)")
returns (with whitespace added for
legibility):
<analyzestringresult xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions"> <match><group nr="1">A</group><group nr="2">1</group></match> <nonmatch>,</nonmatch> <match><group nr="1">C</group><group nr="2">15</group></match> <nonmatch>,,</nonmatch> <match><group nr="1">D</group><group nr="2">24</group></match> <nonmatch>, </nonmatch> <match><group nr="1">X</group><group nr="2">50</group></match> <nonmatch>,</nonmatch> </analyzestringresult>
This section specifies functions that manipulate URI values,
either as instances of xs:anyURI
or as strings.
Function  Meaning 

fn:resolveuri 
Resolves a relative IRI reference against an absolute IRI. 
fn:encodeforuri 
Encodes reserved characters in a string that is intended to be used in the path segment of a URI. 
fn:iritouri 
Converts a string containing an IRI into a URI according to the rules of [RFC 3987]. 
fn:escapehtmluri 
Escapes a URI in the same way that HTML user agents handle attribute values expected to contain URIs. 
Resolves a relative IRI reference against an absolute IRI.
fn:resolveuri
($relative
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:anyURI?
fn:resolveuri
($relative
as
xs:string?
,
$base
as
xs:string
) as
xs:anyURI?
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on static base uri.
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the second argument is absent, the effect is the same as
calling the twoargument function with the value of fn:staticbaseuri()
as
the second argument.
The function is defined to operate on IRI references as defined in [RFC 3987], and the implementation must permit all arguments that are valid according to that specification. In addition, the implementation may accept some or all strings that conform to the rules for (absolute or relative) Legacy Extended IRI references as defined in [Legacy extended IRIs for XML resource identification]. For the purposes of this section, the terms IRI and IRI reference include these extensions, insofar as the implementation chooses to support them.
If $relative
is the empty sequence, the function
returns the empty sequence.
If $relative
is an absolute IRI (as defined above),
then it is returned unchanged.
Otherwise, the function resolves the relative IRI reference
$relative
against the base IRI $base
using the algorithm defined in [RFC 3986],
adapted by treating any ·character· that would not be valid in an RFC3986 URI or
relative reference in the same way that RFC3986 treats unreserved
characters. No percentencoding takes place.
The first form of this function resolves $relative
against the value of the baseuri property from the static context.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FONS0005] if the baseuri property is not
initialized in the static context.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORG0002] if $relative
is not a
valid IRI according to the rules of RFC3987, extended with an
implementationdefined subset of the extensions permitted in LEIRI,
or if it is not a suitable relative reference to use as input to
the RFC3986 resolution algorithm extended to handle additional
unreserved characters.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORG0002] if $base
is not a
valid IRI according to the rules of RFC3987, extended with an
implementationdefined subset of the extensions permitted in LEIRI,
or if it is not a suitable IRI to use as input to the chosen
resolution algorithm (for example, if it is a relative IRI
reference, if it is a nonhierarchic URI, or if it contains a
fragment identifier).
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORG0009] if the chosen resolution algorithm fails for any other reason.
Resolving a URI does not dereference it. This is merely a syntactic operation on two ·strings·.
The algorithms in the cited RFCs include some variations that are optional or recommended rather than mandatory; they also describe some common practices that are not recommended, but which are permitted for backwards compatibility. Where the cited RFCs permit variations in behavior, so does this specification.
Throughout this family of specifications, the phrase "resolving a relative URI (or IRI) reference" should be understood as using the rules of this function, unless otherwise stated.
Encodes reserved characters in a string that is intended to be used in the path segment of a URI.
fn:encodeforuri
($uripart
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:string
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $uripart
is the empty sequence, the function
returns the zerolength string.
This function applies the URI escaping rules defined in section
2 of [RFC 3986] to the
xs:string
supplied as $uripart
. The
effect of the function is to escape reserved characters. Each such
character in the string is replaced with its percentencoded form
as described in [RFC 3986].
Since [RFC 3986] recommends that, for consistency, URI producers and normalizers should use uppercase hexadecimal digits for all percentencodings, this function must always generate hexadecimal values using the uppercase letters AF.
All characters are escaped except those identified as "unreserved" by [RFC 3986], that is the upper and lowercase letters AZ, the digits 09, HYPHENMINUS (""), LOW LINE ("_"), FULL STOP ".", and TILDE "~".
This function escapes URI delimiters and therefore cannot be used indiscriminately to encode "invalid" characters in a path segment.
This function is invertible but not idempotent. This is because
a string containing a percent character will be modified by
applying the function: for example 100%
becomes
100%25
, while 100%25
becomes
100%2525
.
The expression
fn:encodeforuri("http://www.example.com/00/Weather/CA/Los%20Angeles#ocean")
returns
"http%3A%2F%2Fwww.example.com%2F00%2FWeather%2FCA%2FLos%2520Angeles%23ocean"
.
(This is probably not what the user intended because all of the
delimiters have been encoded.).
The expression concat("http://www.example.com/",
encodeforuri("~bébé"))
returns
"http://www.example.com/~b%C3%A9b%C3%A9"
.
The expression concat("http://www.example.com/",
encodeforuri("100% organic"))
returns
"http://www.example.com/100%25%20organic"
.
Converts a string containing an IRI into a URI according to the rules of [RFC 3987].
fn:iritouri
($iri
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:string
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $iri
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the zerolength string.
Otherwise, the function converts the value of $iri
into a URI according to the rules given in Section 3.1 of [RFC 3987] by percentencoding characters that are
allowed in an IRI but not in a URI. If $iri
contains a
character that is invalid in an IRI, such as the space character
(see note below), the invalid character is replaced by its
percentencoded form as described in [RFC
3986] before the conversion is performed.
Since [RFC 3986] recommends that, for consistency, URI producers and normalizers should use uppercase hexadecimal digits for all percentencodings, this function must always generate hexadecimal values using the uppercase letters AF.
The function is idempotent but not invertible. Both the inputs
My Documents
and My%20Documents
will be
converted to the output My%20Documents
.
This function does not check whether $iri
is a
valid IRI. It treats it as an ·string· and operates on the ·characters· in the
string.
The following printable ASCII characters are invalid in an IRI:
"<", ">", " " " (double quote), space, "{", "}", "", "\",
"^", and "`". Since these characters should not appear in an IRI,
if they do appear in $iri
they will be
percentencoded. In addition, characters outside the range x20x7E
will be percentencoded because they are invalid in a URI.
Since this function does not escape the PERCENT SIGN "%" and this character is not allowed in data within a URI, users wishing to convert character strings (such as file names) that include "%" to a URI should manually escape "%" by replacing it with "%25".
The expression fn:iritouri
("http://www.example.com/00/Weather/CA/Los%20Angeles#ocean")
returns
"http://www.example.com/00/Weather/CA/Los%20Angeles#ocean"
.
The expression fn:iritouri
("http://www.example.com/~bébé")
returns
"http://www.example.com/~b%C3%A9b%C3%A9"
.
Escapes a URI in the same way that HTML user agents handle attribute values expected to contain URIs.
fn:escapehtmluri
($uri
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:string
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $uri
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the zerolength string.
Otherwise, the function escapes all ·characters· except
printable characters of the USASCII coded character set,
specifically the ·codepoints· between 32 and 126 (decimal) inclusive. Each
character in $uri
to be escaped is replaced by an
escape sequence, which is formed by encoding the character as a
sequence of octets in UTF8, and then representing each of these
octets in the form %HH, where HH is the hexadecimal representation
of the octet. This function must always generate hexadecimal values
using the uppercase letters AF.
The behavior of this function corresponds to the recommended handling of nonASCII characters in URI attribute values as described in [HTML 4.0] Appendix B.2.1.
The expression fn:escapehtmluri
("http://www.example.com/00/Weather/CA/Los Angeles#ocean")
returns "http://www.example.com/00/Weather/CA/Los
Angeles#ocean"
.
The expression fn:escapehtmluri ("javascript:if
(navigator.browserLanguage == 'fr')
window.open('http://www.example.com/~bébé');")
returns
"javascript:if (navigator.browserLanguage == 'fr')
window.open('http://www.example.com/~b%C3%A9b%C3%A9');"
.
This section defines functions and operators on the
xs:boolean
datatype.
Since no literals are defined in XPath to reference the constant boolean values true and false, two functions are provided for the purpose.
Function  Meaning 

fn:true 
Returns the xs:boolean value
true . 
fn:false 
Returns the xs:boolean value
false . 
Returns the xs:boolean
value true
.
fn:true
() as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The result is equivalent to xs:boolean("1")
.
The expression fn:true()
returns
xs:boolean(1)
.
Returns the xs:boolean
value
false
.
fn:false
() as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The result is equivalent to xs:boolean("0")
.
The expression fn:false()
returns
xs:boolean(0)
.
The following functions define the semantics of operators on boolean values in [XQuery 3.0: An XML Query Language] and [XML Path Language (XPath) 3.0]:
Function  Meaning 

op:booleanequal 
Returns true if the two arguments are the same
boolean value. 
op:booleanlessthan 
Returns true if the first argument is false and the second is true. 
op:booleangreaterthan 
Returns true if the first argument is true and the second is false. 
The ordering operators op:booleanlessthan
and
op:booleangreaterthan
are provided for application purposes and for compatibility with
[XML Path Language (XPath) Version 1.0]. The
[XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second
Edition] datatype xs:boolean
is not ordered.
Returns true
if the two arguments are the same
boolean value.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" operator when applied to two
xs:boolean
values.
op:booleanequal
($value1
as
xs:boolean
,
$value2
as
xs:boolean
) as
xs:boolean
The function returns true
if both arguments are
true
or if both arguments are false
. It
returns false
if one of the arguments is
true
and the other argument is false
.
Returns true if the first argument is false and the second is true.
Defines the semantics of the "lt" operator when applied to two
xs:boolean
values. Also used in the definition of the
"ge" operator.
op:booleanlessthan
($arg1
as
xs:boolean
,
$arg2
as
xs:boolean
) as
xs:boolean
The function returns true
if $arg1
is
false
and $arg2
is true
.
Otherwise, it returns false
.
Returns true if the first argument is true and the second is false.
Defines the semantics of the "gt" operator when applied to two
xs:boolean
values. Also used in the definition of the
"le" operator.
op:booleangreaterthan
($arg1
as
xs:boolean
,
$arg2
as
xs:boolean
) as
xs:boolean
The function call op:booleangreaterthan($A, $B)
is defined to return the same result as op:booleanlessthan($B,
$A)
The following functions are defined on boolean values:
Function  Meaning 

fn:boolean 
Computes the effective boolean value of the sequence
$arg . 
fn:not 
Returns true if the effective boolean value of
$arg is false , or false if
it is true . 
Computes the effective boolean value of the sequence
$arg
.
fn:boolean
($arg
as
item()*
) as
xs:boolean
The function computes the effective boolean value of a sequence, defined according to the following rules. See also Section 2.4.3 Effective Boolean Value ^{XP30}.
If $arg
is the empty sequence,
fn:boolean
returns false
.
If $arg
is a sequence whose first item is a node,
fn:boolean
returns true
.
If $arg
is a singleton value of type
xs:boolean
or a derived from xs:boolean
,
fn:boolean
returns $arg
.
If $arg
is a singleton value of type
xs:string
or a type derived from
xs:string
, xs:anyURI
or a type derived
from xs:anyURI
or xs:untypedAtomic
,
fn:boolean
returns false
if the operand
value has zero length; otherwise it returns true
.
If $arg
is a singleton value of any numeric type or
a type derived from a numeric type, fn:boolean
returns
false
if the operand value is NaN
or is
numerically equal to zero; otherwise it returns
true
.
In all other cases, fn:boolean
raises a type error
[err:FORG0006].
The result of this function is not necessarily the same as
$arg cast as xs:boolean
. For example,
fn:boolean("false")
returns the value
true
whereas "false" cast as xs:boolean
(which can also be written xs:boolean("false")
)
returns false
.
let $abc
:= ("a", "b", "")
fn:boolean($abc)
raises a type error [err:FORG0006].
The expression fn:boolean($abc[1])
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:boolean($abc[0])
returns
false()
.
The expression fn:boolean($abc[3])
returns
false()
.
fn:boolean([])
raises a type error [err:FORG0006].
Returns true
if the effective boolean value of
$arg
is false
, or false
if
it is true
.
fn:not
($arg
as
item()*
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The value of $arg
is first reduced to an effective
boolean value by applying the fn:boolean()
function. The
function returns true
if the effective boolean value
is false
, or false
if the effective
boolean value is true
.
The expression fn:not(fn:true())
returns
false()
.
The expression fn:not("false")
returns
false()
.
Operators are defined on the following type:
xs:duration
and on the two defined subtypes (see 8.1 Two totally ordered subtypes of duration):
xs:yearMonthDuration
xs:dayTimeDuration
No ordering relation is defined on xs:duration
values. Two xs:duration
values may however be compared
for equality.
Operations on durations (including equality comparison, casting to string, and extraction of components) all treat the duration as normalized. This means that the seconds and minutes components will always be less than 60, the hours component less than 24, and the months component less than 12. Thus, for example, a duration of 120 seconds always gives the same result as a duration of two minutes.
Conditions such as underflow and overflow may occur with arithmetic on durations: see 9.7.1 Limits and precision
Note:
This means that in practice, the information content of an
xs:duration
value can be reduced to an
xs:integer
number of months, and an
xs:decimal
number of seconds. For the two defined
subtypes this is further simplified so that one of these two
components is fixed at zero. Operations such as comparison of
durations and arithmetic on durations can be expressed in terms of
numeric operations applied to these two components.
Two subtypes of xs:duration
, namely
xs:yearMonthDuration
and
xs:dayTimeDuration
, are defined in [Schema 1.1 Part 2]. These types
must be available in the data model whether or not
the implementation supports other aspects of XSD 1.1.
The significance of these subtypes is that arithmetic and
ordering become well defined; this is not the case for
xs:duration
values in general, because of the variable
number of days in a month. For this reason, many of the functions
and operators on durations require the arguments/operands to belong
to these two subtypes.
Two totally ordered subtypes of xs:duration
are
defined in Section 2.7 Schema
Information ^{DM30} specification using
the mechanisms described in [XML Schema Part
2: Datatypes Second Edition] for defining userdefined types.
Additional details about these types is given below.
Note:
These types were not defined in XSD 1.0, but they are defined in the current draft of XSD 1.1. The description given here is believed to be equivalent to that in XSD 1.1, and will become nonnormative when XSD 1.1 reaches Recommendation status.
[Definition] xs:yearMonthDuration
is derived from
xs:duration
by restricting its lexical representation
to contain only the year and month components. The value space of
xs:yearMonthDuration
is the set of
xs:integer
month values. The year and month components
of xs:yearMonthDuration
correspond to the Gregorian
year and month components defined in section 5.5.3.2 of [ISO 8601], respectively.
The lexical representation for xs:yearMonthDuration
is the [ISO 8601] reduced format PnYnM,
where nY represents the number of years and nM the number of
months. The values of the years and months components are not
restricted but allow an arbitrary unsigned
xs:integer
.
An optional preceding minus sign ('') is allowed to indicate a
negative duration. If the sign is omitted a positive duration is
indicated. To indicate a xs:yearMonthDuration
of 1
year, 2 months, one would write: P1Y2M. One could also indicate a
xs:yearMonthDuration
of minus 13 months as: P13M.
Reduced precision and truncated representations of this format are allowed provided they conform to the following:
If the number of years or months in any expression equals zero (0), the number and its corresponding designator ·may· be omitted. However, at least one number and its designator ·must· be present. For example, P1347Y and P1347M are allowed; P1347M is not allowed, although P1347M is allowed. P1Y2MT is not allowed. Also, P24YM is not allowed, nor is PY43M since Y must have at least one preceding digit and M must have one preceding digit.
The value of a xs:yearMonthDuration
lexical form is
obtained by multiplying the value of the years component by 12 and
adding the value of the months component. The value is positive or
negative depending on the preceding sign.
The canonical representation of
xs:yearMonthDuration
restricts the value of the months
component to xs:integer
values between 0 and 11, both
inclusive. To convert from a noncanonical representation to the
canonical representation, the lexical representation is first
converted to a value in xs:integer
months as defined
above. This value is then divided by 12 to obtain the value of the
years component of the canonical representation. The remaining
number of months is the value of the months component of the
canonical representation. For negative durations, the canonical
form is calculated using the absolute value of the duration and a
negative sign is prepended to it. If a component has the value zero
(0), then the number and the designator for that component
·must· be omitted.
However, if the value is zero (0) months, the canonical form is
"P0M".
Let the function that calculates the value of an
xs:yearMonthDuration
in the manner described above be
called V(d). Then for two xs:yearMonthDuration
values
x and y, x > y if and only if V(x) > V(y). The order relation
on yearMonthDuration
is a total order.
[Definition] xs:dayTimeDuration
is derived from
xs:duration
by restricting its lexical representation
to contain only the days, hours, minutes and seconds components.
The value space of xs:dayTimeDuration
is the set of
fractional second values. The components of
xs:dayTimeDuration
correspond to the day, hour, minute
and second components defined in Section 5.5.3.2 of [ISO 8601], respectively.
The lexical representation for xs:dayTimeDuration
is the [ISO 8601] truncated format
PnDTnHnMnS, where nD represents the number of days, T is the
date/time separator, nH the number of hours, nM the number of
minutes and nS the number of seconds.
The values of the days, hours and minutes components are not
restricted, but allow an arbitrary unsigned
xs:integer
. Similarly, the value of the seconds
component allows an arbitrary unsigned xs:decimal
. An
optional minus sign ('') is allowed to precede the 'P', indicating
a negative duration. If the sign is omitted, the duration is
positive. See also [ISO 8601] Date and Time
Formats.
For example, to indicate a duration of 3 days, 10 hours and 30 minutes, one would write: P3DT10H30M. One could also indicate a duration of minus 120 days as: P120D. Reduced precision and truncated representations of this format are allowed, provided they conform to the following:
If the number of days, hours, minutes, or seconds in any expression equals zero (0), the number and its corresponding designator ·may· be omitted. However, at least one number and its designator ·must· be present.
The seconds part ·may· have a decimal fraction.
The designator 'T' ·must· be absent if and only if all of the time items are absent. The designator 'P' ·must· always be present.
For example, P13D, PT47H, P3DT2H, PT35.89S and P4DT251M are all allowed. P134D is not allowed (invalid location of minus sign), although P134D is allowed.
The value of a xs:dayTimeDuration
lexical form in
fractional seconds is obtained by converting the days, hours,
minutes and seconds value to fractional seconds using the
conversion rules: 24 hours = 1 day, 60 minutes = 1 hour and 60
seconds = 1 minute.
The canonical representation of xs:dayTimeDuration
restricts the value of the hours component to
xs:integer
values between 0 and 23, both inclusive;
the value of the minutes component to xs:integer
values between 0 and 59; both inclusive; and the value of the
seconds component to xs:decimal
valued from 0.0 to
59.999... (see [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes
Second Edition], Appendix D).
To convert from a noncanonical representation to the canonical representation, the value of the lexical form in fractional seconds is first calculated in the manner described above. The value of the days component in the canonical form is then calculated by dividing the value by 86,400 (24*60*60). The remainder is in fractional seconds. The value of the hours component in the canonical form is calculated by dividing this remainder by 3,600 (60*60). The remainder is again in fractional seconds. The value of the minutes component in the canonical form is calculated by dividing this remainder by 60. The remainder in fractional seconds is the value of the seconds component in the canonical form. For negative durations, the canonical form is calculated using the absolute value of the duration and a negative sign is prepended to it. If a component has the value zero (0) then the number and the designator for that component must be omitted. However, if all the components of the lexical form are zero (0), the canonical form is "PT0S".
Function  Meaning 

op:yearMonthDurationlessthan 
Returns true if $arg1 is a shorter duration than
$arg2 . 
op:yearMonthDurationgreaterthan 
Returns true if $arg1 is a longer duration than
$arg2 . 
op:dayTimeDurationlessthan 
Returns true if $arg1 is a shorter duration than
$arg2 . 
op:dayTimeDurationgreaterthan 
Returns true if $arg1 is a longer duration than
$arg2 . 
op:durationequal 
Returns true if $arg1 and $arg2 are
durations of the same length. 
The following comparison operators are defined on the [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition]
duration datatypes. Each operator takes two operands of the same
type and returns an xs:boolean
result. As discussed in
[XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second
Edition], the order relation on xs:duration
is a
partial order rather than a total order. For this reason, only
equality is defined on xs:duration
. A full complement
of comparison and arithmetic functions are defined on the two
subtypes of duration described in 8.1 Two totally ordered subtypes of
duration which do have a total order.
Returns true if $arg1
is a shorter duration than
$arg2
.
Defines the semantics of the "lt" operator when applied to two
xs:yearMonthDuration
values. Also used in the
definition of the "ge" operator.
op:yearMonthDurationlessthan ( 
$arg1 
as xs:yearMonthDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:yearMonthDuration ) as xs:boolean 
If the number of months in the value of $arg1
is
numerically less than the number of months in the value of
$arg2
, the function returns true.
Otherwise, the function returns false.
Either or both durations may be negative
Returns true if $arg1
is a longer duration than
$arg2
.
Defines the semantics of the "gt" operator when applied to two
xs:yearMonthDuration
values. Also used in the
definition of the "le" operator.
op:yearMonthDurationgreaterthan ( 
$arg1 
as xs:yearMonthDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:yearMonthDuration ) as xs:boolean 
The function call op:yearMonthDurationgreaterthan($A,
$B)
is defined to return the same result as op:yearMonthDurationlessthan($B,
$A)
Returns true if $arg1
is a shorter duration than
$arg2
.
Defines the semantics of the "lt" operator when applied to two
xs:dayTimeDuration
values. Also used in the definition
of the "ge" operator.
op:dayTimeDurationlessthan ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dayTimeDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:dayTimeDuration ) as xs:boolean 
If the number of seconds in the value of $arg1
is
numerically less than the number of seconds in the value of
$arg2
, the function returns true.
Otherwise, the function returns false.
Either or both durations may be negative
Returns true if $arg1
is a longer duration than
$arg2
.
Defines the semantics of the "gt" operator when applied to two
xs:dayTimeDuration
values. Also used in the definition
of the "le" operator.
op:dayTimeDurationgreaterthan ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dayTimeDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:dayTimeDuration ) as xs:boolean 
The function call op:dayTimeDurationgreaterthan($A,
$B)
is defined to return the same result as op:dayTimeDurationlessthan($B,
$A)
Returns true if $arg1
and $arg2
are
durations of the same length.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" operators when applied to two
xs:duration
values. Also used in the definition of the
"ne" operator.
op:durationequal
($arg1
as
xs:duration
,
$arg2
as
xs:duration
) as
xs:boolean
If the xs:yearMonthDuration
components of
$arg1
and $arg2
are equal and the
xs:dayTimeDuration
components of $arg1
and $arg2
are equal, the function returns
true
.
Otherwise, the function returns false.
The semantics of this function are:
xs:yearMonthDuration($arg1) div xs:yearMonthDuration('P1M') eq xs:yearMonthDuration($arg2) div xs:yearMonthDuration('P1M') and xs:dayTimeDuration($arg1) div xs:dayTimeDuration('PT1S') eq xs:dayTimeDuration($arg2) div xs:dayTimeDuration('PT1S')
that is, the function returns true
if the months
and seconds values of the two durations are equal.
Note that this function, like any other, may be applied to
arguments that are derived from the types given in the function
signature, including the two subtypes
xs:dayTimeDuration
and
xs:yearMonthDuration
. With the exception of the
zerolength duration, no instance of
xs:dayTimeDuration
can ever be equal to an instance of
xs:yearMonthDuration
.
The expression op:durationequal(xs:duration("P1Y"),
xs:duration("P12M"))
returns true()
.
The expression op:durationequal(xs:duration("PT24H"),
xs:duration("P1D"))
returns true()
.
The expression op:durationequal(xs:duration("P1Y"),
xs:duration("P365D"))
returns false()
.
The expression
op:durationequal(xs:yearMonthDuration("P0Y"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("P0D"))
returns true()
.
The expression
op:durationequal(xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("P365D"))
returns
false()
.
The expression
op:durationequal(xs:yearMonthDuration("P2Y"),
xs:yearMonthDuration("P24M"))
returns
true()
.
The expression
op:durationequal(xs:dayTimeDuration("P10D"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT240H"))
returns
true()
.
The expression
op:durationequal(xs:duration("P2Y0M0DT0H0M0S"),
xs:yearMonthDuration("P24M"))
returns
true()
.
The expression op:durationequal(xs:duration("P0Y0M10D"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT240H"))
returns
true()
.
The duration datatype may be considered to be a composite
datatypes in that it contains distinct properties or components.
The extraction functions specified below extract a single component
from a duration value. For xs:duration
and its
subtypes, including the two subtypes
xs:yearMonthDuration
and
xs:dayTimeDuration
, the components are normalized:
this means that the seconds and minutes components will always be
less than 60, the hours component less than 24, and the months
component less than 12.
Function  Meaning 

fn:yearsfromduration 
Returns the number of years in a duration. 
fn:monthsfromduration 
Returns the number of months in a duration. 
fn:daysfromduration 
Returns the number of days in a duration. 
fn:hoursfromduration 
Returns the number of hours in a duration. 
fn:minutesfromduration 
Returns the number of minutes in a duration. 
fn:secondsfromduration 
Returns the number of seconds in a duration. 
Returns the number of years in a duration.
fn:yearsfromduration
($arg
as
xs:duration?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
representing the years component in the value of $arg
.
The result is obtained by casting $arg
to an
xs:yearMonthDuration
(see 19.1.3 Casting to duration
types) and then computing the years component as described
in 8.1.1.3 Canonical
representation.
If $arg
is a negative duration then the result will
be negative..
If $arg
is an xs:dayTimeDuration
the
function returns 0.
The expression
fn:yearsfromduration(xs:yearMonthDuration("P20Y15M"))
returns 21
.
The expression
fn:yearsfromduration(xs:yearMonthDuration("P15M"))
returns 1
.
The expression
fn:yearsfromduration(xs:dayTimeDuration("P2DT15H"))
returns 0
.
Returns the number of months in a duration.
fn:monthsfromduration
($arg
as
xs:duration?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
representing the months component in the value of
$arg
. The result is obtained by casting
$arg
to an xs:yearMonthDuration
(see
19.1.3 Casting to duration
types) and then computing the months component as described
in 8.1.1.3 Canonical
representation.
If $arg
is a negative duration then the result will
be negative..
If $arg
is an xs:dayTimeDuration
the
function returns 0.
The expression
fn:monthsfromduration(xs:yearMonthDuration("P20Y15M"))
returns 3
.
The expression
fn:monthsfromduration(xs:yearMonthDuration("P20Y18M"))
returns 6
.
The expression
fn:monthsfromduration(xs:dayTimeDuration("P2DT15H0M0S"))
returns 0
.
Returns the number of days in a duration.
fn:daysfromduration
($arg
as
xs:duration?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
representing the days component in the value of $arg
.
The result is obtained by casting $arg
to an
xs:dayTimeDuration
(see 19.1.3 Casting to duration
types) and then computing the days component as described
in 8.1.2.3 Canonical
representation.
If $arg
is a negative duration then the result will
be negative..
If $arg
is an xs:yearMonthDuration
the
function returns 0.
The expression
fn:daysfromduration(xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT10H"))
returns 3
.
The expression
fn:daysfromduration(xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT55H"))
returns 5
.
The expression
fn:daysfromduration(xs:yearMonthDuration("P3Y5M"))
returns 0
.
Returns the number of hours in a duration.
fn:hoursfromduration
($arg
as
xs:duration?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
representing the hours component in the value of $arg
.
The result is obtained by casting $arg
to an
xs:dayTimeDuration
(see 19.1.3 Casting to duration
types) and then computing the hours component as described
in 8.1.2.3 Canonical
representation.
If $arg
is a negative duration then the result will
be negative..
If $arg
is an xs:yearMonthDuration
the
function returns 0.
The expression
fn:hoursfromduration(xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT10H"))
returns 10
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromduration(xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT12H32M12S"))
returns 12
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromduration(xs:dayTimeDuration("PT123H"))
returns 3
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromduration(xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT10H"))
returns 10
.
Returns the number of minutes in a duration.
fn:minutesfromduration
($arg
as
xs:duration?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
representing the minutes component in the value of
$arg
. The result is obtained by casting
$arg
to an xs:dayTimeDuration
(see
19.1.3 Casting to duration
types) and then computing the minutes component as
described in 8.1.2.3
Canonical representation.
If $arg
is a negative duration then the result will
be negative..
If $arg
is an xs:yearMonthDuration
the
function returns 0.
The expression
fn:minutesfromduration(xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT10H"))
returns 0
.
The expression
fn:minutesfromduration(xs:dayTimeDuration("P5DT12H30M"))
returns 30
.
Returns the number of seconds in a duration.
fn:secondsfromduration
($arg
as
xs:duration?
) as
xs:decimal?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:decimal
representing the seconds component in the value of
$arg
. The result is obtained by casting
$arg
to an xs:dayTimeDuration
(see
19.1.3 Casting to duration
types) and then computing the seconds component as
described in 8.1.2.3
Canonical representation.
If $arg
is a negative duration then the result will
be negative..
If $arg
is an xs:yearMonthDuration
the
function returns 0.
The expression
fn:secondsfromduration(xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT10H12.5S"))
returns 12.5
.
The expression
fn:secondsfromduration(xs:dayTimeDuration("PT256S"))
returns 16.0
.
Function  Meaning 

op:addyearMonthDurations 
Returns the result of adding two
xs:yearMonthDuration values. 
op:subtractyearMonthDurations 
Returns the result of subtracting one
xs:yearMonthDuration value from another. 
op:multiplyyearMonthDuration 
Returns the result of multiplying the value of
$arg1 by $arg2 . The result is rounded to
the nearest month. 
op:divideyearMonthDuration 
Returns the result of dividing the value of $arg1
by $arg2 . The result is rounded to the nearest
month. 
op:divideyearMonthDurationbyyearMonthDuration 
Returns the ratio of two xs:yearMonthDuration
values. 
op:adddayTimeDurations 
Returns the sum of two xs:dayTimeDuration
values. 
op:subtractdayTimeDurations 
Returns the result of subtracting one
xs:dayTimeDuration from another. 
op:multiplydayTimeDuration 
Returns the result of multiplying a
xs:dayTimeDuration by a number. 
op:dividedayTimeDuration 
Returns the result of multiplying a
xs:dayTimeDuration by a number. 
op:dividedayTimeDurationbydayTimeDuration 
Returns the ratio of two xs:dayTimeDuration
values, as a decimal number. 
For operators that combine a duration and a date/time value, see 9.7 Arithmetic operators on durations, dates and times.
Returns the result of adding two
xs:yearMonthDuration
values.
Defines the semantics of the "+" operator when applied to two
xs:yearMonthDuration
values.
op:addyearMonthDurations ( 
$arg1 
as xs:yearMonthDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:yearMonthDuration ) as xs:yearMonthDuration 
The function returns the result of adding the value of
$arg1
to the value of $arg2
. The result
will be an xs:yearMonthDuration
whose length in months
is equal to the length in months of $arg1
plus the
length in months of $arg2
.
For handling of overflow, see 9.7.1 Limits and precision.
Either duration (and therefore the result) may be negative.
The expression
op:addyearMonthDurations(xs:yearMonthDuration("P2Y11M"),
xs:yearMonthDuration("P3Y3M"))
returns
xs:yearMonthDuration("P6Y2M")
.
Returns the result of subtracting one
xs:yearMonthDuration
value from another.
Defines the semantics of the "" operator when applied to two
xs:yearMonthDuration
values.
op:subtractyearMonthDurations ( 
$arg1 
as xs:yearMonthDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:yearMonthDuration ) as xs:yearMonthDuration 
The function returns the result of subtracting the value of
$arg2
from the value of $arg1
. The result
will be an xs:yearMonthDuration
whose length in months
is equal to the length in months of $arg1
minus the
length in months of $arg2
.
For handling of overflow, see 9.7.1 Limits and precision.
Either duration (and therefore the result) may be negative.
The expression
op:subtractyearMonthDurations(xs:yearMonthDuration("P2Y11M"),
xs:yearMonthDuration("P3Y3M"))
returns
xs:yearMonthDuration("P4M")
.
Returns the result of multiplying the value of
$arg1
by $arg2
. The result is rounded to
the nearest month.
Defines the semantics of the "*" operator when applied to an
xs:yearMonthDuration
and a numeric value.
op:multiplyyearMonthDuration ( 
$arg1 
as xs:yearMonthDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:double ) as xs:yearMonthDuration 
The result is the xs:yearMonthDuration
whose length
in months is equal to the result of applying the fn:round
function to the value
obtained by multiplying the length in months of $arg1
by the value of $arg2
.
If $arg2
is positive or negative zero, the result
is a zerolength duration. If $arg2
is positive or
negative infinity, the result overflows and is handled as discussed
in 9.7.1 Limits and
precision.
For handling of overflow and underflow, see 9.7.1 Limits and precision.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOCA0005] if $arg2
is
NaN
.
Either duration (and therefore the result) may be negative.
The expression
op:multiplyyearMonthDuration(xs:yearMonthDuration("P2Y11M"),
2.3)
returns xs:yearMonthDuration("P6Y9M")
.
Returns the result of dividing the value of $arg1
by $arg2
. The result is rounded to the nearest
month.
Defines the semantics of the "div" operator when applied to an
xs:yearMonthDuration
and a numeric value.
op:divideyearMonthDuration ( 
$arg1 
as xs:yearMonthDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:double ) as xs:yearMonthDuration 
The result is the xs:yearMonthDuration
whose length
in months is equal to the result of applying the fn:round
function to the value
obtained by dividing the length in months of $arg1
by
the value of $arg2
.
If $arg2
is positive or negative infinity, the
result is a zerolength duration. If $arg2
is positive
or negative zero, the result overflows and is handled as discussed
in 9.7.1 Limits and
precision.
For handling of overflow and underflow, see 9.7.1 Limits and precision.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOCA0005] if $arg2
is
NaN
.
Either operand (and therefore the result) may be negative.
The expression
op:divideyearMonthDuration(xs:yearMonthDuration("P2Y11M"),
1.5)
returns
xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y11M")
.
Returns the ratio of two xs:yearMonthDuration
values.
Defines the semantics of the "div" operator when applied to two
xs:yearMonthDuration
values.
op:divideyearMonthDurationbyyearMonthDuration ( 
$arg1 
as xs:yearMonthDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:yearMonthDuration ) as xs:decimal 
The function returns the result of dividing the length in months
of $arg1
by the length in months of
$arg2
, according to the rules of the op:numericdivide
function
for integer operands.
For handling of overflow and underflow, see 9.7.1 Limits and precision.
Either duration (and therefore the result) may be negative.
The expression
op:divideyearMonthDurationbyyearMonthDuration(xs:yearMonthDuration("P3Y4M"),
xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y4M"))
returns
2.5
.
The following example demonstrates how to calculate the length
of an xs:yearMonthDuration
value in months:
The expression
op:divideyearMonthDurationbyyearMonthDuration(xs:yearMonthDuration("P3Y4M"),
xs:yearMonthDuration("P1M"))
returns 40
.
Returns the sum of two xs:dayTimeDuration
values.
Defines the semantics of the "+" operator when applied to two
xs:dayTimeDuration
values.
op:adddayTimeDurations ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dayTimeDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:dayTimeDuration ) as xs:dayTimeDuration 
The function returns the result of adding the value of
$arg1
to the value of $arg2
. The result
is the xs:dayTimeDuration
whose length in seconds is
equal to the sum of the length in seconds of the two input
durations.
For handling of overflow, see 9.7.1 Limits and precision.
Either duration (and therefore the result) may be negative.
The expression
op:adddayTimeDurations(xs:dayTimeDuration("P2DT12H5M"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("P5DT12H"))
returns
xs:dayTimeDuration('P8DT5M')
.
Returns the result of subtracting one
xs:dayTimeDuration
from another.
Defines the semantics of the "" operator when applied to two
xs:dayTimeDuration
values.
op:subtractdayTimeDurations ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dayTimeDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:dayTimeDuration ) as xs:dayTimeDuration 
The function returns the result of subtracting the value of
$arg2
from the value of $arg1
. The result
is the xs:dayTimeDuration
whose length in seconds is
equal to the length in seconds of $arg1
minus the
length in seconds of $arg2
.
For handling of overflow, see 9.7.1 Limits and precision.
Either duration (and therefore the result) may be negative.
The expression
op:subtractdayTimeDurations(xs:dayTimeDuration("P2DT12H"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("P1DT10H30M"))
returns
xs:dayTimeDuration('P1DT1H30M')
.
Returns the result of multiplying a
xs:dayTimeDuration
by a number.
Defines the semantics of the "*" operator when applied to an
xs:dayTimeDuration
and a numeric value.
op:multiplydayTimeDuration ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dayTimeDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:double ) as xs:dayTimeDuration 
The function returns the result of multiplying the value of
$arg1
by $arg2
. The result is the
xs:dayTimeDuration
whose length in seconds is equal to
the length in seconds of $arg1
multiplied by the
numeric value $arg2
.
If $arg2
is positive or negative zero, the result
is a zerolength duration. If $arg2
is positive or
negative infinity, the result overflows and is handled as discussed
in 9.1.1 Limits and
precision.
For handling of overflow and underflow, see 9.7.1 Limits and precision.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOCA0005] if $arg2
is
NaN
.
Either operand (and therefore the result) may be negative.
The expression
op:multiplydayTimeDuration(xs:dayTimeDuration("PT2H10M"),
2.1)
returns xs:dayTimeDuration('PT4H33M')
.
Returns the result of multiplying a
xs:dayTimeDuration
by a number.
Defines the semantics of the "div" operator when applied to two
xs:dayTimeDuration
values.
op:dividedayTimeDuration ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dayTimeDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:double ) as xs:dayTimeDuration 
The function returns the result of dividing the value of
$arg1
by $arg2
. The result is the
xs:dayTimeDuration
whose length in seconds is equal to
the length in seconds of $arg1
divided by the numeric
value $arg2
.
If $arg2
is positive or negative infinity, the
result is a zerolength duration. If $arg2
is positive
or negative zero, the result overflows and is handled as discussed
in 9.1.1 Limits and
precision.
For handling of overflow and underflow, see 9.7.1 Limits and precision.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOCA0005] if $arg2
is
NaN
.
Either operand (and therefore the result) may be negative.
The expression
op:dividedayTimeDuration(xs:dayTimeDuration("P1DT2H30M10.5S"),
1.5)
returns xs:duration("PT17H40M7S")
.
Returns the ratio of two xs:dayTimeDuration
values,
as a decimal number.
Defines the semantics of the "div" operator when applied to two
xs:dayTimeDuration
values.
op:dividedayTimeDurationbydayTimeDuration ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dayTimeDuration , 
$arg2 
as xs:dayTimeDuration ) as xs:decimal 
The function returns the result of dividing the value of
$arg1
by $arg2
. The result is the
xs:dayTimeDuration
whose length in seconds is equal to
the length in seconds of $arg1
divided by the length
in seconds of $arg2
. The calculation is performed by
applying op:numericdivide
to the
two xs:decimal
operands.
For handling of overflow and underflow, see 9.7.1 Limits and precision.
Either operand (and therefore the result) may be negative.
The expression fn:roundhalftoeven(
op:dividedayTimeDurationbydayTimeDuration(
xs:dayTimeDuration("P2DT53M11S"), xs:dayTimeDuration("P1DT10H")),
4)
returns 1.4378
.
This examples shows how to determine the number of seconds in a duration.
The expression
op:dividedayTimeDurationbydayTimeDuration(xs:dayTimeDuration("P2DT53M11S"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT1S"))
returns
175991.0
.
This section defines operations on the [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition] date and time types.
See [Working With Timezones] for a disquisition on working with date and time values with and without timezones.
The operators described in this section are defined on the following date and time types:
xs:dateTime
xs:date
xs:time
xs:gYearMonth
xs:gYear
xs:gMonthDay
xs:gMonth
xs:gDay
The only operations defined on xs:gYearMonth
,
xs:gYear
, xs:gMonthDay
,
xs:gMonth
and xs:gDay
values are equality
comparison and component extraction. For other types, further
operations are provided, including order comparisons, arithmetic,
formatted display, and timezone adjustment.
All minimally conforming processors ·must· support positive year values with a minimum of 4 digits (i.e., YYYY) and a minimum fractional second precision of 1 millisecond or three digits (i.e., s.sss). However, conforming processors ·may· set larger ·implementationdefined· limits on the maximum number of digits they support in these two situations. Processors ·may· also choose to support the year 0000 and years with negative values. The results of operations on dates that cross the year 0000 are ·implementationdefined·.
A processor that limits the number of digits in date and time datatype representations may encounter overflow and underflow conditions when it tries to execute the functions in 9.7 Arithmetic operators on durations, dates and times. In these situations, the processor ·must· return 00:00:00 in case of time underflow. It ·must· raise a dynamic error [err:FODT0001] in case of overflow.
As defined in Section
3.3.2 Dates and Times ^{DM30},
xs:dateTime
, xs:date
,
xs:time
, xs:gYearMonth
,
xs:gYear
, xs:gMonthDay
,
xs:gMonth
, xs:gDay
values, referred to
collectively as date/time values, are represented as seven
components or properties: year
, month
,
day
, hour
, minute
,
second
and timezone
. The first five
components are xs:integer
values. The value of the
second
component is an xs:decimal
and the
value of the timezone
component is an
xs:dayTimeDuration
. For all the primitive date/time
datatypes, the timezone
property is optional and may
or may not be present. Depending on the datatype, some of the
remaining six properties must be present and some must be absent^{DM30}.
Absent, or missing, properties are represented by the empty
sequence. This value is referred to as the local value in
that the value retains its original timezone. Before comparing or
subtracting xs:dateTime
values, this local value
·must· be translated
or normalized to UTC.
For xs:time
, 00:00:00
and
24:00:00
are alternate lexical forms for the same
value, whose canonical representation is 00:00:00
. For
xs:dateTime
, a time component 24:00:00
translates to 00:00:00
of the following day.
An xs:dateTime
with lexical representation
19990531T05:00:00
is represented in the datamodel by
{1999, 5, 31, 5, 0, 0.0, ()}
.
An xs:dateTime
with lexical representation
19990531T13:20:0005:00
is represented by
{1999, 5, 31, 13, 20, 0.0, PT5H}
.
An xs:dateTime
with lexical representation
19991231T24:00:00
is represented by {2000, 1,
1, 0, 0, 0.0, ()}
.
An xs:date
with lexical representation
20050228+8:00
is represented by {2005, 2, 28,
(), (), (), PT8H}
.
An xs:time
with lexical representation
24:00:00
is represented by {(), (), (), 0, 0, 0,
()}
.
A function is provided for constructing a
xs:dateTime
value from a xs:date
value
and a xs:time
value.
Returns an xs:dateTime
value created by combining
an xs:date
and an xs:time
.
fn:dateTime
($arg1
as
xs:date?
,
$arg2
as
xs:time?
) as
xs:dateTime?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If either $arg1
or $arg2
is the empty
sequence the function returns the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:dateTime
whose date component is equal to $arg1
and whose time
component is equal to $arg2
.
The timezone of the result is computed as follows:
If neither argument has a timezone, the result has no timezone.
If exactly one of the arguments has a timezone, or if both arguments have the same timezone, the result has this timezone.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORG0008] if the two arguments both have timezones and the timezones are different.
The expression fn:dateTime(xs:date("19991231"),
xs:time("12:00:00"))
returns
xs:dateTime("19991231T12:00:00")
.
The expression fn:dateTime(xs:date("19991231"),
xs:time("24:00:00"))
returns
xs:dateTime("19991231T00:00:00")
. (This is
because "24:00:00"
is an alternate lexical form for
"00:00:00"
).
Function  Meaning 

op:dateTimeequal 
Returns true if the two supplied xs:dateTime
values refer to the same instant in time. 
op:dateTimelessthan 
Returns true if the first argument represents an
earlier instant in time than the second argument. 
op:dateTimegreaterthan 
Returns true if the first argument represents a
later instant in time than the second argument. 
op:dateequal 
Returns true if and only if the starting instants
of the two supplied xs:date values are the same. 
op:datelessthan 
Returns true if and only if the starting instant
of $arg1 is less than the starting instant of
$arg2 . Returns false otherwise. 
op:dategreaterthan 
Returns true if and only if the starting instant
of $arg1 is greater than the starting instant of
$arg2 . Returns false otherwise. 
op:timeequal 
Returns true if the two xs:time
values represent the same instant in time, when treated as being
times on the same date, before adjusting the timezone. 
op:timelessthan 
Returns true if the first xs:time
value represents an earlier instant in time than the second, when
both are treated as being times on the same date, before adjusting
the timezone. 
op:timegreaterthan 
Returns true if the first xs:time
value represents a later instant in time than the second, when both
are treated as being times on the same date, before adjusting the
timezone. 
op:gYearMonthequal 
Returns true if the two xs:gYearMonth values have
the same starting instant. 
op:gYearequal 
Returns true if the two xs:gYear values have the
same starting instant. 
op:gMonthDayequal 
Returns true if the two xs:gMonthDay values have
the same starting instant, when considered as days in the same
year. 
op:gMonthequal 
Returns true if the two xs:gMonth values have the
same starting instant, when considered as months in the same
year. 
op:gDayequal 
Returns true if the two xs:gDay values have the
same starting instant, when considered as days in the same month of
the same year. 
The following comparison operators are defined on the [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition]
date/time datatypes. Each operator takes two operands of the same
type and returns an xs:boolean
result.
[XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition] also states that the order relation on date and time datatypes is not a total order but a partial order because these datatypes may or may not have a timezone. This is handled as follows. If either operand to a comparison function on date or time values does not have an (explicit) timezone then, for the purpose of the operation, an implicit timezone, provided by the dynamic context Section C.2 Dynamic Context Components ^{XP30}, is assumed to be present as part of the value. This creates a total order for all date and time values.
An xs:dateTime
can be considered to consist of
seven components: year
, month
,
day
, hour
, minute
,
second
and timezone
. For
xs:dateTime
six components (year
,
month
, day
, hour
,
minute
and second
) are required and
timezone
is optional. For other date/time values, of
the first six components, some are required and others must be
absent^{DM30}.
Timezone
is always optional. For example, for
xs:date
, the year
, month
and
day
components are required and hour
,
minute
and second
components must be
absent; for xs:time
the hour
,
minute
and second
components are required
and year
, month
and day
are
missing; for xs:gDay
, day
is required and
year
, month
, hour
,
minute
and second
are missing.
Note:
In [Schema 1.1 Part 2], a new
explicitTimezone
facet is available with values
optional
, required
, or
prohibited
to enable the timezone to be defined as
mandatory or disallowed.
Values of the date/time datatypes xs:time
,
xs:gMonthDay
, xs:gMonth
, and
xs:gDay
, can be considered to represent a sequence of
recurring time instants or time periods. An xs:time
occurs every day. An xs:gMonth
occurs every year.
Comparison operators on these datatypes compare the starting
instants of equivalent occurrences in the recurring series. These
xs:dateTime
values are calculated as described
below.
Comparison operators on xs:date
,
xs:gYearMonth
and xs:gYear
compare their
starting instants. These xs:dateTime
values are
calculated as described below.
The starting instant of an occurrence of a date/time value is an
xs:dateTime
calculated by filling in the missing
components of the local value from a reference
xs:dateTime
. An example of a suitable reference
xs:dateTime
is 19720101T00:00:00
. Then,
for example, the starting instant corresponding to the
xs:date
value 20090312
is
20090312T00:00:00
; the starting instant
corresponding to the xs:time
value
13:30:02
is 19720101T13:30:02
; and the
starting instant corresponding to the gMonthDay
value
0229
is 19720229T00:00:00
(which
explains why a leap year was chosen for the reference).
Note:
In the previous version of this specification, the reference
date/time chosen was 19721231T00:00:00
. While this
gives the same results, it produces a "starting instant" for a
gMonth
or gMonthDay
that bears no
relation to the ordinary meaning of the term, and it also required
special handling of short months. The original choice was made to
allow for leap seconds; but since leap seconds are not recognized
in date/time arithmetic, this is not actually necessary.
If the xs:time
value written as
24:00:00
is to be compared, filling in the missing
components gives 19720101T00:00:00
, because
24:00:00
is an alternative representation of
00:00:00
(the lexical value "24:00:00"
is
converted to the time components {0,0,0} before the missing
components are filled in). This has the consequence that when
ordering xs:time
values, 24:00:00
is
considered to be earlier than 23:59:59
. However, when
ordering xs:dateTime
values, a time component of
24:00:00
is considered equivalent to
00:00:00
on the following day.
Note that the reference xs:dateTime
does not have a
timezone. The timezone
component is never filled in
from the reference xs:dateTime
. In some cases, if the
date/time value does not have a timezone, the implicit timezone
from the dynamic context is used as the timezone.
Note:
This specification uses the reference xs:dateTime
19720101T00:00:00
in the description of the comparison
operators. Implementations may use other reference
xs:dateTime
values as long as they yield the same
results. The reference xs:dateTime
used must meet the
following constraints: when it is used to supply components into
xs:gMonthDay
values, the year must allow for February
29 and so must be a leap year; when it is used to supply missing
components into xs:gDay
values, the month must allow
for 31 days. Different reference xs:dateTime
values
may be used for different operators.
Returns true if the two supplied xs:dateTime
values
refer to the same instant in time.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" operator when applied to two
xs:dateTime
values. Also used in the definition of the
"ne", "le" and "ge" operators.
op:dateTimeequal
($arg1
as
xs:dateTime
,
$arg2
as
xs:dateTime
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
If either $arg1
or $arg2
has no
timezone component, the effective value of the argument is obtained
by substituting the implicit timezone from the dynamic evaluation
context.
The function then returns true
if and only if the
effective value of $arg1
is equal to the effective
value of $arg2
according to the algorithm defined in
section 3.2.7.4 of [XML Schema Part 2:
Datatypes Second Edition] "Order relation on dateTime" for
xs:dateTime
values with timezones. Otherwise the
function returns false
.
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone
value of 05:00
The expression
op:dateTimeequal(xs:dateTime("20020402T12:00:0001:00"),
xs:dateTime("20020402T17:00:00+04:00"))
returns
true()
.
The expression
op:dateTimeequal(xs:dateTime("20020402T12:00:00"),
xs:dateTime("20020402T23:00:00+06:00"))
returns
true()
.
The expression
op:dateTimeequal(xs:dateTime("20020402T12:00:00"),
xs:dateTime("20020402T17:00:00"))
returns
false()
.
The expression
op:dateTimeequal(xs:dateTime("20020402T12:00:00"),
xs:dateTime("20020402T12:00:00"))
returns
true()
.
The expression
op:dateTimeequal(xs:dateTime("20020402T23:00:0004:00"),
xs:dateTime("20020403T02:00:0001:00"))
returns
true()
.
The expression
op:dateTimeequal(xs:dateTime("19991231T24:00:00"),
xs:dateTime("20000101T00:00:00"))
returns
true()
.
The expression
op:dateTimeequal(xs:dateTime("20050404T24:00:00"),
xs:dateTime("20050404T00:00:00"))
returns
false()
.
Returns true
if the first argument represents an
earlier instant in time than the second argument.
Defines the semantics of the "lt" operator when applied to two
xs:dateTime
values. Also used in the definition of the
"ge" operator.
op:dateTimelessthan
($arg1
as
xs:dateTime
,
$arg2
as
xs:dateTime
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
If either $arg1
or $arg2
has no
timezone component, the effective value of the argument is obtained
by substituting the implicit timezone from the dynamic evaluation
context.
The function then returns true
if and only if the
effective value of $arg1
is less than the effective
value of $arg2
according to the algorithm defined in
section 3.2.7.4 of [XML Schema Part 2:
Datatypes Second Edition] "Order relation on dateTime" for
xs:dateTime
values with timezones. Otherwise the
function returns false
.
Returns true
if the first argument represents a
later instant in time than the second argument.
Defines the semantics of the "gt" operator when applied to two
xs:dateTime
values. Also used in the definition of the
"le" operator.
op:dateTimegreaterthan ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dateTime , 
$arg2 
as xs:dateTime ) as xs:boolean 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The function call op:dateTimegreaterthan($A, $B)
is defined to return the same result as op:dateTimelessthan($B,
$A)
Returns true
if and only if the starting instants
of the two supplied xs:date
values are the same.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" operator when applied to two
xs:date
values. Also used in the definition of the
"ne", "le" and "ge" operators.
op:dateequal
($arg1
as
xs:date
,
$arg2
as
xs:date
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The starting instant of an xs:date
is the
xs:dateTime
at time 00:00:00
on that
date.
The function returns the result of the expression:
op:dateTimeequal(xs:dateTime($arg1), xs:dateTime($arg2))
The expression op:dateequal(xs:date("20041225Z"),
xs:date("20041225+07:00"))
returns false()
.
(The starting instants are
xs:dateTime("20041225T00:00:00Z")
and
xs:dateTime("20041225T00:00:00+07:00")
. These are
normalized to xs:dateTime("20041225T00:00:00Z")
and
xs:dateTime("20041224T17:00:00Z")
. ).
The expression op:dateequal(xs:date("2004122512:00"),
xs:date("20041226+12:00"))
returns
true()
.
Returns true
if and only if the starting instant of
$arg1
is less than the starting instant of
$arg2
. Returns false
otherwise.
Defines the semantics of the "lt" operator when applied to two
xs:date
values. Also used in the definition of the
"ge" operator.
op:datelessthan
($arg1
as
xs:date
,
$arg2
as
xs:date
) as
xs:boolean
The starting instant of an xs:date
is the
xs:dateTime
at time 00:00:00
on that
date.
The function returns the result of the expression:
op:dateTimelessthan(xs:dateTime($arg1), xs:dateTime($arg2))
The expression op:datelessthan(xs:date("20041225Z"),
xs:date("2004122505:00"))
returns
true()
.
The expression
op:datelessthan(xs:date("2004122512:00"),
xs:date("20041226+12:00"))
returns
false()
.
Returns true
if and only if the starting instant of
$arg1
is greater than the starting instant of
$arg2
. Returns false
otherwise.
Defines the semantics of the "gt" operator when applied to two
xs:date
values. Also used in the definition of the
"le" operator.
op:dategreaterthan
($arg1
as
xs:date
,
$arg2
as
xs:date
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The function call op:dategreaterthan($A, $B)
is
defined to return the same result as op:datelessthan($B,
$A)
The expression
op:dategreaterthan(xs:date("20041225Z"),
xs:date("20041225+07:00"))
returns
true()
.
The expression
op:dategreaterthan(xs:date("2004122512:00"),
xs:date("20041226+12:00"))
returns
false()
.
Returns true
if the two xs:time
values
represent the same instant in time, when treated as being times on
the same date, before adjusting the timezone.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" operator when applied to two
xs:time
values. Also used in the definition of the
"ne", "le" and "ge" operators.
op:timeequal
($arg1
as
xs:time
,
$arg2
as
xs:time
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
Each of the supplied xs:time
values is expanded to
an xs:dateTime
value by associating the time with an
arbitrary date. The function returns the result of comparing these
two xs:dateTime
values using op:dateTimeequal
.
The result of the function is thus the same as the value of the expression:
op:dateTimeequal( fn:dateTime(xs:date('19721231'), $arg1), fn:dateTime(xs:date('19721231'), $arg2))
Assume that the date components from the reference
xs:dateTime
correspond to 19721231
.
The expression op:timeequal(xs:time("08:00:00+09:00"),
xs:time("17:00:0006:00"))
returns false()
.
(The xs:dateTime
s calculated using the reference
date components are 19721231T08:00:00+09:00
and
19721231T17:00:0006:00
. These normalize to
19721230T23:00:00Z
and
19721231T23:00:00Z
. ).
The expression op:timeequal(xs:time("21:30:00+10:30"),
xs:time("06:00:0005:00"))
returns true()
.
The expression op:timeequal(xs:time("24:00:00+01:00"),
xs:time("00:00:00+01:00"))
returns true()
.
(This not the result one might expect. For
xs:dateTime
values, a time of 24:00:00
is
equivalent to 00:00:00
on the following day. For
xs:time
, the normalization from 24:00:00
to 00:00:00
happens before the xs:time
is
converted into an xs:dateTime
for the purpose of the
equality comparison. For xs:time
, any operation on
24:00:00
produces the same result as the same
operation on 00:00:00
because these are two different
lexical representations of the same value. ).
Returns true
if the first xs:time
value represents an earlier instant in time than the second, when
both are treated as being times on the same date, before adjusting
the timezone.
Defines the semantics of the "lt" operator when applied to two
xs:time
values. Also used in the definition of the
"ge" operator.
op:timelessthan
($arg1
as
xs:time
,
$arg2
as
xs:time
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
Each of the supplied xs:time
values is expanded to
an xs:dateTime
value by associating the time with an
arbitrary date. The function returns the result of comparing these
two xs:dateTime
values using op:dateTimelessthan
.
The result of the function is thus the same as the value of the expression:
op:dateTimelessthan( fn:dateTime(xs:date('19721231'), $arg1), fn:dateTime(xs:date('19721231'), $arg2))
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone
value of 05:00
.
The expression op:timelessthan(xs:time("12:00:00"),
xs:time("23:00:00+06:00"))
returns false()
.
The expression op:timelessthan(xs:time("11:00:00"),
xs:time("17:00:00Z"))
returns true()
.
The expression op:timelessthan(xs:time("23:59:59"),
xs:time("24:00:00"))
returns false()
.
Returns true
if the first xs:time
value represents a later instant in time than the second, when both
are treated as being times on the same date, before adjusting the
timezone.
Defines the semantics of the "gt" operator when applied to two
xs:time
values. Also used in the definition of the
"le" operator.
op:timegreaterthan
($arg1
as
xs:time
,
$arg2
as
xs:time
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The function call op:timegreaterthan($A, $B)
is
defined to return the same result as op:timelessthan($B,
$A)
The expression
op:timegreaterthan(xs:time("08:00:00+09:00"),
xs:time("17:00:0006:00"))
returns false()
.
Returns true if the two xs:gYearMonth
values have
the same starting instant.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" operator when applied to two
xs:gYearMonth
values. Also used in the definition of
the "ne" operator.
op:gYearMonthequal ( 
$arg1 
as xs:gYearMonth , 
$arg2 
as xs:gYearMonth ) as xs:boolean 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The starting instants of $arg1
and
$arg2
are calculated by supplying the missing
components of $arg1
and $arg2
from the
xs:dateTime
template xxxxxx01T00:00:00
.
The function returns the result of comparing these two starting
instants using op:dateTimeequal
.
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone
value of 05:00
.
op:gYearMonthequal(xs:gYearMonth("198602"),
xs:gYearMonth("198603"))
returns false()
. The
starting instants are 19860201T00:00:0005:00
and
19860301T00:00:00
, respectively.
op:gYearMonthequal(xs:gYearMonth("197803"),
xs:gYearMonth("198603Z"))
returns false()
. The
starting instants are 19780301T00:00:0005:00
and
19860301T00:00:00Z
, respectively.
Returns true if the two xs:gYear
values have the
same starting instant.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" operator when applied to two
xs:gYear
values. Also used in the definition of the
"ne" operator.
op:gYearequal
($arg1
as
xs:gYear
,
$arg2
as
xs:gYear
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The starting instants of $arg1
and
$arg2
are calculated by supplying the missing
components of $arg1
and $arg2
from the
xs:dateTime
template xxxx0101T00:00:00
.
The function returns the result of comparing these two starting
instants using op:dateTimeequal
.
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone
value of 05:00
. Assume, also, that the
xs:dateTime
template is
xxxx0101T00:00:00
.
op:gYearequal(xs:gYear("200512:00"),
xs:gYear("2005+12:00"))
returns false()
. The
starting instants are 20050101T00:00:0012:00
and
20050101T00:00:00+12:00
, respectively, and normalize
to 20050101T12:00:00Z
and
20041231T12:00:00Z
.
The expression op:gYearequal(xs:gYear("197605:00"),
xs:gYear("1976"))
returns true()
.
Returns true if the two xs:gMonthDay
values have
the same starting instant, when considered as days in the same
year.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" operator when applied to two
xs:gMonthDay
values. Also used in the definition of
the "ne" operator.
op:gMonthDayequal
($arg1
as
xs:gMonthDay
,
$arg2
as
xs:gMonthDay
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The starting instants of $arg1
and
$arg2
are calculated by supplying the missing
components of $arg1
and $arg2
from the
xs:dateTime
template 1972xxxxT00:00:00
or an equivalent. The function returns the result of comparing
these two starting instants using op:dateTimeequal
.
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone
value of 05:00
. Assume for the purposes of
illustration that the xs:dateTime
template used is
1972xxxxT00:00:00
(this does not affect the
result).
The expression
op:gMonthDayequal(xs:gMonthDay("122514:00"),
xs:gMonthDay("1226+10:00"))
returns true()
.
( The starting instants are
19721225T00:00:0014:00
and
19721226T00:00:00+10:00
, respectively, and normalize
to 19721225T14:00:00Z
and
19721225T14:00:00Z
. ).
The expression op:gMonthDayequal(xs:gMonthDay("1225"),
xs:gMonthDay("1226Z"))
returns false()
.
Returns true if the two xs:gMonth
values have the
same starting instant, when considered as months in the same
year.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" operator when applied to two
xs:gMonth
values. Also used in the definition of the
"ne" operator.
op:gMonthequal
($arg1
as
xs:gMonth
,
$arg2
as
xs:gMonth
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The starting instants of $arg1
and
$arg2
are calculated by supplying the missing
components of $arg1
and $arg2
from the
xs:dateTime
template 1972xx01T00:00:00
or an equivalent. The function returns the result of comparing
these two starting instants using op:dateTimeequal
.
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone
value of 05:00
. Assume, also, that the
xs:dateTime
template chosen is
1972xx01T00:00:00
.
The expression op:gMonthequal(xs:gMonth("1214:00"),
xs:gMonth("12+10:00"))
returns false()
. (
The starting instants are 19721201T00:00:0014:00
and 19721201T00:00:00+10:00
, respectively, and
normalize to 19721130T14:00:00Z
and
19721201T14:00:00Z
. ).
The expression op:gMonthequal(xs:gMonth("12"),
xs:gMonth("12Z"))
returns false()
.
Returns true if the two xs:gDay
values have the
same starting instant, when considered as days in the same month of
the same year.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" operator when applied to two
xs:gDay
values. Also used in the definition of the
"ne" operator.
op:gDayequal
($arg1
as
xs:gDay
,
$arg2
as
xs:gDay
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The starting instants of $arg1
and
$arg2
are calculated by supplying the missing
components of $arg1
and $arg2
from the
xs:dateTime
template 197212xxT00:00:00
or an equivalent. The function returns the result of comparing
these two starting instants using op:dateTimeequal
.
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone
value of 05:00
. Assume, also, that the
xs:dateTime
template is
197212xxT00:00:00
.
The expression op:gDayequal(xs:gDay("2514:00"),
xs:gDay("25+10:00"))
returns false()
. (
The starting instants are 19721225T00:00:0014:00
and 19721225T00:00:00+10:00
, respectively, and
normalize to 19721225T14:00:00Z
and
19721224T14:00:00Z
. ).
The expression op:gDayequal(xs:gDay("12"),
xs:gDay("12Z"))
returns false()
.
The date and time datatypes may be considered to be composite datatypes in that they contain distinct properties or components. The extraction functions specified below extract a single component from a date or time value. In all cases the local value (that is, the original value as written, without any timezone adjustment) is used.
Note:
A time written as 24:00:00
is treated as
00:00:00
on the following day.
Function  Meaning 

fn:yearfromdateTime 
Returns the year component of an xs:dateTime . 
fn:monthfromdateTime 
Returns the month component of an
xs:dateTime . 
fn:dayfromdateTime 
Returns the day component of an xs:dateTime . 
fn:hoursfromdateTime 
Returns the hours component of an
xs:dateTime . 
fn:minutesfromdateTime 
Returns the minute component of an
xs:dateTime . 
fn:secondsfromdateTime 
Returns the seconds component of an
xs:dateTime . 
fn:timezonefromdateTime 
Returns the timezone component of an
xs:dateTime . 
fn:yearfromdate 
Returns the year component of an xs:date . 
fn:monthfromdate 
Returns the month component of an xs:date . 
fn:dayfromdate 
Returns the day component of an xs:date . 
fn:timezonefromdate 
Returns the timezone component of an xs:date . 
fn:hoursfromtime 
Returns the hours component of an xs:time . 
fn:minutesfromtime 
Returns the minutes component of an xs:time . 
fn:secondsfromtime 
Returns the seconds component of an xs:time . 
fn:timezonefromtime 
Returns the timezone component of an xs:time . 
Returns the year component of an xs:dateTime
.
fn:yearfromdateTime
($arg
as
xs:dateTime?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
representing the year component in the local value of
$arg
. The result may be negative.
The expression
fn:yearfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19990531T13:20:0005:00"))
returns 1999
.
The expression
fn:yearfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19990531T21:30:0005:00"))
returns 1999
.
The expression
fn:yearfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19991231T19:20:00"))
returns 1999
.
The expression
fn:yearfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19991231T24:00:00"))
returns 2000
.
Returns the month component of an xs:dateTime
.
fn:monthfromdateTime
($arg
as
xs:dateTime?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
between 1 and 12, both inclusive, representing the month component
in the local value of $arg
.
The expression
fn:monthfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19990531T13:20:0005:00"))
returns 5
.
The expression
fn:monthfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19991231T19:20:0005:00"))
returns 12
.
The expression
fn:monthfromdateTime(fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone(xs:dateTime("19991231T19:20:0005:00"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S")))
returns 1
.
Returns the day component of an xs:dateTime
.
fn:dayfromdateTime
($arg
as
xs:dateTime?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
between 1 and 31, both inclusive, representing the day component in
the local value of $arg
.
The expression
fn:dayfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19990531T13:20:0005:00"))
returns 31
.
The expression
fn:dayfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19991231T20:00:0005:00"))
returns 31
.
The expression
fn:dayfromdateTime(fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone(xs:dateTime("19991231T19:20:0005:00"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S")))
returns 1
.
Returns the hours component of an xs:dateTime
.
fn:hoursfromdateTime
($arg
as
xs:dateTime?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
between 0 and 23, both inclusive, representing the hours component
in the local value of $arg
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19990531T08:20:0005:00"))
returns 8
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19991231T21:20:0005:00"))
returns 21
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromdateTime(fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone(xs:dateTime("19991231T21:20:0005:00"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S")))
returns 2
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19991231T12:00:00"))
returns 12
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19991231T24:00:00"))
returns 0
.
Returns the minute component of an xs:dateTime
.
fn:minutesfromdateTime
($arg
as
xs:dateTime?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
value
between 0 and 59, both inclusive, representing the minute component
in the local value of $arg
.
The expression
fn:minutesfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19990531T13:20:0005:00"))
returns 20
.
The expression
fn:minutesfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19990531T13:30:00+05:30"))
returns 30
.
Returns the seconds component of an
xs:dateTime
.
fn:secondsfromdateTime
($arg
as
xs:dateTime?
) as
xs:decimal?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:decimal
value
greater than or equal to zero and less than 60, representing the
seconds and fractional seconds in the local value of
$arg
.
The expression
fn:secondsfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19990531T13:20:0005:00"))
returns 0
.
Returns the timezone component of an
xs:dateTime
.
fn:timezonefromdateTime
($arg
as
xs:dateTime?
) as
xs:dayTimeDuration?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns the timezone component of
$arg
, if any. If $arg
has a timezone
component, then the result is an xs:dayTimeDuration
that indicates deviation from UTC; its value may range from +14:00
to 14:00 hours, both inclusive. If $arg
has no
timezone component, the result is the empty sequence.
The expression
fn:timezonefromdateTime(xs:dateTime("19990531T13:20:0005:00"))
returns xs:dayTimeDuration("PT5H")
.
The expression
fn:timezonefromdateTime(xs:dateTime("20000612T13:20:00Z"))
returns xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S")
.
The expression
fn:timezonefromdateTime(xs:dateTime("20040827T00:00:00"))
returns ()
.
Returns the year component of an xs:date
.
fn:yearfromdate
($arg
as
xs:date?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
representing the year in the local value of $arg
. The
value may be negative.
The expression
fn:yearfromdate(xs:date("19990531"))
returns
1999
.
The expression
fn:yearfromdate(xs:date("20000101+05:00"))
returns
2000
.
Returns the month component of an xs:date
.
fn:monthfromdate
($arg
as
xs:date?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
between 1 and 12, both inclusive, representing the month component
in the local value of $arg
.
The expression
fn:monthfromdate(xs:date("1999053105:00"))
returns 5
.
The expression
fn:monthfromdate(xs:date("20000101+05:00"))
returns 1
.
Returns the day component of an xs:date
.
fn:dayfromdate
($arg
as
xs:date?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
between 1 and 31, both inclusive, representing the day component in
the localized value of $arg
.
The expression
fn:dayfromdate(xs:date("1999053105:00"))
returns
31
.
The expression
fn:dayfromdate(xs:date("20000101+05:00"))
returns
1
.
Returns the timezone component of an xs:date
.
fn:timezonefromdate
($arg
as
xs:date?
) as
xs:dayTimeDuration?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns the timezone component of
$arg
, if any. If $arg
has a timezone
component, then the result is an xs:dayTimeDuration
that indicates deviation from UTC; its value may range from +14:00
to 14:00 hours, both inclusive. If $arg
has no
timezone component, the result is the empty sequence.
The expression
fn:timezonefromdate(xs:date("1999053105:00"))
returns xs:dayTimeDuration("PT5H")
.
The expression
fn:timezonefromdate(xs:date("20000612Z"))
returns
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S")
.
Returns the hours component of an xs:time
.
fn:hoursfromtime
($arg
as
xs:time?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
between 0 and 23, both inclusive, representing the value of the
hours component in the local value of $arg
.
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone
value of 05:00
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromtime(xs:time("11:23:00"))
returns
11
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromtime(xs:time("21:23:00"))
returns
21
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromtime(xs:time("01:23:00+05:00"))
returns
1
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromtime(fn:adjusttimetotimezone(xs:time("01:23:00+05:00"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S")))
returns 20
.
The expression
fn:hoursfromtime(xs:time("24:00:00"))
returns
0
.
Returns the minutes component of an xs:time
.
fn:minutesfromtime
($arg
as
xs:time?
) as
xs:integer?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:integer
value
between 0 and 59, both inclusive, representing the value of the
minutes component in the local value of $arg
.
The expression
fn:minutesfromtime(xs:time("13:00:00Z"))
returns
0
.
Returns the seconds component of an xs:time
.
fn:secondsfromtime
($arg
as
xs:time?
) as
xs:decimal?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:decimal
value
greater than or equal to zero and less than 60, representing the
seconds and fractional seconds in the local value of
$arg
.
The expression
fn:secondsfromtime(xs:time("13:20:10.5"))
returns
10.5
.
Returns the timezone component of an xs:time
.
fn:timezonefromtime
($arg
as
xs:time?
) as
xs:dayTimeDuration?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns the timezone component of
$arg
, if any. If $arg
has a timezone
component, then the result is an xs:dayTimeDuration
that indicates deviation from UTC; its value may range from +14:00
to 14:00 hours, both inclusive. If $arg
has no
timezone component, the result is the empty sequence.
The expression
fn:timezonefromtime(xs:time("13:20:0005:00"))
returns xs:dayTimeDuration("PT5H")
.
The expression
fn:timezonefromtime(xs:time("13:20:00"))
returns
()
.
Function  Meaning 

fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone 
Adjusts an xs:dateTime value to a specific
timezone, or to no timezone at all. 
fn:adjustdatetotimezone 
Adjusts an xs:date value to a specific timezone,
or to no timezone at all; the result is the date in the target
timezone that contains the starting instant of the supplied
date. 
fn:adjusttimetotimezone 
Adjusts an xs:time value to a specific timezone,
or to no timezone at all. 
These functions adjust the timezone component of an
xs:dateTime
, xs:date
or
xs:time
value. The $timezone
argument to
these functions is defined as an xs:dayTimeDuration
but must be a valid timezone value.
Adjusts an xs:dateTime
value to a specific
timezone, or to no timezone at all.
fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone
($arg
as
xs:dateTime?
) as
xs:dateTime?
fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone ( 
$arg 
as xs:dateTime? , 
$timezone 
as xs:dayTimeDuration? ) as xs:dateTime? 
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $timezone
is not specified, then the effective
value of $timezone
is the value of the implicit
timezone in the dynamic context.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, then the function
returns the empty sequence.
If $arg
does not have a timezone component and
$timezone
is the empty sequence, then the result is
$arg
.
If $arg
does not have a timezone component and
$timezone
is not the empty sequence, then the result
is $arg
with $timezone
as the timezone
component.
If $arg
has a timezone component and
$timezone
is the empty sequence, then the result is
the local value of $arg
without its timezone
component.
If $arg
has a timezone component and
$timezone
is not the empty sequence, then the result
is the xs:dateTime
value that is equal to
$arg
and that has a timezone component equal to
$timezone
.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODT0003] if $timezone
is less
than PT14H
or greater than PT14H
or is
not an integral number of minutes.
Assume the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone of
05:00 (PT5H0M)
.
let $tz10
:=
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT10H")
The expression
fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone(xs:dateTime('20020307T10:00:00'))
returns xs:dateTime('20020307T10:00:0005:00')
.
The expression
fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone(xs:dateTime('20020307T10:00:0007:00'))
returns xs:dateTime('20020307T12:00:0005:00')
.
The expression
fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone(xs:dateTime('20020307T10:00:00'),
$tz10)
returns
xs:dateTime('20020307T10:00:0010:00')
.
The expression
fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone(xs:dateTime('20020307T10:00:0007:00'),
$tz10)
returns
xs:dateTime('20020307T07:00:0010:00')
.
The expression
fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone(xs:dateTime('20020307T10:00:0007:00'),
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT10H"))
returns
xs:dateTime('20020308T03:00:00+10:00')
.
The expression
fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone(xs:dateTime('20020307T00:00:00+01:00'),
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT8H"))
returns
xs:dateTime('20020306T15:00:0008:00')
.
The expression
fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone(xs:dateTime('20020307T10:00:00'),
())
returns
xs:dateTime('20020307T10:00:00')
.
The expression
fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone(xs:dateTime('20020307T10:00:0007:00'),
())
returns
xs:dateTime('20020307T10:00:00')
.
Adjusts an xs:date
value to a specific timezone, or
to no timezone at all; the result is the date in the target
timezone that contains the starting instant of the supplied
date.
fn:adjustdatetotimezone
($arg
as
xs:date?
) as
xs:date?
fn:adjustdatetotimezone ( 
$arg 
as xs:date? , 
$timezone 
as xs:dayTimeDuration? ) as xs:date? 
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $timezone
is not specified, then the effective
value of $timezone
is the value of the implicit
timezone in the dynamic context.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, then the function
returns the empty sequence.
If $arg
does not have a timezone component and
$timezone
is the empty sequence, then the result is
the value of $arg
.
If $arg
does not have a timezone component and
$timezone
is not the empty sequence, then the result
is $arg
with $timezone
as the timezone
component.
If $arg
has a timezone component and
$timezone
is the empty sequence, then the result is
the local value of $arg
without its timezone
component.
If $arg
has a timezone component and
$timezone
is not the empty sequence, then the function
returns the value of the expression:
Let $dt
be the value of fn:dateTime($arg,
xs:time('00:00:00'))
.
Let $adt
be the value of fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone($dt,
$timezone)
The function returns the value of xs:date($adt)
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODT0003] if $timezone
is less
than PT14H
or greater than PT14H
or is
not an integral number of minutes.
Assume the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone of
05:00 (PT5H0M)
.
let $tz10
:=
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT10H")
The expression
fn:adjustdatetotimezone(xs:date("20020307"))
returns xs:date("2002030705:00")
.
The expression
fn:adjustdatetotimezone(xs:date("2002030707:00"))
returns xs:date("2002030705:00")
.
($arg
is converted to
xs:dateTime("20020307T00:00:0007:00")
. This is
adjusted to the implicit timezone, giving
"20020307T02:00:0005:00"
. ).
The expression
fn:adjustdatetotimezone(xs:date("20020307"),
$tz10)
returns
xs:date("2002030710:00")
.
The expression
fn:adjustdatetotimezone(xs:date("2002030707:00"),
$tz10)
returns xs:date("2002030610:00")
.
($arg
is converted to the xs:dateTime
"20020307T00:00:0007:00"
. This is adjusted to the given
timezone, giving "20020306T21:00:0010:00"
.
).
The expression
fn:adjustdatetotimezone(xs:date("20020307"), ())
returns xs:date("20020307")
.
The expression
fn:adjustdatetotimezone(xs:date("2002030707:00"),
())
returns xs:date("20020307")
.
Adjusts an xs:time
value to a specific timezone, or
to no timezone at all.
fn:adjusttimetotimezone
($arg
as
xs:time?
) as
xs:time?
fn:adjusttimetotimezone ( 
$arg 
as xs:time? , 
$timezone 
as xs:dayTimeDuration? ) as xs:time? 
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $timezone
is not specified, then the effective
value of $timezone
is the value of the implicit
timezone in the dynamic context.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, then the function
returns the empty sequence.
If $arg
does not have a timezone component and
$timezone
is the empty sequence, then the result is
$arg
.
If $arg
does not have a timezone component and
$timezone
is not the empty sequence, then the result
is $arg
with $timezone
as the timezone
component.
If $arg
has a timezone component and
$timezone
is the empty sequence, then the result is
the localized value of $arg
without its timezone
component.
If $arg
has a timezone component and
$timezone
is not the empty sequence, then:
Let $dt
be the xs:dateTime
value
fn:dateTime(xs:date('19721231'),
$arg)
.
Let $adt
be the value of fn:adjustdateTimetotimezone($dt,
$timezone)
The function returns the xs:time
value
xs:time($adt)
.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODT0003] if $timezone
is less
than PT14H
or greater than PT14H
or if
does not contain an integral number of minutes.
Assume the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone of
05:00 (PT5H0M)
.
let $tz10
:=
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT10H")
The expression
fn:adjusttimetotimezone(xs:time("10:00:00"))
returns xs:time("10:00:0005:00")
.
The expression
fn:adjusttimetotimezone(xs:time("10:00:0007:00"))
returns xs:time("12:00:0005:00")
.
The expression
fn:adjusttimetotimezone(xs:time("10:00:00"),
$tz10)
returns xs:time("10:00:0010:00")
.
The expression
fn:adjusttimetotimezone(xs:time("10:00:0007:00"),
$tz10)
returns xs:time("07:00:0010:00")
.
The expression
fn:adjusttimetotimezone(xs:time("10:00:00"), ())
returns xs:time("10:00:00")
.
The expression
fn:adjusttimetotimezone(xs:time("10:00:0007:00"),
())
returns xs:time("10:00:00")
.
The expression
fn:adjusttimetotimezone(xs:time("10:00:0007:00"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT10H"))
returns
xs:time("03:00:00+10:00")
.
These functions support adding or subtracting a duration value
to or from an xs:dateTime
, an xs:date
or
an xs:time
value. Appendix E of [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition]
describes an algorithm for performing such operations.
Function  Meaning 

op:subtractdateTimes 
Returns an xs:dayTimeDuration representing the
amount of elapsed time between the instants arg2 and
arg1 . 
op:subtractdates 
Returns the xs:dayTimeDuration that corresponds to
the elapsed time between the starting instant of $arg2
and the starting instant of $arg2 . 
op:subtracttimes 
Returns the xs:dayTimeDuration that corresponds to
the elapsed time between the values of $arg2 and
$arg1 treated as times on the same date. 
op:addyearMonthDurationtodateTime 
Returns the xs:dateTime that is a given duration
after a specified xs:dateTime (or before, if the
duration is negative). 
op:adddayTimeDurationtodateTime 
Returns the xs:dateTime that is a given duration
after a specified xs:dateTime (or before, if the
duration is negative). 
op:subtractyearMonthDurationfromdateTime 
Returns the xs:dateTime that is a given duration
before a specified xs:dateTime (or after, if the
duration is negative). 
op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromdateTime 
Returns the xs:dateTime that is a given duration
before a specified xs:dateTime (or after, if the
duration is negative). 
op:addyearMonthDurationtodate 
Returns the xs:date that is a given duration after
a specified xs:date (or before, if the duration is
negative). 
op:adddayTimeDurationtodate 
Returns the xs:date that is a given duration after
a specified xs:date (or before, if the duration is
negative). 
op:subtractyearMonthDurationfromdate 
Returns the xs:date that is a given duration
before a specified xs:date (or after, if the duration
is negative). 
op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromdate 
Returns the xs:date that is a given duration
before a specified xs:date (or after, if the duration
is negative). 
op:adddayTimeDurationtotime 
Returns the xs:time value that is a given duration
after a specified xs:time (or before, if the duration
is negative or causes wraparound past midnight) 
op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromtime 
Returns the xs:time value that is a given duration
before a specified xs:time (or after, if the duration
is negative or causes wraparound past midnight) 
A processor that limits the number of digits in date and time datatype representations may encounter overflow and underflow conditions when it tries to execute the functions in this section. In these situations, the processor ·must· return P0M or PT0S in case of duration underflow and 00:00:00 in case of time underflow. It ·must· raise a dynamic error [err:FODT0001] in case of overflow.
The value spaces of the two totally ordered subtypes of
xs:duration
described in 8.1 Two totally ordered subtypes of
duration are xs:integer
months for
xs:yearMonthDuration
and xs:decimal
seconds for xs:dayTimeDuration
. If a processor limits
the number of digits allowed in the representation of
xs:integer
and xs:decimal
then overflow
and underflow situations can arise when it tries to execute the
functions in 8.4 Arithmetic
operators on durations. In these situations the processor
·must· return zero in
case of numeric underflow and P0M or PT0S in case of duration
underflow. It ·must· raise a dynamic error [err:FODT0002] in case of overflow.
Returns an xs:dayTimeDuration
representing the
amount of elapsed time between the instants arg2
and
arg1
.
Defines the semantics of the "" operator when applied to two
xs:dateTime
values.
op:subtractdateTimes ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dateTime , 
$arg2 
as xs:dateTime ) as xs:dayTimeDuration 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
If either $arg1
or $arg2
do not
contain an explicit timezone then, for the purpose of the
operation, the implicit timezone provided by the dynamic context
(See
Section C.2 Dynamic Context Components
^{XP30}.) is assumed to be present as part
of the value.
The function returns the elapsed time between the date/time
instant arg2
and the date/time instant
arg1
, computed according to the algorithm given in
Appendix E of [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes
Second Edition], and expressed as a
xs:dayTimeDuration
.
If the normalized value of $arg1
precedes in time
the normalized value of $arg2
, then the returned value
is a negative duration.
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone
value of 05:00
.
The expression
op:subtractdateTimes(xs:dateTime("20001030T06:12:00"),
xs:dateTime("19991128T09:00:00Z"))
returns
xs:dayTimeDuration("P337DT2H12M")
.
Returns the xs:dayTimeDuration
that corresponds to
the elapsed time between the starting instant of $arg2
and the starting instant of $arg2
.
Defines the semantics of the "" operator when applied to two
xs:date
values.
op:subtractdates
($arg1
as
xs:date
,
$arg2
as
xs:date
) as
xs:dayTimeDuration
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
If either $arg1
or $arg2
do not
contain an explicit timezone then, for the purpose of the
operation, the implicit timezone provided by the dynamic context
(See
Section C.2 Dynamic Context Components
^{XP30}.) is assumed to be present as part
of the value.
The starting instant of an xs:date
is the
xs:dateTime
at 00:00:00
on that date.
The function returns the result of subtracting the two starting
instants using op:subtractdateTimes
.
If the starting instant of $arg1
precedes in time
the starting instant of $arg2
, then the returned value
is a negative duration.
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone
value of Z
.
The expression op:subtractdates(xs:date("20001030"),
xs:date("19991128"))
returns
xs:dayTimeDuration("P337D")
. (The normalized
values of the two starting instants are {2000, 10, 30, 0, 0,
0, PT0S}
and {1999, 11, 28, 0, 0, 0,
PT0S}
.).
Now assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit
timezone value of +05:00
.
The expression op:subtractdates(xs:date("20001030"),
xs:date("19991128Z"))
returns
xs:dayTimeDuration("P336DT19H")
. ( The normalized
values of the two starting instants are {2000, 10, 29, 19, 0,
0, PT0S}
and {1999, 11, 28, 0, 0, 0,
PT0S}
.).
The expression
op:subtractdates(xs:date("2000101505:00"),
xs:date("20001010+02:00"))
returns
xs:dayTimeDuration("P5DT7H")
.
Returns the xs:dayTimeDuration
that corresponds to
the elapsed time between the values of $arg2
and
$arg1
treated as times on the same date.
Defines the semantics of the "" operator when applied to two
xs:time
values.
op:subtracttimes
($arg1
as
xs:time
,
$arg2
as
xs:time
) as
xs:dayTimeDuration
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone.
The function returns the result of the expression:
opsubtractdateTimes( fn:dateTime(xs:date('19721231'), $arg1), fn:dateTime(xs:date('19721231'), $arg2))
Any other reference date would work equally well.
Assume that the dynamic context provides an implicit timezone
value of 05:00
. Assume, also, that the date
components of the reference xs:dateTime
correspond to
"19721231"
.
The expression op:subtracttimes(xs:time("11:12:00Z"),
xs:time("04:00:00"))
returns
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT2H12M")
. (This is obtained
by subtracting from the xs:dateTime
value {1972,
12, 31, 11, 12, 0, PT0S}
the xs:dateTime
value
{1972, 12, 31, 9, 0, 0, PT0S}
.).
The expression
op:subtracttimes(xs:time("11:00:0005:00"),
xs:time("21:30:00+05:30"))
returns
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT0S")
. (The two
xs:dateTime
values are {1972, 12, 31, 11, 0, 0,
PT5H}
and {1972, 12, 31, 21, 30, 0, PT5H30M}
.
These normalize to {1972, 12, 31, 16, 0, 0, PT0S}
and
{1972, 12, 31, 16, 0, 0, PT0S}
. ).
The expression
op:subtracttimes(xs:time("17:00:0006:00"),
xs:time("08:00:00+09:00"))
returns
xs:dayTimeDuration("P1D")
. (The two normalized
xs:dateTime
values are {1972, 12, 31, 23, 0, 0,
PT0S}
and {1972, 12, 30, 23, 0, 0,
PT0S}
.).
The expression op:subtracttimes(xs:time("24:00:00"),
xs:time("23:59:59"))
returns
xs:dayTimeDuration("PT23H59M59S")
. (The two
normalized xs:dateTime
values are {1972, 12, 31,
0, 0, 0, ()}
and {1972, 12, 31, 23, 59, 59.0,
()}
.).
Returns the xs:dateTime
that is a given duration
after a specified xs:dateTime
(or before, if the
duration is negative).
Defines the semantics of the "+" operator when applied to an
xs:dateTime
and an xs:yearMonthDuration
value.
op:addyearMonthDurationtodateTime ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dateTime , 
$arg2 
as xs:yearMonthDuration ) as xs:dateTime 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns the result of adding $arg2
to
the value of $arg1
using the algorithm described in
Appendix E of [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes
Second Edition], disregarding the rule about leap seconds. If
$arg2
is negative, then the result
xs:dateTime
precedes $arg1
.
The result has the same timezone as $arg1
. If
$arg1
has no timezone, the result has no timezone.
The expression
op:addyearMonthDurationtodateTime(xs:dateTime("20001030T11:12:00"),
xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y2M"))
returns
xs:dateTime("20011230T11:12:00")
.
Returns the xs:dateTime
that is a given duration
after a specified xs:dateTime
(or before, if the
duration is negative).
Defines the semantics of the "+" operator when applied to an
xs:dateTime
and an xs:dayTimeDuration
value.
op:adddayTimeDurationtodateTime ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dateTime , 
$arg2 
as xs:dayTimeDuration ) as xs:dateTime 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns the result of adding $arg2
to
the value of $arg1
using the algorithm described in
Appendix E of [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes
Second Edition], disregarding the rule about leap seconds. If
$arg2
is negative, then the result
xs:dateTime
precedes $arg1
.
The result has the same timezone as $arg1
. If
$arg1
has no timezone, the result has no timezone.
The expression
op:adddayTimeDurationtodateTime(xs:dateTime("20001030T11:12:00"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT1H15M"))
returns
xs:dateTime("20001102T12:27:00")
.
Returns the xs:dateTime
that is a given duration
before a specified xs:dateTime
(or after, if the
duration is negative).
Defines the semantics of the "" operator when applied to an
xs:dateTime
and an xs:yearMonthDuration
value.
op:subtractyearMonthDurationfromdateTime ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dateTime , 
$arg2 
as xs:yearMonthDuration ) as xs:dateTime 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns the xs:dateTime
computed by
negating $arg2
and adding the result to the value of
$arg1
using the function op:addyearMonthDurationtodateTime
.
The expression
op:subtractyearMonthDurationfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("20001030T11:12:00"),
xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y2M"))
returns
xs:dateTime("19990830T11:12:00")
.
Returns the xs:dateTime
that is a given duration
before a specified xs:dateTime
(or after, if the
duration is negative).
Defines the semantics of the "" operator when applied to an
xs:dateTime
an and xs:dayTimeDuration
values
op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromdateTime ( 
$arg1 
as xs:dateTime , 
$arg2 
as xs:dayTimeDuration ) as xs:dateTime 
The function returns the xs:dateTime
computed by
negating $arg2
and adding the result to the value of
$arg1
using the function op:adddayTimeDurationtodateTime
.
The expression
op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromdateTime(xs:dateTime("20001030T11:12:00"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT1H15M"))
returns
xs:dateTime("20001027T09:57:00")
.
Returns the xs:date
that is a given duration after
a specified xs:date
(or before, if the duration is
negative).
Defines the semantics of the "+" operator when applied to an
xs:date
and an xs:yearMonthDuration
value.
op:addyearMonthDurationtodate ( 
$arg1 
as xs:date , 
$arg2 
as xs:yearMonthDuration ) as xs:date 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns the result of casting $arg1
to
an xs:dateTime
, adding $arg2
using the
function op:addyearMonthDurationtodateTime
,
and casting the result back to an xs:date
.
The expression
op:addyearMonthDurationtodate(xs:date("20001030"),
xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y2M"))
returns
xs:date("20011230")
.
Returns the xs:date
that is a given duration after
a specified xs:date
(or before, if the duration is
negative).
Defines the semantics of the "+" operator when applied to an
xs:date
and an xs:dayTimeDuration
value.
op:adddayTimeDurationtodate ( 
$arg1 
as xs:date , 
$arg2 
as xs:dayTimeDuration ) as xs:date 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns the result of casting $arg1
to
an xs:dateTime
, adding $arg2
using the
function op:adddayTimeDurationtodateTime
,
and casting the result back to an xs:date
.
The expression
op:adddayTimeDurationtodate(xs:date("20041030Z"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("P2DT2H30M0S"))
returns
xs:date("20041101Z")
. ( The starting instant of
the first argument is the xs:dateTime
value
{2004, 10, 30, 0, 0, 0, PT0S}
. Adding the second
argument to this gives the xs:dateTime
value
{2004, 11, 1, 2, 30, 0, PT0S}
. The time components are
then discarded. ).
Returns the xs:date
that is a given duration before
a specified xs:date
(or after, if the duration is
negative).
Defines the semantics of the "" operator when applied to an
xs:date
and an xs:yearMonthDuration
value.
op:subtractyearMonthDurationfromdate ( 
$arg1 
as xs:date , 
$arg2 
as xs:yearMonthDuration ) as xs:date 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
Returns the xs:date
computed by negating
$arg2
and adding the result to $arg1
using the function op:addyearMonthDurationtodate
.
The expression
op:subtractyearMonthDurationfromdate(xs:date("20001030"),
xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y2M"))
returns
xs:date("19990830")
.
The expression
op:subtractyearMonthDurationfromdate(xs:date("20000229Z"),
xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y"))
returns
xs:date("19990228Z")
.
The expression
op:subtractyearMonthDurationfromdate(xs:date("2000103105:00"),
xs:yearMonthDuration("P1Y1M"))
returns
xs:date("1999093005:00")
.
Returns the xs:date
that is a given duration before
a specified xs:date
(or after, if the duration is
negative).
Defines the semantics of the "" operator when applied to an
xs:date
and an xs:dayTimeDuration
.
op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromdate ( 
$arg1 
as xs:date , 
$arg2 
as xs:dayTimeDuration ) as xs:date 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
Returns the xs:date
computed by negating
$arg2
and adding the result to $arg1
using the function op:adddayTimeDurationtodate
.
The expression
op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromdate(xs:date("20001030"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT1H15M"))
returns
xs:date("20001026")
.
Returns the xs:time
value that is a given duration
after a specified xs:time
(or before, if the duration
is negative or causes wraparound past midnight)
Defines the semantics of the "+" operator when applied to an
xs:time
and an xs:dayTimeDuration
value.
op:adddayTimeDurationtotime ( 
$arg1 
as xs:time , 
$arg2 
as xs:dayTimeDuration ) as xs:time 
First, the days component in the canonical lexical
representation of $arg2
is set to zero (0) and the
value of the resulting xs:dayTimeDuration
is
calculated. Alternatively, the value of $arg2
modulus
86,400 is used as the second argument. This value is added to the
value of $arg1
converted to an
xs:dateTime
using a reference date such as
19721231
, and the time component of the result is
returned. Note that the xs:time
returned may occur in
a following or preceding day and may be less than
$arg1
.
The result has the same timezone as $arg1
. If
$arg1
has no timezone, the result has no timezone.
The expression
op:adddayTimeDurationtotime(xs:time("11:12:00"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT1H15M"))
returns
xs:time("12:27:00")
.
The expression
op:adddayTimeDurationtotime(xs:time("23:12:00+03:00"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("P1DT3H15M"))
returns
xs:time("02:27:00+03:00")
. (That is, {0, 0,
0, 2, 27, 0, PT3H}
).
Returns the xs:time
value that is a given duration
before a specified xs:time
(or after, if the duration
is negative or causes wraparound past midnight)
Defines the semantics of the "" operator when applied to an
xs:time
and an xs:dayTimeDuration
value.
op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromtime ( 
$arg1 
as xs:time , 
$arg2 
as xs:dayTimeDuration ) as xs:time 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns the result of negating $arg2
and adding the result to $arg1
using the function
adddayTimeDurationtotime
.
The expression
op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromtime(xs:time("11:12:00"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("P3DT1H15M"))
returns
xs:time("09:57:00")
.
The expression
op:subtractdayTimeDurationfromtime(xs:time("08:20:0005:00"),
xs:dayTimeDuration("P23DT10H10M"))
returns
xs:time("22:10:0005:00")
.
Function  Meaning 

fn:formatdateTime 
Returns a string containing an xs:dateTime value
formatted for display. 
fn:formatdate 
Returns a string containing an xs:date value
formatted for display. 
fn:formattime 
Returns a string containing an xs:time value
formatted for display. 
Three functions are provided to represent dates and times as a string, using the conventions of a selected calendar, language, and country. The signatures are presented first, followed by the rules which apply to each of the functions.
Returns a string containing an xs:dateTime
value
formatted for display.
fn:formatdateTime
($value
as
xs:dateTime?
,
$picture
as
xs:string
) as
xs:string?
fn:formatdateTime ( 
$value 
as xs:dateTime? , 
$picture 
as xs:string , 

$language 
as xs:string? , 

$calendar 
as xs:string? , 

$place 
as xs:string? ) as xs:string? 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on default calendar, and default language, and default place, and implicit timezone.
The fiveargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone, and namespaces.
Returns a string containing an xs:date
value
formatted for display.
fn:formatdate
($value
as
xs:date?
,
$picture
as
xs:string
) as
xs:string?
fn:formatdate ( 
$value 
as xs:date? , 
$picture 
as xs:string , 

$language 
as xs:string? , 

$calendar 
as xs:string? , 

$place 
as xs:string? ) as xs:string? 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on default calendar, and default language, and default place, and implicit timezone.
The fiveargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone, and namespaces.
Returns a string containing an xs:time
value
formatted for display.
fn:formattime
($value
as
xs:time?
,
$picture
as
xs:string
) as
xs:string?
fn:formattime ( 
$value 
as xs:time? , 
$picture 
as xs:string , 

$language 
as xs:string? , 

$calendar 
as xs:string? , 

$place 
as xs:string? ) as xs:string? 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on default calendar, and default language, and default place, and implicit timezone.
The fiveargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on implicit timezone, and namespaces.
The fn:formatdateTime
,
fn:formatdate
, and
fn:formattime
functions format $value
as a string using the picture
string specified by the $picture
argument, the
calendar specified by the $calendar
argument, the
language specified by the $language
argument, and the
country or other place name specified by the $place
argument. The result of the function is the formatted string
representation of the supplied xs:dateTime
,
xs:date
, or xs:time
value.
[Definition] The three functions
fn:formatdateTime
,
fn:formatdate
, and
fn:formattime
are
referred to collectively as the date formatting
functions.
If $value
is the empty sequence, the function
returns the empty sequence.
Calling the twoargument form of each of the three functions is equivalent to calling the fiveargument form with each of the last three arguments set to an empty sequence.
For details of the $language
,
$calendar
, and $place
arguments, see
9.8.4.3 The language, calendar, and
place arguments.
In general, the use of an invalid $picture
,
$language
, $calendar
, or
$place
argument results in a dynamic error ([err:FOFD1340]). By
contrast, use of an option in any of these arguments that is valid
but not supported by the implementation is not an error, and in
these cases the implementation is required to output the value in a
fallback representation. More detailed rules are given below.
The picture consists of a sequence of variable markers and literal substrings. A substring enclosed in square brackets is interpreted as a variable marker; substrings not enclosed in square brackets are taken as literal substrings. The literal substrings are optional and if present are rendered unchanged, including any whitespace. If an opening or closing square bracket is required within a literal substring, it must be doubled. The variable markers are replaced in the result by strings representing aspects of the date and/or time to be formatted. These are described in detail below.
A variable marker consists of a component specifier followed optionally by one or two presentation modifiers and/or optionally by a width modifier. Whitespace within a variable marker is ignored.
The variable marker may be separated into its components by applying the following rules:
The component specifier is always present and is always a single letter.
The width modifier may be recognized by the presence of a comma.
The substring between the component specifier and the comma (if present) or the end of the string (if there is no comma) contains the first and second presentation modifiers, both of which are optional. If this substring contains a single character, this is interpreted as the first presentation modifier. If it contains more than one character, the last character is examined: if it is valid as a second presentation modifier then it is treated as such, and the preceding part of the substring constitutes the first presentation modifier. Otherwise, the second presentation modifier is presumed absent and the whole substring is interpreted as the first presentation modifier.
The component specifier indicates the component of the date or time that is required, and takes the following values:
Specifier  Meaning  Default Presentation Modifier 

Y  year (absolute value)  1 
M  month in year  1 
D  day in month  1 
d  day in year  1 
F  day of week  n 
W  week in year  1 
w  week in month  1 
H  hour in day (24 hours)  1 
h  hour in halfday (12 hours)  1 
P  am/pm marker  n 
m  minute in hour  01 
s  second in minute  01 
f  fractional seconds  1 
Z  timezone  01:01 
z  timezone (same as Z, but modified where appropriate to include
a prefix as a time offset using GMT, for example GMT+1 or
GMT05:00. For this component there is a fixed prefix of
GMT , or a localized variation thereof for the chosen
language, and the remainder of the value is formatted as for
specifier Z . 
01:01 
C  calendar: the name or abbreviation of a calendar name  n 
E  era: the name of a baseline for the numbering of years, for example the reign of a monarch  n 
A dynamic error is reported [err:FOFD1340] if the syntax of the picture is incorrect.
A dynamic error is reported [err:FOFD1350] if a component specifier within
the picture refers to components that are not available in the
given type of $value
, for example if the picture
supplied to the fn:formattime
refers to the
year, month, or day component.
It is not an error to include a timezone component when the supplied value has no timezone. In these circumstances the timezone component will be ignored.
The first presentation modifier indicates the style in which the value of a component is to be represented. Its value may be either:
any format token permitted as a primary format token in the
second argument of the fn:formatinteger
function,
indicating that the value of the component is to be output
numerically using the specified number format (for example,
1
, 01
, i
, I
,
w
, W
, or Ww
) or
the format token n
, N
, or
Nn
, indicating that the value of the component is to
be output by name, in lowercase, uppercase, or titlecase
respectively. Components that can be output by name include (but
are not limited to) months, days of the week, timezones, and eras.
If the processor cannot output these components by name for the
chosen calendar and language then it must use an ·implementationdefined· fallback representation.
If a comma is to be used as a grouping separator within the
format token, then there must be a width specifier. More
specifically: if a variable marker contains one or more commas,
then the last comma is treated as introducing the width modifier,
and all others are treated as grouping separators. So
[Y9,999,*]
will output the year as
2,008
.
If the implementation does not support the use of the requested format token, it must use the default presentation modifier for that component.
If the first presentation modifier is present, then it may optionally be followed by a second presentation modifier as follows:
Modifier  Meaning 

either a or t 
indicates alphabetic or traditional numbering
respectively, the default being ·implementationdefined·. This has the same meaning as in the second
argument of fn:formatinteger . 
either c or o 
indicates cardinal or ordinal numbering
respective, for example 7 or seven for a
cardinal number, or 7th , seventh , or
7¬∫ for an ordinal number. This has the same meaning
as in the second argument of fn:formatinteger . The
actual representation of the ordinal form of a number may depend
not only on the language, but also on the grammatical context (for
example, in some languages it must agree in gender). 
Note:
Although the formatting rules are expressed in terms of the
rules for format tokens in fn:formatinteger
, the
formats actually used may be specialized to the numbering of date
components where appropriate. For example, in Italian, it is
conventional to use an ordinal number (primo
) for the
first day of the month, and cardinal numbers (due, tre,
quattro ...
) for the remaining days. A processor may
therefore use this convention to number days of the month, ignoring
the presence or absence of the ordinal presentation modifier.
Whether or not a presentation modifier is included, a width modifier may be supplied. This indicates the number of characters or digits to be included in the representation of the value.
The width modifier, if present, is introduced by a comma or semicolon. It takes the form:
¬†¬†¬†","¬†¬†minwidth ("" maxwidth)?
where minwidth
is either an unsigned integer
indicating the minimum number of characters to be output, or
*
indicating that there is no explicit minimum, and
maxwidth
is either an unsigned integer indicating the
maximum number of characters to be output, or *
indicating that there is no explicit maximum; if
maxwidth
is omitted then *
is assumed.
Both integers, if present, must be greater than
zero.
A format token containing more than one digit, such as
001
or 9999
, sets the minimum and maximum
width to the number of digits appearing in the format token; if a
width modifier is also present, then the width modifier takes
precedence.
A numeric format token may contain
optionaldigitsigns and groupingseparators
as described for fn:formatinteger
. However,
the grouping separator cannot be a closing square bracket
("]"
).
Note:
A format token consisting of a single digit, such as
1
, does not constrain the number of digits in the
output. In the case of fractional seconds in particular,
[f001]
requests three decimal digits,
[f01]
requests two digits, but [f1]
will
produce an ·implementationdefined· number of digits. If exactly one digit is
required, this can be achieved using the component specifier
[f1,11]
.
If the minimum and maximum width are unspecified, then the
output uses as many characters as are required to represent the
value of the component without truncation and without padding: this
is referred to below as the full representation of the
value. For a timezone offset (component specifier z
),
the full representation consists of a sign for the offset, the
number of hours of the offset, and if the offset is not an integral
number of hours, a colon (:
) followed by the two
digits of the minutes of the offset..
If the full representation of the value exceeds the specified
maximum width, then the processor should attempt
to use an alternative shorter representation that fits within the
maximum width. Where the presentation modifier is N
,
n
, or Nn
, this is done by abbreviating
the name, using either conventional abbreviations if available, or
crude righttruncation if not. For example, setting
maxwidth
to 4
indicates that fourletter
abbreviations should be used, though it would be
acceptable to use a threeletter abbreviation if this is in
conventional use. (For example, "Tuesday" might be abbreviated to
"Tues", and "Friday" to "Fri".) In the case of the year component,
setting maxwidth
requests omission of highorder
digits from the year, for example, if maxwidth
is set
to 2
then the year 2003 will be output as
03
. In the case of the fractional seconds component,
the value is rounded to the specified size as if by applying the
function roundhalftoeven(fractionalseconds,
maxwidth)
. If no mechanism is available for fitting the
value within the specified maximum width (for example, when roman
numerals are used), then the value should be
output in its full representation.
If the full representation of the value is shorter than the specified minimum width, then the processor should pad the value to the specified width.
For decimal representations of numbers, this should be done by prepending zero digits from the appropriate set of digit characters, or appending zero digits in the case of the fractional seconds component.
For timezone offsets this should be done by first appending a
colon (:
) followed by two zero digits from the
appropriate set of digit characters if the full representation does
not already include a minutes component and if the specified
minimum width permits adding three characters, and then if
necessary prepending zero digits from the appropriate set of digit
characters to the hour component.
In other cases, it should be done by appending spaces.
Special rules apply to the formatting of timezones. When the
component specifiers Z
or z
are used, the
rules in this section override any rules given elsewhere in the
case of discrepancies.
If the date/time value to be formatted does not include a timezone offset, then the timezone component specifier is generally ignored (results in no output). The exception is where military timezones are used (format ZZ) in which case the string "J" is output, indicating local time.
When the component specifier is z
, the output is
the same as for component specifier Z
, except that it
is prefixed by the characters GMT
or some localized
equivalent. The prefix is omitted, however, in cases where the
timezone is identified by name rather than by a numeric offset from
UTC.
If the first presentation modifier is numeric and
comprises one or two digits with no groupingseparator
(for example 1
or 01
), then the timezone
is formatted as a displacement from UTC in hours, preceded by a
plus or minus sign: for example 5
or
+03
. If the actual timezone offset is not an integral
number of hours, then the minutes part of the offset is appended,
separated by a colon: for example +10:30
or
1:15
.
If the first presentation modifier is numeric with a
groupingseparator (for example 1:01
or
01.01
), then the timezone offset is output in hours
and minutes, separated by the grouping separator, even if the
number of minutes is zero: for example +5:00
or
+10.30
.
If the first presentation modifier is numeric and
comprises three or four digits with no
groupingseparator, for example 001
or
0001
, then the timezone offset is shown in hours and
minutes with no separator, for example 0500
or
+1030
.
If the first presentation modifier is numeric, in any
of the above formats, and the second presentation
modifier is t
, then a zero timezone offset (that
is, UTC) is output as Z
instead of a signed numeric
value. In this presentation modifier is absent or if the timezone
offset is nonzero, then the displayed timezone offset is preceded
by a "" sign for negative offsets or a "+" sign for nonnegative
offsets.
If the first presentation modifier is Z
,
then the timezone is formatted as a military timezone letter, using
the convention Z = +00:00, A = +01:00, B = +02:00, ..., M = +12:00,
N = 01:00, O = 02:00, ... Y = 12:00. The letter J (meaning local
time) is used in the case of a value that does not specify a
timezone offset. Timezone offsets that have no representation in
this system (for example Indian Standard Time, +05:30) are output
as if the format 01:01
had been requested.
If the first presentation modifier is N
,
then the timezone is output (where possible) as a timezone name,
for example EST
or CET
. The same timezone
offset has different names in different places; it is therefore
recommended that this option should be used only
if a country code or Olson timezone name is supplied in the
$place
argument. In the absence of this information,
the implementation may apply a default, for example by using the
timezone names that are conventional in North America. If no
timezone name can be identified, the timezone offset is output
using the fallback format +01:01
.
The following examples illustrate options for timezone formatting.
Variable marker  $place 
Timezone offsets (with time = 12:00:00)  

10:00  05:00  +00:00  +05:30  +13:00  
[Z]  ()  10:00  05:00  +00:00  +05:30  +13:00 
[Z0]  ()  10  5  +0  +5:30  +13 
[Z0:00]  ()  10:00  5:00  +0:00  +5:30  +13:00 
[Z00:00]  ()  10:00  05:00  +00:00  +05:30  +13:00 
[Z0000]  ()  1000  0500  +0000  +0530  +1300 
[Z00:00t]  ()  10:00  05:00  Z  +05:30  +13:00 
[z]  ()  GMT10:00  GMT05:00  GMT+00:00  GMT+05:30  GMT+13:00 
[ZZ]  ()  W  R  Z  +05:30  +13:00 
[ZN]  "us"  HST  EST  GMT  IST  +13:00 
[H00]:[M00] [ZN]  "America/New_York"  06:00 EST  12:00 EST  07:00 EST  01:30 EST  18:00 EST 
The set of languages, calendars, and places that are supported in the ·date formatting functions· is ·implementationdefined·. When any of these arguments is omitted or is an empty sequence, an ·implementationdefined· default value is used.
If the fallback representation uses a different calendar from
that requested, the output string must identify
the calendar actually used, for example by prefixing the string
with [Calendar: X]
(where X is the calendar actually
used), localized as appropriate to the requested language. If the
fallback representation uses a different language from that
requested, the output string must identify the
language actually used, for example by prefixing the string with
[Language: Y]
(where Y is the language actually used)
localized in an implementationdependent way. If a particular
component of the value cannot be output in the requested format, it
should be output in the default format for that
component.
The $language
argument specifies the language to be
used for the result string of the function. The value of the
argument should be either the empty sequence or a
value that would be valid for the xml:lang
attribute
(see [XML]). Note that this permits the identification of
sublanguages based on country codes (from [ISO
31661]) as well as identification of dialects and of regions
within a country.
If the $language
argument is omitted or is set to
an empty sequence, or if it is set to an invalid value or a value
that the implementation does not recognize, then the processor uses
the default language defined in the dynamic context.
The language is used to select the appropriate languagedependent forms of:
names (for example, of months)
numbers expressed as words or as ordinals (twenty, 20th, twentieth
)
hour convention (023 vs 124, 011 vs 112)
first day of week, first week of year
Where appropriate this choice may also take into account the
value of the $place
argument, though this
should not be used to override the language or any
sublanguage that is specified as part of the language
argument.
The choice of the names and abbreviations used in any given
language is ·implementationdefined·. For example, one implementation might
abbreviate July as Jul
while another uses
Jly
. In German, one implementation might represent
Saturday as Samstag
while another uses
Sonnabend
. Implementations may
provide mechanisms allowing users to control such choices.
Where ordinal numbers are used, the selection of the correct representation of the ordinal (for example, the linguistic gender) may depend on the component being formatted and on its textual context in the picture string.
The calendar
attribute specifies that the
dateTime
, date
, or time
supplied in the $value
argument must
be converted to a value in the specified calendar and then
converted to a string using the conventions of that calendar.
The calendar value if present must be a valid
EQName
(dynamic error: [err:FOFD1340]). If it is a lexical
QName
then it is expanded into an expanded QName using
the statically known namespaces; if it has no prefix then it
represents an expandedQName in no namespace. If the expanded QName
is in no namespace, then it must identify a
calendar with a designator specified below (dynamic error:
[err:FOFD1340]). If
the expanded QName is in a namespace then it identifies the
calendar in an ·implementationdefined· way.
If the $calendar
argument is omitted or is set to
an empty sequence then the default calendar defined in the dynamic
context is used.
Note:
The calendars listed below were known to be in use during the last hundred years. Many other calendars have been used in the past.
This specification does not define any of these calendars, nor
the way that they map to the value space of the
xs:date
data type in [XML
Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition]. There may be
ambiguities when dates are recorded using different calendars. For
example, the start of a new day is not simultaneous in different
calendars, and may also vary geographically (for example, based on
the time of sunrise or sunset). Translation of dates is therefore
more reliable when the time of day is also known, and when the
geographic location is known. When translating dates between one
calendar and another, the processor may take account of the values
of the $place
and/or $language
arguments,
with the $place
argument taking precedence.
Information about some of these calendars, and algorithms for converting between them, may be found in [Calendrical Calculations].
Designator  Calendar 

AD  Anno Domini (Christian Era) 
AH  Anno Hegirae (Muhammedan Era) 
AME  Mauludi Era (solar years since Mohammed's birth) 
AM  Anno Mundi (Jewish Calendar) 
AP  Anno Persici 
AS  Aji Saka Era (Java) 
BE  Buddhist Era 
CB  Cooch Behar Era 
CE  Common Era 
CL  Chinese Lunar Era 
CS  Chula Sakarat Era 
EE  Ethiopian Era 
FE  Fasli Era 
ISO  ISO 8601 calendar 
JE  Japanese Calendar 
KE  Khalsa Era (Sikh calendar) 
KY  Kali Yuga 
ME  Malabar Era 
MS  Monarchic Solar Era 
NS  Nepal Samwat Era 
OS  Old Style (Julian Calendar) 
RS  Rattanakosin (Bangkok) Era 
SE  Saka Era 
SH  Mohammedan Solar Era (Iran) 
SS  Saka Samvat 
TE  Tripurabda Era 
VE  Vikrama Era 
VS  Vikrama Samvat Era 
At least one of the above calendars must be supported. It is ·implementationdefined· which calendars are supported.
The ISO 8601 calendar ([ISO 8601]), which
is included in the above list and designated ISO
, is
very similar to the Gregorian calendar designated AD
,
but it differs in several ways. The ISO calendar is intended to
ensure that date and time formats can be read easily by other
software, as well as being legible for human users. The ISO
calendar prescribes the use of particular numbering conventions as
defined in ISO 8601, rather than allowing these to be localized on
a perlanguage basis. In particular it provides a numeric 'week
date' format which identifies dates by year, week of the year, and
day in the week; in the ISO calendar the days of the week are
numbered from 1 (Monday) to 7 (Sunday), and week 1 in any calendar
year is the week (from Monday to Sunday) that includes the first
Thursday of that year. The numeric values of the components year,
month, day, hour, minute, and second are the same in the ISO
calendar as the values used in the lexical representation of the
date and time as defined in [XML Schema Part
2: Datatypes Second Edition]. The era ("E" component) with this
calendar is either a minus sign (for negative years) or a
zerolength string (for positive years). For dates before 1
January, AD 1, year numbers in the ISO and AD calendars are off by
one from each other: ISO year 0000 is 1 BC, 0001 is 2 BC, etc.
ISO 8601 does not define a numbering for weeks within a month.
When the w
component is used, the convention to be
adopted is that each MondaytoSunday week is considered to fall
within a particular month if its Thursday occurs in that month; the
weeks that fall in a particular month under this definition are
numbered starting from 1. Thus, for example, 29 January 2013 falls
in week 5 because the Thursday of the week (31 January 2013) is the
fifth Thursday in January, and 1 February 2013 is also in week 5
for the same reason.
Note:
The value space of the date and time data types, as defined in
XML Schema, is based on absolute points in time. The lexical space
of these data types defines a representation of these absolute
points in time using the proleptic Gregorian calendar, that is, the
modern Western calendar extrapolated into the past and the future;
but the value space is calendarneutral. The ·date
formatting functions· produce a
representation of this absolute point in time, but denoted in a
possibly different calendar. So, for example, the date whose
lexical representation in XML Schema is 15020111
(the day on which Pope Gregory XIII was born) might be formatted
using the Old Style (Julian) calendar as 1 January
1502
. This reflects the fact that there was at that time a
tenday difference between the two calendars. It would be
incorrect, and would produce incorrect results, to represent this
date in an element or attribute of type xs:date
as
15020101
, even though this might reflect the way the
date was recorded in contemporary documents.
When referring to years occurring in antiquity, modern
historians generally use a numbering system in which there is no
year zero (the year before 1 CE is thus 1 BCE). This is the
convention that should be used when the requested
calendar is OS (Julian) or AD (Gregorian). When the requested
calendar is ISO, however, the conventions of ISO 8601
should be followed: here the year before +0001 is
numbered zero. In [XML Schema Part 2:
Datatypes Second Edition] (version 1.0), the value space for
xs:date
and xs:dateTime
does not include
a year zero: however, XSD 1.1 endorses the ISO 8601 convention.
This means that the date on which Julius Caesar was assassinated
has the ISO 8601 lexical representation 00430313, but will be
formatted as 15 March 44 BCE in the Julian calendar or 13 March 44
BCE in the Gregorian calendar (dependant on the chosen localization
of the names of months and eras).
The intended use of the $place
argument is to
identify the place where an event represented by the
dateTime
, date
, or time
supplied in the $value
argument took place or will
take place. If the $place
argument is omitted or is
set to an empty sequence, then the default place defined in the
dynamic context is used. If the value is supplied, and is not the
empty sequence, then it should either be a country
code or an Olson timezone name. If the value does not take this
form, or if its value is not recognized by the implementation, then
the default place defined in the dynamic context is used.
Country codes are defined in [ISO 31661]. Examples are "de" for Germany and "jp" for Japan. Implementations may also allow the use of codes representing subdivisions of a country from ISO 31662, or codes representing formerly used names of countries from ISO 31663
Olson timezone names are defined in the publicdomain tz timezone database [Olson Timezone Database]. Examples are "America/New_York" and "Europe/Rome".
This argument is not intended to identify the location of the
user for whom the date or time is being formatted; that should be
done by means of the $language
attribute. This
information may be used to provide additional
information when converting dates between calendars or when
deciding how individual components of the date and time are to be
formatted. For example, different countries using the Old Style
(Julian) calendar started the new year on different days, and some
countries used variants of the calendar that were out of
synchronization as a result of differences in calculating leap
years.
The geographical area identified by a country code is defined by the boundaries as they existed at the time of the date to be formatted, or the presentday boundaries for dates in the future.
If the $place
argument is supplied in the form of
an Olson timezone name that is recognized by the implementation,
then the date or time being formatted is adjusted to the timezone
offset applicable in that timezone. For example, if the
xs:dateTime
value 20100215T12:00:00Z
is
formatted with the $place
argument set to
America/New_York
, then the output will be as if the
value 20100215T07:00:0005:00
had been supplied.
This adjustment takes daylight savings time into account where
possible; if the date in question falls during daylight savings
time in New York, then it is adjusted to timezone offset
PT4H
rather than PT5H
. Adjustment using
daylight savings time is only possible where the value includes a
date, and where the date is within the range covered by the
timezone database.
The following examples show a selection of dates and times and the way they might be formatted. These examples assume the use of the Gregorian calendar as the default calendar.
Required Output  Expression 

20021231 
formatdate($d, "[Y0001][M01][D01]") 
12312002 
formatdate($d, "[M][D][Y]") 
31122002 
formatdate($d, "[D][M][Y]") 
31 XII 2002 
formatdate($d, "[D1] [MI] [Y]") 
31st December, 2002 
formatdate($d, "[D1o] [MNn], [Y]", "en", (),
()) 
31 DEC 2002 
formatdate($d, "[D01] [MN,*3] [Y0001]", "en", (),
()) 
December 31, 2002 
formatdate($d, "[MNn] [D], [Y]", "en", (),
()) 
31 Dezember, 2002 
formatdate($d, "[D] [MNn], [Y]", "de", (),
()) 
Tisdag 31 December 2002 
formatdate($d, "[FNn] [D] [MNn] [Y]", "sv", (),
()) 
[20021231] 
formatdate($d, "[[[Y0001][M01][D01]]]") 
Two Thousand and Three 
formatdate($d, "[YWw]", "en", (), ()) 
einunddrei√üigste Dezember 
formatdate($d, "[Dwo] [MNn]", "de", (), ()) 
3:58 PM 
formattime($t, "[h]:[m01] [PN]", "en", (),
()) 
3:58:45 pm 
formattime($t, "[h]:[m01]:[s01] [Pn]", "en", (),
()) 
3:58:45 PM PDT 
formattime($t, "[h]:[m01]:[s01] [PN] [ZN,*3]", "en",
(), ()) 
3:58:45 o'clock PM PDT 
formattime($t, "[h]:[m01]:[s01] o'clock [PN] [ZN,*3]",
"en", (), ()) 
15:58 
formattime($t,"[H01]:[m01]") 
15:58:45.762 
formattime($t,"[H01]:[m01]:[s01].[f001]") 
15:58:45 GMT+02:00 
formattime($t,"[H01]:[m01]:[s01] [z,66]", "en", (),
()) 
15.58 Uhr GMT+2 
formattime($t,"[H01]:[m01] Uhr [z]", "de", (),
()) 
3.58pm on Tuesday, 31st December 
formatdateTime($dt, "[h].[m01][Pn] on [FNn], [D1o]
[MNn]") 
12/31/2002 at 15:58:45 
formatdateTime($dt, "[M01]/[D01]/[Y0001] at
[H01]:[m01]:[s01]") 
The following examples use calendars other than the Gregorian calendar.
These examples use nonLatin characters which might not display correctly in all browsers, depending on the system configuration.
Description  Request  Result 

Islamic  formatdate($d, "[D١] [Mn]
[Y١]", "ar", "AH", ()) 
٢٦ ﺸﻭّﺍﻝ ١٤٢٣ 
Jewish (with Western numbering)  formatdate($d, "[D] [Mn] [Y]", "he", "AM",
()) 
26 טבת 5763 
Jewish (with traditional numbering)  formatdate($d, "[Dאt] [Mn]
[Yאt]", "he", "AM", ()) 
כ״ו טבת תשס״ג 
Julian (Old Style)  formatdate($d, "[D] [MNn] [Y]", "en", "OS",
()) 
18 December 2002 
Thai  formatdate($d, "[D๑] [Mn]
[Y๑]", "th", "BE", ()) 
๓๑ ธันวาคม ๒๕๔๕ 
Function  Meaning 

fn:parseietfdate 
Parses a string containing the date and time in IETF format,
returning the corresponding xs:dateTime value. 
A function is provided to parse dates and times expressed using syntax that is commonly encountered in internet protocols.
Parses a string containing the date and time in IETF format,
returning the corresponding xs:dateTime
value.
fn:parseietfdate
($value
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:dateTime?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function accepts a string matching the production
input
in the following grammar:
input ::= 
S? dayname? ","? S ((datespec S time)  asctime)
S? 
dayname ::= 
"Mon"  "Tue"  "Wed"  "Thu"  "Fri"  "Sat"  "Sun" 
"Monday  "Tuesday"  "Wednesday"  "Thursday"  "Friday" 
"Saturday"  "Sunday" 
datespec ::= 
daynum dsep monthname dsep year 
asctime ::= 
monthname dsep daynum S time S year 
dsep ::= 
S  (S? "" S?) 
daynum ::= 
digit digit? 
year ::= 
digit digit (digit digit)? 
digit ::= 
[09] 
monthname ::= 
"Jan"  "Feb"  "Mar"  "Apr"  "May"  "Jun"  "Jul" 
"Aug"  "Sep"  "Oct"  "Nov"  "Dec" 
time ::= 
hours ":" minutes (":" seconds)? (S?
timezone)? 
hours ::= 
digit digit 
minutes ::= 
digit digit 
seconds ::= 
digit digit ("." digit+)? 
timezone ::= 
tzname  tzoffset (S? "(" S? tzname S? ")")? 
tzname ::= 
"UT"  "UTC"  "GMT"  "EST"  "EDT"  "CST"  "CDT" 
"MST"  "MDT"  "PST"  "PDT" 
tzoffset ::= 
("+""") digit digit ":"? (digit digit)? 
S ::= 
x09  x0A  x0D  x20 
The input is caseinsensitive: uppercase and lowercase distinctions in the above grammar show the conventional usage, but otherwise have no significance.
The dayname
, if present, is ignored.
The daynum
, monthname
, and
year
supply the day, month, and year of the resulting
xs:dateTime
value. A twodigit year
must have 1900 added to it. A year such as 0070 is
to be treated as given; negative years are not permitted.
The hours
, minutes
, and
seconds
(including fractional seconds) values supply
the corresponding components of the resulting
xs:dateTime
value; if the seconds
value
is absent then zero is assumed.
If both a tzoffset
and a tzname
are
supplied then the tzname
is ignored.
If a tzoffset
is supplied then its first two digits
supply the hours part of the timezone offset, and its next two
digits, if present, supply the minutes part.
If a tzname
is supplied with no
tzoffset
then it is translated to a timezone offset as
follows:
tzname  Offset 

UT, UTC, GMT  00:00 
EST  05:00 
EDT  04:00 
CST  06:00 
CDT  05:00 
MST  07:00 
MDT  06:00 
PST  08:00 
PDT  07:00 
If neither a tzoffset
nor tzname
is
supplied, a timezone offset of 00:00
is assumed.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORG0010] if the input does not match the grammar, or if the resulting date/time value is invalid (for example, 31 February).
The parseietfdateTime
function attempts to
interpret its input as a date in any of the three formats specified
by HTTP [RFC 2616].
These formats are used widely on the Internet to represent timestamps, and were specified in:
RFC 2616 (HTTP) officially uses a subset of those three formats restricted to GMT.
Reflecting the internet tradition of being liberal in what is accepted, the function also:
Accepts a singledigit value in place of a twodigit value with a leading zero (so "Wed 1 Jun" is acceptable in place of "Wed 01 Jun")
Accepts one or more whitespace characters (x20, x09, x0A, x0D) wherever a single space is required, and allows whitespace to be omitted where it is not required for parsing
Accepts and ignores whitespace characters (x20, x09, x0A, x0D) at the start or end of the string.
In new protocols IETF recommends the format of RFC 3339 which is based on a profile of ISO 8601 similar to that already used in XPath and XSD,but the "approximate" RFC 822 format described here is very widely used.
An RFC 1123 date can be generated approximately using fn:formatdateTime
with a
picture string of [FNn3], [D01] [MNn3] [Y04] [H01]:[m01]:[s01] [Z]
This will place a colon in the timezone offset, which can then be
removed with replace().
The expression fn:parseietfdate("Wed, 06 Jun 1994
07:29:35 GMT")
returns
xs:dateTime("19940606T07:29:35Z")
.
The expression fn:parseietfdate("Wed, 6 Jun 94 07:29:35
GMT")
returns
xs:dateTime("19940606T07:29:35Z")
.
The expression fn:parseietfdate("Wed Jun 06 11:54:45 EST
2013")
returns
xs:dateTime("19940606T11:54:450500")
.
The expression fn:parseietfdate("Sunday, 06Nov94
08:49:37 GMT")
returns
xs:dateTime("19941106T08:49:37Z")
.
The expression fn:parseietfdate("Wed, 6 Jun 94 07:29:35
+0500")
returns
xs:dateTime("19940606T07:29:35+0500")
.
In addition to the xs:QName
constructor function,
QName values can be constructed by combining a namespace URI,
prefix, and local name, or by resolving a lexical QName against the
inscope namespaces of an element node. This section defines these
functions. Leading and trailing whitespace, if present, is stripped
from string arguments before the result is constructed.
Function  Meaning 

fn:resolveQName 
Returns an xs:QName value (that is, an
expandedQName) by taking an xs:string that has the
lexical form of an xs:QName (a string in the form
"prefix:localname" or "localname") and resolving it using the
inscope namespaces for a given element. 
fn:QName 
Constructs an xs:QName value given a namespace URI
and a lexical QName. 
Returns an xs:QName
value (that is, an
expandedQName) by taking an xs:string
that has the
lexical form of an xs:QName
(a string in the form
"prefix:localname" or "localname") and resolving it using the
inscope namespaces for a given element.
fn:resolveQName
($qname
as
xs:string?
,
$element
as
element()
) as
xs:QName?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $qname
is the empty sequence, returns the empty
sequence.
More specifically, the function searches the namespace bindings
of $element
for a binding whose name matches the
prefix of $qname
, or the zerolength string if it has
no prefix, and constructs an expandedQName whose local name is
taken from the supplied $qname
, and whose namespace
URI is taken from the string value of the namespace binding.
If the $qname
has no prefix, and there is no
namespace binding for $element
corresponding to the
default (unnamed) namespace, then the resulting expandedQName has
no namespace part.
The prefix (or absence of a prefix) in the supplied
$qname
argument is retained in the returned
expandedQName, as discussed in Section 2.1
Terminology ^{DM30}.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOCA0002] if $qname
does not
have the correct lexical form for an instance of
xs:QName
.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FONS0004] if $qname
has a
prefix and there is no namespace binding for $element
that matches this prefix.
Sometimes the requirement is to construct an
xs:QName
without using the default namespace. This can
be achieved by writing:
if (contains($qname, ":")) then fn:resolveQName($qname, $element) else fn:QName("", $qname)
If the requirement is to construct an xs:QName
using the namespaces in the static context, then the
xs:QName
constructor should be used.
Assume that the element bound to $element
has a
single namespace binding bound to the prefix eg
.
fn:resolveQName("hello", $element)
returns a QName
with local name "hello" that is in no namespace.
fn:resolveQName("eg:myFunc", $element)
returns an
xs:QName
whose namespace URI is specified by the
namespace binding corresponding to the prefix "eg" and whose local
name is "myFunc".
Constructs an xs:QName
value given a namespace URI
and a lexical QName.
fn:QName
($paramURI
as
xs:string?
,
$paramQName
as
xs:string
) as
xs:QName
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The namespace URI in the returned QName is taken from
$paramURI
. If $paramURI
is the
zerolength string or the empty sequence, it represents "no
namespace".
The prefix (or absence of a prefix) in $paramQName
is retained in the returned xs:QName
value.
The local name in the result is taken from the local part of
$paramQName
.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOCA0002] if $paramQName
does
not have the correct lexical form for an instance of
xs:QName
.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOCA0002] if $paramURI
is the
zerolength string or the empty sequence, and the value of
$paramQName
contains a colon (:
).
A dynamic error may be raised [err:FOCA0002] if
$paramURI
is not a valid URI (XML Namespaces 1.0) or
IRI (XML Namespaces 1.1).
fn:QName("http://www.example.com/example",
"person")
returns an xs:QName
with namespace
URI = "http://www.example.com/example", local name = "person" and
prefix = "".
fn:QName("http://www.example.com/example",
"ht:person")
returns an xs:QName
with namespace
URI = "http://www.example.com/example", local name = "person" and
prefix = "ht".
This section specifies functions on QNames as defined in [XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition].
Function  Meaning 

op:QNameequal 
Returns true if two supplied QNames have the same
namespace URI and the same local part. 
fn:prefixfromQName 
Returns the prefix component of the supplied QName. 
fn:localnamefromQName 
Returns the local part of the supplied QName. 
fn:namespaceurifromQName 
Returns the namespace URI part of the supplied QName. 
fn:namespaceuriforprefix 
Returns the namespace URI of one of the inscope namespaces for
$element , identified by its namespace prefix. 
fn:inscopeprefixes 
Returns the prefixes of the inscope namespaces for an element node. 
Returns true
if two supplied QNames have the same
namespace URI and the same local part.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" and "ne" operators when
applied to two values of type xs:QName
.
op:QNameequal
($arg1
as
xs:QName
,
$arg2
as
xs:QName
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns true
if the namespace URIs of
$arg1
and $arg2
are equal and the local
names of $arg1
and $arg2
are equal.
Otherwise, the function returns false
.
The namespace URI parts are considered equal if they are both
absent^{DM30},
or if they are both present and equal under the rules of the
fn:codepointequal
function.
The local parts are also compared under the rules of the
fn:codepointequal
function.
The prefix parts of $arg1
and $arg2
,
if any, are ignored.
Returns the prefix component of the supplied QName.
fn:prefixfromQName
($arg
as
xs:QName?
) as
xs:NCName?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence the function returns
the empty sequence.
If $arg
has no prefix component the function
returns the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:NCName
representing the prefix component of $arg
.
Returns the local part of the supplied QName.
fn:localnamefromQName
($arg
as
xs:QName?
) as
xs:NCName?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:NCName
representing the local part of $arg
.
The expression
fn:localnamefromQName(fn:QName("http://www.example.com/example",
"person"))
returns "person"
.
Returns the namespace URI part of the supplied QName.
fn:namespaceurifromQName
($arg
as
xs:QName?
) as
xs:anyURI?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence the function returns
the empty sequence.
Otherwise, the function returns an xs:anyURI
representing the namespace URI part of $arg
.
If $arg
is in no namespace, the function returns
the zerolength xs:anyURI
.
The expression
fn:namespaceurifromQName(fn:QName("http://www.example.com/example",
"person"))
returns
xs:anyURI("http://www.example.com/example")
.
Returns the namespace URI of one of the inscope namespaces for
$element
, identified by its namespace prefix.
fn:namespaceuriforprefix ( 
$prefix 
as xs:string? , 
$element 
as element() ) as xs:anyURI? 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $element
has an inscope namespace whose
namespace prefix is equal to $prefix
, the function
returns the namespace URI of that namespace.
If $element
has no inscope namespace whose
namespace prefix is equal to $prefix
, the function
returns the empty sequence.
If $prefix
is the zerolength string or the empty
sequence, then if $element
has a default namespace
(that is, a namespace node with no name), the function returns the
namespace URI of the default namespace. If $element
has no default namespace, the function returns the empty
sequence.
Prefixes are equal only if their Unicode codepoints match exactly.
let $e
:=
<z:a xmlns="http://example.org/one" xmlns:z="http://example.org/two"> <b xmlns=""/> </z:a>
The expression fn:namespaceuriforprefix("z", $e)
returns "http://example.org/two"
.
The expression fn:namespaceuriforprefix("", $e)
returns "http://example.org/one"
.
The expression fn:namespaceuriforprefix((), $e)
returns "http://example.org/one"
.
The expression fn:namespaceuriforprefix("xml",
$e)
returns
"http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace"
.
The expression fn:namespaceuriforprefix("xml",
$e)
returns
"http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace"
.
Returns the prefixes of the inscope namespaces for an element node.
fn:inscopeprefixes
($element
as
element()
) as
xs:string*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns a sequence of strings representing the
prefixes of the inscope namespaces for $element
.
For namespace bindings that have a prefix, the function returns
the prefix as an xs:NCName
. For the default namespace,
which has no prefix, it returns the zerolength string.
The result sequence contains no duplicates.
The ordering of the result sequence is ·implementationdependent·.
The following comparison operators on
xs:base64Binary
and xs:hexBinary
values
are defined. Comparisons take two operands of the same type; that
is, both operands must be xs:base64Binary
or both
operands may be xs:hexBinary
. Each returns a boolean
value.
A value of type xs:hexBinary
can be compared with a
value of type xs:base64Binary
by casting one value to
the other type. See 19.1.6 Casting
to xs:base64Binary and xs:hexBinary.
Function  Meaning 

op:hexBinaryequal 
Returns true if two xs:hexBinary values contain
the same octet sequence. 
op:hexBinarylessthan 
Returns true if the first argument is less than the second. 
op:hexBinarygreaterthan 
Returns true if the first argument is greater than the second. 
op:base64Binaryequal 
Returns true if two xs:base64Binary values contain
the same octet sequence. 
op:base64Binarylessthan 
Returns true if the first argument is less than the second. 
op:base64Binarygreaterthan 
Returns true if the first argument is greater than the second. 
Returns true if two xs:hexBinary
values contain the
same octet sequence.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" and "ne" operators when
applied to two xs:hexBinary
values.
op:hexBinaryequal ( 
$value1 
as xs:hexBinary , 
$value2 
as xs:hexBinary ) as xs:boolean 
The function returns true
if $value1
and $value2
are of the same length, measured in binary
octets, and contain the same octets in the same order. Otherwise,
it returns false
.
Returns true if the first argument is less than the second.
Defines the semantics of the "lt" operator when applied to two
xs:hexBinary
values. Also used in the definition of
the "ge" operator.
op:hexBinarylessthan ( 
$arg1 
as xs:hexBinary , 
$arg2 
as xs:hexBinary ) as xs:boolean 
The function returns true
if any of the following
conditions is true:
$arg1
is zerolength (contains no octets) and
$arg2
is not zerolength.
Neither argument is zerolength, and the first octet of
$arg1
is less than the first octet of
$arg2
, treating the value of the octet as an unsigned
integer in the range 0 to 255.
Neither argument is zerolength, the first octet of
$arg1
is equal to the first octet of
$arg2
, and the xs:hexBinary
value formed
by taking all octets of arg1
after the first is less
than the xs:hexBinary
value formed by taking all
octets of arg2
after the first.
Otherwise, the function returns false
.
Returns true if the first argument is greater than the second.
Defines the semantics of the "gt" operator when applied to two
xs:hexBinary
values. Also used in the definition of
the "le" operator.
op:hexBinarygreaterthan ( 
$arg1 
as xs:hexBinary , 
$arg2 
as xs:hexBinary ) as xs:boolean 
The function call op:hexBinarygreaterthan($A, $B)
is defined to return the same result as op:hexBinarylessthan($B,
$A)
Returns true if two xs:base64Binary
values contain
the same octet sequence.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" and "ne" operators when
applied to two xs:base64Binary
values.
op:base64Binaryequal ( 
$value1 
as xs:base64Binary , 
$value2 
as xs:base64Binary ) as xs:boolean 
The function returns true
if $value1
and $value2
are of the same length, measured in binary
octets, and contain the same octets in the same order. Otherwise,
it returns false
.
Returns true if the first argument is less than the second.
Defines the semantics of the "lt" operator when applied to two
xs:base64Binary
values. Also used in the definition of
the "ge" operator.
op:base64Binarylessthan ( 
$arg1 
as xs:base64Binary , 
$arg2 
as xs:base64Binary ) as xs:boolean 
The function returns true
if any of the following
conditions is true:
$arg1
is zerolength (contains no octets) and
$arg2
is not zerolength.
Neither argument is zerolength, and the first octet of
$arg1
is less than the first octet of
$arg2
, treating the value of the octet as an unsigned
integer in the range 0 to 255.
Neither argument is zerolength, the first octet of
$arg1
is equal to the first octet of
$arg2
, and the xs:base64Binary
value
formed by taking all octets of arg1
after the first is
less than the xs:base64Binary
value formed by taking
all octets of arg2
after the first.
Otherwise, the function returns false
.
Returns true if the first argument is greater than the second.
Defines the semantics of the "gt" operator when applied to two
xs:base64Binary
values. Also used in the definition of
the "le" operator.
op:base64Binarygreaterthan ( 
$arg1 
as xs:base64Binary , 
$arg2 
as xs:base64Binary ) as xs:boolean 
The function call op:base64Binarygreaterthan($A,
$B)
is defined to return the same result as op:base64Binarylessthan($B,
$A)
This section specifies operators that take
xs:NOTATION
values as arguments.
Function  Meaning 

op:NOTATIONequal 
Returns true if the two xs:NOTATION
values have the same namespace URI and the same local part. 
Returns true
if the two xs:NOTATION
values have the same namespace URI and the same local part.
Defines the semantics of the "eq" and "ne" operators when
applied to two values of type xs:NOTATION
.
op:NOTATIONequal
($arg1
as
xs:NOTATION
,
$arg2
as
xs:NOTATION
) as
xs:boolean
The function returns true
if the namespace URIs of
$arg1
and $arg2
are equal and the local
names of $arg1
and $arg2
are equal.
Otherwise, the function returns false
.
The namespace URI parts are considered equal if they are both
absent^{DM30},
or if they are both present and equal under the rules of the
fn:codepointequal
function.
The local parts are also compared under the rules of the
fn:codepointequal
function.
The prefix parts of $arg1
and $arg2
,
if any, are ignored.
This section specifies functions and operators on nodes. Nodes are formally defined in Section 6 Nodes ^{DM30}.
Function  Meaning 

fn:name 
Returns the name of a node, as an xs:string that
is either the zerolength string, or has the lexical form of an
xs:QName . 
fn:localname 
Returns the local part of the name of $arg as an
xs:string that is either the zerolength string, or
has the lexical form of an xs:NCName . 
fn:namespaceuri 
Returns the namespace URI part of the name of
$arg , as an xs:anyURI value. 
fn:lang 
This function tests whether the language of $node ,
or the context item if the second argument is omitted, as specified
by xml:lang attributes is the same as, or is a
sublanguage of, the language specified by
$testlang . 
op:issamenode 
Returns true if the two arguments refer to the same node. 
op:nodebefore 
Returns true if the node identified by the first argument precedes the node identified by the second argument in document order. 
op:nodeafter 
Returns true if the node identified by the first argument follows the node identified by the second argument in document order. 
fn:root 
Returns the root of the tree to which $arg
belongs. This will usually, but not necessarily, be a document
node. 
fn:path 
Returns a path expression that can be used to select the supplied node relative to the root of its containing document. 
fn:haschildren 
Returns true if the supplied node has one or more child nodes (of any kind). 
fn:innermost 
Returns every node within the input sequence that is not an ancestor of another member of the input sequence; the nodes are returned in document order with duplicates eliminated. 
fn:outermost 
Returns every node within the input sequence that has no ancestor that is itself a member of the input sequence; the nodes are returned in document order with duplicates eliminated. 
For the illustrative examples below assume an XQuery or
transformation operating on a PurchaseOrder document containing a
number of lineitem elements. Each lineitem has child elements
called description, price, quantity, etc. whose content is
different for each lineitem. Quantity has simple content of type
xs:decimal
. Further assume that variables
$item1
, $item2
, etc. are each bound to
single lineitem element nodes in the document in sequence and that
the value of the quantity child of the first lineitem is
5.0
.
let $po
:=
<PurchaseOrder> <lineitem> <description>Large widget</description> <price>8.95</price> <quantity>5.0</quantity> </lineitem> <lineitem> <description>Small widget</description> <price>3.99</price> <quantity>2.0</quantity> </lineitem> <lineitem> <description>Tiny widget</description> <price>1.49</price> <quantity>805</quantity> </lineitem> </PurchaseOrder>
let $item1
:=
$po/lineitem[1]
let $item2
:=
$po/lineitem[2]
let $item3
:=
$po/lineitem[3]
Returns the name of a node, as an xs:string
that is
either the zerolength string, or has the lexical form of an
xs:QName
.
fn:name
() as
xs:string
fn:name
($arg
as
node()?
) as
xs:string
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context item
(.
). The behavior of the function if the argument is
omitted is exactly the same as if the context item had been passed
as the argument.
If the argument is supplied and is the empty sequence, the function returns the zerolength string.
If the node identified by $arg
has no name (that
is, if it is a document node, a comment, a text node, or a
namespace node having no name), the function returns the
zerolength string.
Otherwise, the function returns the value of the expression
fn:string(fn:nodename($arg))
.
The following errors may be raised when $arg
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
Returns the local part of the name of $arg
as an
xs:string
that is either the zerolength string, or
has the lexical form of an xs:NCName
.
fn:localname
() as
xs:string
fn:localname
($arg
as
node()?
) as
xs:string
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context item
(.
). The behavior of the function if the argument is
omitted is exactly the same as if the context item had been passed
as the argument.
If the argument is supplied and is the empty sequence, the function returns the zerolength string.
If the node identified by $arg
has no name (that
is, if it is a document node, a comment, a text node, or a
namespace node having no name), the function returns the
zerolength string.
Otherwise, the function returns the local part of the
expandedQName of the node identified by $arg
, as
determined by the dm:nodename
accessor defined in
Section
5.11 nodename Accessor ^{DM30}). This
will be an xs:string
whose lexical form is an
xs:NCName
.
The following errors may be raised when $arg
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
Returns the namespace URI part of the name of $arg
,
as an xs:anyURI
value.
fn:namespaceuri
() as
xs:anyURI
fn:namespaceuri
($arg
as
node()?
) as
xs:anyURI
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context node
(.
). The behavior of the function if the argument is
omitted is exactly the same as if the context item had been passed
as the argument.
If the node identified by $arg
is neither an
element nor an attribute node, or if it is an element or attribute
node whose expandedQName (as determined by the
dm:nodename
accessor in the Section
5.11 nodename Accessor ^{DM30}) is in
no namespace, then the function returns the zerolength
xs:anyURI
value.
Otherwise, the result will be the namespace URI part of the
expandedQName of the node identified by $arg
, as
determined by the dm:nodename
accessor defined in
Section
5.11 nodename Accessor ^{DM30}),
returned as an xs:anyURI
value.
The following errors may be raised when $arg
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
This function tests whether the language of $node
,
or the context item if the second argument is omitted, as specified
by xml:lang
attributes is the same as, or is a
sublanguage of, the language specified by
$testlang
.
fn:lang
($testlang
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:boolean
fn:lang
($testlang
as
xs:string?
,
$node
as
node()
) as
xs:boolean
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The behavior of the function if the second argument is omitted
is exactly the same as if the context item (.
) had
been passed as the second argument.
The language of the argument $node
, or the context
item if the second argument is omitted, is determined by the value
of the xml:lang
attribute on the node, or, if the node
has no such attribute, by the value of the xml:lang
attribute on the nearest ancestor of the node that has an
xml:lang
attribute. If there is no such ancestor, then
the function returns false
.
If $testlang
is the empty sequence it is
interpreted as the zerolength string.
The relevant xml:lang
attribute is determined by
the value of the XPath expression:
(ancestororself::*/@xml:lang)[last()]
If this expression returns an empty sequence, the function
returns false
.
Otherwise, the function returns true
if and only
if, based on a caseless default match as specified in section 3.13
of [The Unicode Standard], either:
$testlang
is equal to the stringvalue of the
relevant xml:lang
attribute, or
$testlang
is equal to some substring of the
stringvalue of the relevant xml:lang
attribute that
starts at the start of the stringvalue and ends immediately before
a hyphen, "" (the character "" is HYPHENMINUS, #x002D).
The following errors may be raised when $arg
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
The expression fn:lang("en")
would return
true
if the context node were any of the following
four elements:
<para xml:lang="en"/>
<div xml:lang="en"><para>And now, and
forever!</para></div>
<para xml:lang="EN"/>
<para xml:lang="enus"/>
The expression fn:lang("fr")
would return
false
if the context node were <para
xml:lang="EN"/>
Returns true if the two arguments refer to the same node.
Defines the semantics of the "is" operator when applied to two nodes.
op:issamenode
($arg1
as
node()
,
$arg2
as
node()
) as
xs:boolean
If the node identified by the value of $arg1
is the
same node as the node identified by the value of $arg2
(that is, the two nodes have the same identity), then the function
returns true
; otherwise, the function returns
false
.
The expression op:issamenode($item1, $item1)
returns true()
.
The expression op:issamenode($item1, $item2)
returns false()
.
Returns true if the node identified by the first argument precedes the node identified by the second argument in document order.
Defines the semantics of the "<<" operator when applied to two nodes.
op:nodebefore
($arg1
as
node()
,
$arg2
as
node()
) as
xs:boolean
If the node identified by the value of $arg1
occurs
in document order before the node identified by the value of
$arg2
, then the function returns true
;
otherwise, it returns false
.
The rules determining the order of nodes within a single document and in different documents can be found in Section 2.4 Document Order ^{DM30}.
The expression op:nodebefore($item1, $item2)
returns true()
.
The expression op:nodebefore($item1, $item1)
returns false()
.
Returns true if the node identified by the first argument follows the node identified by the second argument in document order.
Defines the semantics of the ">>" operator when applied to two nodes.
op:nodeafter
($arg1
as
node()
,
$arg2
as
node()
) as
xs:boolean
If the node identified by the value of $arg1
occurs
in document order after the node identified by the value of
$arg2
, the function returns true
;
otherwise, it returns false
.
The rules determining the order of nodes within a single document and in different documents can be found in Section 2.4 Document Order ^{DM30}.
The expression op:nodeafter($item1, $item2)
returns false()
.
The expression op:nodeafter($item1, $item1)
returns false()
.
The expression op:nodeafter($item2, $item1)
returns true()
.
Returns the root of the tree to which $arg
belongs.
This will usually, but not necessarily, be a document node.
fn:root
() as
node()
fn:root
($arg
as
node()?
) as
node()?
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the function is called without an argument, the context item
(.
) is used as the default argument. The behavior of
the function if the argument is omitted is exactly the same as if
the context item had been passed as the argument.
The function returns the value of the expression
($arg/ancestororself::node())[1]
.
The following errors may be raised when $arg
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
These examples use some variables which could be defined in [XQuery 1.0: An XML Query Language] as:
let $i := <tool>wrench</tool> let $o := <order> {$i} <quantity>5</quantity> </order> let $odoc := document {$o} let $newi := $o/tool
Or they could be defined in [XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 2.0] as:
<xsl:variable name="i" as="element()"> <tool>wrench</tool> </xsl:variable> <xsl:variable name="o" as="element()"> <order> <xsl:copyof select="$i"/> <quantity>5</quantity> </order> </xsl:variable> <xsl:variable name="odoc"> <xsl:copyof select="$o"/> </xsl:variable> <xsl:variable name="newi" select="$o/tool"/>
fn:root($i)
returns the element node
$i
fn:root($o/quantity)
returns the element node
$o
fn:root($odoc//quantity)
returns the document node
$odoc
fn:root($newi)
returns the element node
$o
The final three examples could be made typesafe by wrapping
their operands with fn:exactlyone()
.
Returns a path expression that can be used to select the supplied node relative to the root of its containing document.
fn:path
() as
xs:string?
fn:path
($arg
as
node()?
) as
xs:string?
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The behavior of the function if the argument is omitted is
exactly the same as if the context item (.
) had been
passed as the argument.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
If $arg
is a document node, the function returns
the string "/"
.
Otherwise, the function constructs a string that consists of a
sequence of steps, one for each ancestororself of
$arg
other than the root node. This string is prefixed
by "Q{http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions}root()"
if the root node is not a document node. Each step consists of the
character "/"
followed by a string whose form depends
on the kind of node selected by that step, as follows:
For an element node,
Q{uri}local[position]
,
where uri
is the namespace URI of the node
name or the empty string if the node is in no namespace,
local
is the local part of the node name, and
position
is an integer representing the
position of the selected node among its likenamed siblings.
For an attribute node:
if the node is in no namespace, @local
,
where local
is the local part of the node
name
otherwise, @Q{uri}local
, where
uri
is the namespace URI of the node name,
and local
is the local part of the node
name
For a text node: text()[position]
where
position
is an integer representing the
position of the selected node among its text node siblings
For a comment node: comment()[position]
where position
is an integer representing the
position of the selected node among its comment node siblings
For a processinginstruction node:
processinginstruction(local)[position]
where local
is the name of the processing
instruction node and position
is an integer
representing the position of the selected node among its likenamed
processinginstruction node siblings
For a namespace node:
If the namespace node has a name:
namespace::prefix
, where
prefix
is the local part of the name of the
namespace node (which represents the namespace prefix).
If the namespace node has no name (that is, it represents the
default namespace):
namespace::*[Q{http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions}localname()=""]
let $e
:=
fn:parsexml('<?xml version="1.0"?> <p xmlns="http://example.com/one" xml:lang="de" author="Friedrich von Schiller"> Freude, schöner Götterfunken,<br/> Tochter aus Elysium,<br/> Wir betreten feuertrunken,<br/> Himmlische, dein Heiligtum.</p>')
The expression fn:path($e)
returns
'/'
.
The expression fn:path($e/*:p)
returns
'/Q{http://example.com/one}p[1]'
.
The expression fn:path($e/*:p/@xml:lang)
returns
'/Q{http://example.com/one}p[1]/@Q{http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace}lang'
.
The expression fn:path($e/*:p/@author)
returns
'/Q{http://example.com/one}p[1]/@author'
.
The expression fn:path($e/*:p/*:br[2])
returns
'/Q{http://example.com/one}p[1]/Q{http://example.com/one}br[2]'
.
The expression
fn:path($e//text()[startswith(normalizespace(),
'Tochter')])
returns
'/Q{http://example.com/one}p[1]/text()[2]'
.
let $emp
:=
<employee xml:id="ID21256"> <empnr>E21256</empnr> <first>John</first> <last>Brown</last> </employee>
The expression fn:path($emp)
returns
'Q{http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions}root()'
.
The expression fn:path($emp/@xml:id)
returns
'Q{http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions}root()/@Q{http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace}id'
.
The expression fn:path($emp/empnr)
returns
'Q{http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions}root()/Q{}empnr[1]'
.
Returns true if the supplied node has one or more child nodes (of any kind).
fn:haschildren
() as
xs:boolean
fn:haschildren
($node
as
node()?
) as
xs:boolean
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context item
(.
). The behavior of the function if the argument is
omitted is exactly the same as if the context item had been passed
as the argument.
Provided that the supplied argument $node
matches
the expected type node()?
, the result of the function
call fn:haschildren($node)
is defined to be the same
as the result of the expression fn:exists($node/child::node())
.
The following errors may be raised when $node
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
If $node
is an empty sequence the result is
false.
The motivation for this function is to support streamed evaluation. According to the streaming rules in [XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 3.0], the following construct is not streamable:
<xsl:if test="exists(row)"> <ul> <xsl:foreach select="row"> <li><xsl:valueof select="."/></li> </xsl:foreach> </ul> </xsl:if>
This is because it makes two downward selections to read the
child row
elements. The use of
fn:haschildren
in the xsl:if
conditional
is intended to circumvent this restriction.
Although the function was introduced to support streaming use cases, it has general utility as a convenience function.
Returns every node within the input sequence that is not an ancestor of another member of the input sequence; the nodes are returned in document order with duplicates eliminated.
fn:innermost
($nodes
as
node()*
) as
node()*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The effect of the function call
fn:innermost($nodes)
is defined to be equivalent to
the result of the expression $nodes except
$nodes/ancestor::node()
.
That is, the function takes as input a sequence of nodes, and returns every node within the sequence that is not an ancestor of another node within the sequence; the nodes are returned in document order with duplicates eliminated.
If the source document contains nested sections represented by
div
elements, the expression
innermost(//div)
returns those div
elements that do not contain further div
elements.
Returns every node within the input sequence that has no ancestor that is itself a member of the input sequence; the nodes are returned in document order with duplicates eliminated.
fn:outermost
($nodes
as
node()*
) as
node()*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The effect of the function call
fn:outermost($nodes)
is defined to be equivalent to
the result of the expression $nodes[not(ancestor::node()
intersect $nodes)]/.
.
That is, the function takes as input a sequence of nodes, and returns every node within the sequence that does not have another node within the sequence as an ancestor; the nodes are returned in document order with duplicates eliminated.
The formulation $nodes except
$nodes/descendant::node()
might appear to be simpler, but
does not correctly account for attribute nodes, as these are not
descendants of their parent element.
The motivation for the function was based on XSLT streaming use
cases. There are cases where the [XSL
Transformations (XSLT) Version 3.0] streaming rules allow the
construct outermost(//section)
but do not allow
//section
; the function can therefore be useful in
cases where it is known that sections will not be nested, as well
as cases where the application actually wishes to process all
sections except those that are nested within another.
If the source document contains nested sections represented by
div
elements, the expression
outermost(//div)
returns those div
elements that are not contained within further div
elements.
A sequence
is an ordered collection of zero or more
items
. An item
is either a node or an
atomic value. The terms sequence
and item
are defined formally in [XQuery 3.0: An XML
Query Language] and [XML Path Language
(XPath) 3.0].
The following functions are defined on sequences. These functions work on any sequence, without performing any operations that are sensitive to the individual items in the sequence.
Function  Meaning 

op:concatenate 
Returns the concatenation of two sequences. 
fn:empty 
Returns true if the argument is the empty sequence. 
fn:exists 
Returns true if the argument is a nonempty sequence. 
fn:head 
Returns the first item in a sequence. 
fn:tail 
Returns all but the first item in a sequence. 
fn:insertbefore 
Returns a sequence constructed by inserting an item or a sequence of items at a given position within an existing sequence. 
fn:remove 
Returns a new sequence containing all the items of
$target except the item at position
$position . 
fn:reverse 
Reverses the order of items in a sequence. 
fn:subsequence 
Returns the contiguous sequence of items in the value of
$sourceSeq beginning at the position indicated by the
value of $startingLoc and continuing for the number of
items indicated by the value of $length . 
fn:unordered 
Returns the items of $sourceSeq in an ·implementation dependent· order. 
As in the previous section, for the illustrative examples below,
assume an XQuery or transformation operating on a nonempty
Purchase Order document containing a number of lineitem elements.
The variable $seq
is bound to the sequence of
lineitem nodes in document order. The variables
$item1
, $item2
, etc. are bound to
separate, individual lineitem nodes in the sequence.
Returns the concatenation of two sequences.
Defines the semantics of the infix operator "," when applied to any two sequences.
op:concatenate
($seq1
as
item()*
,
$seq2
as
item()*
) as
item()*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns a sequence consisting of all the items in
$seq1
followed by all the items in
$seq2
.
If either sequence is the empty sequence, the other operand is returned.
The expression op:concatenate((1, 2, 3), (4, 5))
returns (1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
.
The expression op:concatenate((1, 2, 3), ())
returns (1, 2, 3)
.
The expression op:concatenate((), ())
returns
()
.
Returns true if the argument is the empty sequence.
fn:empty
($arg
as
item()*
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the value of $arg
is the empty sequence, the
function returns true
; otherwise, the function returns
false
.
The expression fn:empty((1,2,3)[10])
returns
true()
.
The expression fn:empty(fn:remove(("hello", "world"),
1))
returns false()
.
Returns true if the argument is a nonempty sequence.
fn:exists
($arg
as
item()*
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the value of $arg
is a nonempty sequence, the
function returns true
; otherwise, the function returns
false
.
The expression fn:exists(fn:remove(("hello"), 1))
returns false()
.
The expression fn:exists(fn:remove(("hello", "world"),
1))
returns true()
.
Returns the first item in a sequence.
fn:head
($arg
as
item()*
) as
item()?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns the value of the expression
$arg[1]
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the empty sequence
is returned. Otherwise the first item in the sequence is
returned.
The expression fn:head(1 to 5)
returns
1
.
The expression fn:head(("a", "b", "c"))
returns
"a"
.
The expression fn:head(())
returns
()
.
Returns all but the first item in a sequence.
fn:tail
($arg
as
item()*
) as
item()*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns the value of the expression
subsequence($arg, 2)
If $arg
is the empty sequence, or a sequence
containing a single item, then the empty sequence is returned.
The expression fn:tail(1 to 5)
returns (2, 3,
4, 5)
.
The expression fn:tail(("a", "b", "c"))
returns
("b", "c")
.
The expression fn:tail("a")
returns
()
.
The expression fn:tail(())
returns
()
.
Returns a sequence constructed by inserting an item or a sequence of items at a given position within an existing sequence.
fn:insertbefore ( 
$target 
as item()* , 
$position 
as xs:integer , 

$inserts 
as item()* ) as item()* 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The value returned by the function consists of all items of
$target
whose index is less than
$position
, followed by all items of
$inserts
, followed by the remaining elements of
$target
, in that order.
If $target
is the empty sequence,
$inserts
is returned. If $inserts
is the
empty sequence, $target
is returned.
If $position
is less than one (1), the first
position, the effective value of $position
is one (1).
If $position
is greater than the number of items in
$target
, then the effective value of
$position
is equal to the number of items in
$target
plus 1.
The value of $target
is not affected by the
sequence construction.
let $abc
:= ("a", "b", "c")
The expression fn:insertbefore($abc, 0, "z")
returns ("z", "a", "b", "c")
.
The expression fn:insertbefore($abc, 1, "z")
returns ("z", "a", "b", "c")
.
The expression fn:insertbefore($abc, 2, "z")
returns ("a", "z", "b", "c")
.
The expression fn:insertbefore($abc, 3, "z")
returns ("a", "b", "z", "c")
.
The expression fn:insertbefore($abc, 4, "z")
returns ("a", "b", "c", "z")
.
Returns a new sequence containing all the items of
$target
except the item at position
$position
.
fn:remove
($target
as
item()*
,
$position
as
xs:integer
) as
item()*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns a sequence consisting of all items of
$target
whose index is less than
$position
, followed by all items of
$target
whose index is greater than
$position
.
If $position
is less than 1 or greater than the
number of items in $target
, $target
is
returned.
If $target
is the empty sequence, the empty
sequence is returned.
let $abc
:= ("a", "b", "c")
The expression fn:remove($abc, 0)
returns
("a", "b", "c")
.
The expression fn:remove($abc, 1)
returns
("b", "c")
.
The expression fn:remove($abc, 6)
returns
("a", "b", "c")
.
The expression fn:remove((), 3)
returns
()
.
Reverses the order of items in a sequence.
fn:reverse
($arg
as
item()*
) as
item()*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns a sequence containing the items in
$arg
in reverse order.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the empty sequence
is returned.
let $abc
:= ("a", "b", "c")
The expression fn:reverse($abc)
returns ("c",
"b", "a")
.
The expression fn:reverse(("hello"))
returns
("hello")
.
The expression fn:reverse(())
returns
()
.
Returns the contiguous sequence of items in the value of
$sourceSeq
beginning at the position indicated by the
value of $startingLoc
and continuing for the number of
items indicated by the value of $length
.
fn:subsequence
($sourceSeq
as
item()*
,
$startingLoc
as
xs:double
) as
item()*
fn:subsequence ( 
$sourceSeq 
as item()* , 
$startingLoc 
as xs:double , 

$length 
as xs:double ) as item()* 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
In the twoargument case, returns:
$sourceSeq[fn:round($startingLoc) le position()]
In the threeargument case, returns:
$sourceSeq[fn:round($startingLoc) le position() and position() lt fn:round($startingLoc) + fn:round($length)]
The first item of a sequence is located at position 1, not position 0.
If $sourceSeq
is the empty sequence, the empty
sequence is returned.
If $startingLoc
is zero or negative, the
subsequence includes items from the beginning of the
$sourceSeq
.
If $length
is not specified, the subsequence
includes items to the end of $sourceSeq
.
If $length
is greater than the number of items in
the value of $sourceSeq
following
$startingLoc
, the subsequence includes items to the
end of $sourceSeq
.
As an exception to the previous two notes, if
$startingLoc
is INF
and
$length
is +INF
, then fn:round($startingLoc) +
fn:round($length)
is NaN
; since
position() lt NaN
is always false, the result is an
empty sequence.
The reason the function accepts arguments of type
xs:double
is that many computations on untyped data
return an xs:double
result; and the reason for the
rounding rules is to compensate for any imprecision in these
floatingpoint computations.
let $seq
:= ("item1", "item2", "item3",
"item4", "item5")
The expression fn:subsequence($seq, 4)
returns
("item4", "item5")
.
The expression fn:subsequence($seq, 3, 2)
returns
("item3", "item4")
.
Returns the items of $sourceSeq
in an ·implementation dependent· order.
fn:unordered
($sourceSeq
as
item()*
) as
item()*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns the items of $sourceSeq
in an
·implementation dependent· order.
Query optimizers may be able to do a better job if the order of the output sequence is not specified. For example, when retrieving prices from a purchase order, if an index exists on prices, it may be more efficient to return the prices in index order rather than in document order.
The expression fn:unordered((1, 2, 3, 4, 5))
returns some permutation of (1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
.
The functions in this section rely on comparisons between the items in one or more sequences.
Function  Meaning 

fn:distinctvalues 
Returns the values that appear in a sequence, with duplicates eliminated. 
fn:indexof 
Returns a sequence of positive integers giving the positions
within the sequence $seq of items that are equal to
$search . 
fn:deepequal 
This function assesses whether two sequences are deepequal to each other. To be deepequal, they must contain items that are pairwise deepequal; and for two items to be deepequal, they must either be atomic values that compare equal, or nodes of the same kind, with the same name, whose children are deepequal, or maps with matching entries, or arrays with matching members. 
Returns the values that appear in a sequence, with duplicates eliminated.
fn:distinctvalues
($arg
as
xs:anyAtomicType*
) as
xs:anyAtomicType*
fn:distinctvalues ( 
$arg 
as xs:anyAtomicType* , 
$collation 
as xs:string ) as xs:anyAtomicType* 
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and implicit timezone.
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and static base uri, and implicit timezone.
The function returns the sequence that results from removing
from $arg
all but one of a set of values that are
equal to one another. Values are compared using the eq
operator, subject to the caveats defined below.
Values of type xs:untypedAtomic
are compared as if
they were of type xs:string
.
Values that cannot be compared, because the eq
operator is not defined for their types, are considered to be
distinct.
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in 5.3.4 Choosing a collation. This collation is used when string comparison is required.
For xs:float
and xs:double
values,
positive zero is equal to negative zero and, although
NaN
does not equal itself, if $arg
contains multiple NaN
values a single NaN
is returned.
If xs:dateTime
, xs:date
or
xs:time
values do not have a timezone, they are
considered to have the implicit timezone provided by the dynamic
context for the purpose of comparison. Note that
xs:dateTime
, xs:date
or
xs:time
values can compare equal even if their
timezones are different.
The order in which the sequence of values is returned is ·implementation dependent·.
Which value of a set of values that compare equal is returned is ·implementation dependent·.
If the input sequence contains values of different numeric types
that differ from each other by small amounts, then the eq operator
is not transitive, because of rounding effects occurring during
type promotion. In the situation where the input contains three
values A
, B
, and C
such that
A eq B
, B eq C
, but A ne C
,
then the number of items in the result of the function (as well as
the choice of which items are returned) is ·implementation dependent·, subject only to the constraints that (a) no
two items in the result sequence compare equal to each other, and
(b) every input item that does not appear in the result sequence
compares equal to some item that does appear in the result
sequence.
For example, this arises when computing:
distinctvalues( (xs:float('1.0'), xs:decimal('1.0000000000100000000001', xs:double( '1.00000000001'))
because the values of type xs:float
and
xs:double
both compare equal to the value of type
xs:decimal
but not equal to each other.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
The expression fn:distinctvalues((1, 2.0, 3, 2))
returns some permutation of (1, 3, 2.0)
.
The expression
fn:distinctvalues((xs:untypedAtomic("cherry"),
xs:untypedAtomic("plum"), xs:untypedAtomic("plum")))
returns
some permutation of (xs:untypedAtomic("cherry"),
xs:untypedAtomic("plum"))
.
Returns a sequence of positive integers giving the positions
within the sequence $seq
of items that are equal to
$search
.
fn:indexof ( 
$seq 
as xs:anyAtomicType* , 
$search 
as xs:anyAtomicType ) as xs:integer* 
fn:indexof ( 
$seq 
as xs:anyAtomicType* , 
$search 
as xs:anyAtomicType , 

$collation 
as xs:string ) as xs:integer* 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and implicit timezone.
The threeargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and static base uri, and implicit timezone.
The function returns a sequence of positive integers giving the
positions within the sequence $seq
of items that are
equal to $search
.
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in 5.3.4 Choosing a collation. This collation is used when string comparison is required.
The items in the sequence $seq
are compared with
$search
under the rules for the eq
operator. Values of type xs:untypedAtomic
are compared
as if they were of type xs:string
. Values that cannot
be compared, because the eq
operator is not defined
for their types, are considered to be distinct. If an item compares
equal, then the position of that item in the sequence
$seq
is included in the result.
The first item in a sequence is at position 1, not position 0.
The result sequence is in ascending numeric order.
If the value of $seq
is the empty sequence, or if
no item in $seq
matches $search
, then the
function returns the empty sequence.
No error occurs if noncomparable values are encountered. So
when comparing two atomic values, the effective boolean value of
fn:indexof($a, $b)
is true if $a
and
$b
are equal, false if they are not equal or not
comparable.
The expression fn:indexof((10, 20, 30, 40), 35)
returns ()
.
The expression fn:indexof((10, 20, 30, 30, 20, 10),
20)
returns (2, 5)
.
The expression fn:indexof(("a", "sport", "and", "a",
"pastime"), "a")
returns (1, 4)
.
The expression fn:indexof(currentdate(), 23)
returns ()
.
If @a
is an attribute of type
xs:NMTOKENS
whose string value is "red green
blue"
, and whose typed value is therefore ("red",
"green", "blue")
, then fn:indexof(@a, "blue")
returns 3
. This is because the function calling
mechanism atomizes the attribute node to produce a sequence of
three xs:NMTOKEN
values.
This function assesses whether two sequences are deepequal to each other. To be deepequal, they must contain items that are pairwise deepequal; and for two items to be deepequal, they must either be atomic values that compare equal, or nodes of the same kind, with the same name, whose children are deepequal, or maps with matching entries, or arrays with matching members.
fn:deepequal
($parameter1
as
item()*
,
$parameter2
as
item()*
) as
xs:boolean
fn:deepequal ( 
$parameter1 
as item()* , 
$parameter2 
as item()* , 

$collation 
as xs:string ) as xs:boolean 
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and implicit timezone.
The threeargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and static base uri, and implicit timezone.
The $collation
argument identifies a collation
which is used at all levels of recursion when strings are compared
(but not when names are compared), according to the rules in
5.3.4 Choosing a
collation.
If the two sequences are both empty, the function returns
true
.
If the two sequences are of different lengths, the function
returns false
.
If the two sequences are of the same length, the function
returns true
if and only if every item in the sequence
$parameter1
is deepequal to the item at the same
position in the sequence $parameter2
. The rules for
deciding whether two items are deepequal follow.
Call the two items $i1
and $i2
respectively.
If $i1
and $i2
are both atomic values,
they are deepequal if and only if ($i1 eq $i2)
is
true
, or if both values are NaN
. If the
eq
operator is not defined for $i1
and
$i2
, the function returns false
.
If $i1
and $i2
are both ·maps·, the result is
true
if and only if all the following conditions
apply:
Both maps have the same number of entries.
For every entry in the first map, there is an entry in the second map that:
has the ·same key· (note that the collation is not used when comparing keys), and
has the same associated value (compared using the
fn:deepequal
function, under the collation supplied
in the original call to fn:deepequal
).
If $i1
and $i2
are both ·arrays·, the result
is true
if and only if all the following conditions
apply:
Both arrays have the same number of members (ay:size($i1)
eq ay:size($i2)
.
Members in the same position of both arrays are deepequal to
each other, under the collation supplied in the original call to
fn:deepequal
: that is, every $p in 1 to
ay:size($i1) satisfies deepequal($i1($p), $i2($p),
$collation
If $i1
and $i2
are both nodes, they
are compared as described below:
If the two nodes are of different kinds, the result is
false
.
If the two nodes are both document nodes then they are
deepequal if and only if the sequence $i1/(*text())
is deepequal to the sequence $i2/(*text())
.
If the two nodes are both element nodes then they are deepequal if and only if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
The two nodes have the same name, that is (nodename($i1)
eq nodename($i2))
.
Either both nodes are both annotated as having simple content or both nodes are annotated as having complex content. For this purpose "simple content" means either a simple type or a complex type with simple content; "complex content" means a complex type whose variety is mixed, elementonly, or empty.
Note:
It is a consequence of this rule that validating a document D against a schema will usually (but not necessarily) result in a document that is not deepequal to D. The exception is when the schema allows all elements to have mixed content.
The two nodes have the same number of attributes, and for every
attribute $a1
in $i1/@*
there exists an
attribute $a2
in $i2/@*
such that
$a1
and $a2
are deepequal.
One of the following conditions holds:
Both element nodes are annotated as having simple content (as
defined in 3(b) above), and the typed value of $i1
is
deepequal to the typed value of $i2
.
Both element nodes have a type annotation that is a complex type
with variety elementonly, and the sequence $i1/*
is
deepequal to the sequence $i2/*
.
Both element nodes have a type annotation that is a complex type
with variety mixed, and the sequence $i1/(*text())
is
deepequal to the sequence $i2/(*text())
.
Both element nodes have a type annotation that is a complex type with variety empty.
If the two nodes are both attribute nodes then they are deepequal if and only if both the following conditions are satisfied:
The two nodes have the same name, that is (nodename($i1)
eq nodename($i2))
.
The typed value of $i1
is deepequal to the typed
value of $i2
.
If the two nodes are both processing instruction nodes, then they are deepequal if and only if both the following conditions are satisfied:
The two nodes have the same name, that is (nodename($i1)
eq nodename($i2))
.
The string value of $i1
is equal to the string
value of $i2
.
If the two nodes are both namespace nodes, then they are deepequal if and only if both the following conditions are satisfied:
The two nodes either have the same name or are both nameless,
that is fn:deepequal(nodename($i1),
nodename($i2))
.
The string value of $i1
is equal to the string
value of $i2
when compared using the Unicode codepoint
collation.
If the two nodes are both text nodes or comment nodes, then they are deepequal if and only if their stringvalues are equal.
In all other cases the result is false.
A type error is raised [err:FOTY0015] if either input sequence contains a function item that is not a map or array.
The two nodes are not required to have the same type annotation,
and they are not required to have the same inscope namespaces.
They may also differ in their parent, their base URI, and the
values returned by the isid
and
isidrefs
accessors (see Section 5.5
isid Accessor ^{DM30} and Section 5.6
isidrefs Accessor ^{DM30}). The order
of children is significant, but the order of attributes is
insignificant.
The contents of comments and processing instructions are significant only if these nodes appear directly as items in the two sequences being compared. The content of a comment or processing instruction that appears as a descendant of an item in one of the sequences being compared does not affect the result. However, the presence of a comment or processing instruction, if it causes a text node to be split into two text nodes, may affect the result.
The result of fn:deepequal(1, currentdateTime())
is false
; it does not raise an error.
Comparing items of different kind (for example, comparing an atomic value to a node, or a map to an array) returns false, it does not return an error.
Comparing a function (other than a map or array) to any other value raises a type error.
let $at
:=
<attendees> <name last='Parker' first='Peter'/> <name last='Barker' first='Bob'/> <name last='Parker' first='Peter'/> </attendees>
The expression fn:deepequal($at, $at/*)
returns
false()
.
The expression fn:deepequal($at/name[1],
$at/name[2])
returns false()
.
The expression fn:deepequal($at/name[1],
$at/name[3])
returns true()
.
The expression fn:deepequal($at/name[1], 'Peter
Parker')
returns false()
.
The expression fn:deepequal(map{1:'a', 2:'b'}, map{2:'b',
1:'a'})
returns true()
.
The expression fn:deepequal([1, 2, 3], [1, 2, 3])
returns true()
.
The expression fn:deepequal((1, 2, 3), [1, 2, 3])
returns false()
.
The following functions test the cardinality of their sequence arguments.
Function  Meaning 

fn:zeroorone 
Returns $arg if it contains zero or one items.
Otherwise, raises an error. 
fn:oneormore 
Returns $arg if it contains one or more items.
Otherwise, raises an error. 
fn:exactlyone 
Returns $arg if it contains exactly one item.
Otherwise, raises an error. 
The functions fn:zeroorone
, fn:oneormore
, and fn:exactlyone
defined in this
section, check that the cardinality of a sequence is in the
expected range. They are particularly useful with regard to static
typing. For example, the function call fn:remove($seq, fn:indexof($seq2,
'abc'))
requires the result of the call on fn:indexof
to be a singleton
integer, but the static type system cannot infer this; writing the
expression as fn:remove($seq,
fn:exactlyone(fn:indexof($seq2, 'abc')))
will provide
a suitable static type at query analysis time, and ensures that the
length of the sequence is correct with a dynamic check at query
execution time.
The type signatures for these functions deliberately declare the
argument type as item()*
, permitting a sequence of any
length. A more restrictive signature would defeat the purpose of
the function, which is to defer cardinality checking until query
execution time.
Returns $arg
if it contains zero or one items.
Otherwise, raises an error.
fn:zeroorone
($arg
as
item()*
) as
item()?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
Except in error cases, the function returns $arg
unchanged.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORG0003] if $arg
contains more
than one item.
Returns $arg
if it contains one or more items.
Otherwise, raises an error.
fn:oneormore
($arg
as
item()*
) as
item()+
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
Except in error cases, the function returns $arg
unchanged.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORG0004] if $arg
is an empty
sequence.
Returns $arg
if it contains exactly one item.
Otherwise, raises an error.
fn:exactlyone
($arg
as
item()*
) as
item()
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
Except in error cases, the function returns $arg
unchanged.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FORG0005] if $arg
is an empty
sequence or a sequence containing more than one item.
Function  Meaning 

op:union 
Constructs a sequence containing every node that occurs in the
values of either $arg1 or $arg2 ,
eliminating duplicates and sorting the result in document
order. 
op:intersect 
Constructs a sequence containing every node that occurs in the
values of both $arg1 and $arg2 ,
eliminating duplicates and sorting the result in document
order. 
op:except 
Constructs a sequence containing every node that occurs in the
value of $arg1 but not in the value of
$arg2 , eliminating duplicates and sorting the result
in document order. 
As in the previous sections, for the illustrative examples
below, assume an XQuery or transformation operating on a Purchase
Order document containing a number of lineitem elements. The
variables $item1
, $item2
, etc. are bound
to individual lineitem nodes in the sequence. We use sequences of
these nodes in some of the examples below.
Constructs a sequence containing every node that occurs in the
values of either $arg1
or $arg2
,
eliminating duplicates and sorting the result in document
order.
Defines the semantics of the "union" or "" operator when applied to two sequences of nodes.
op:union
($arg1
as
node()*
,
$arg2
as
node()*
) as
node()*
The function returns a sequence containing every node that
occurs in the values of either $arg1
or
$arg2
, eliminating duplicate nodes. Nodes are returned
in document order.
Two nodes $n1
and $n2
are duplicates
if they satisfy op:issamenode($n1,
$n2)
.
If either operand is the empty sequence, the result is a sequence containing the nodes in the other operand in document order after eliminating duplicates.
let $seq1
:= ($item1, $item2)
let $seq2
:= ($item2, $item2,
$item1)
let $seq3
:= ($item2, $item3)
The expression op:union($seq1, $seq1)
returns
($item1, $item2)
.
The expression op:union($seq2, $seq3)
returns
($item1, $item2, $item3)
.
The expression op:union($seq2, ())
returns
($item1, $item2)
.
Constructs a sequence containing every node that occurs in the
values of both $arg1
and $arg2
,
eliminating duplicates and sorting the result in document
order.
Defines the semantics of the "intersect" operator when applied to two sequences of nodes.
op:intersect
($arg1
as
node()*
,
$arg2
as
node()*
) as
node()*
The function returns a sequence containing every node that
occurs in the values of both $arg1
and
$arg2
, eliminating duplicate nodes. Nodes are returned
in document order.
Two nodes $n1
and $n2
are duplicates
if they satisfy op:issamenode($n1,
$n2)
.
If either operand is the empty sequence, the function returns the empty sequence.
let $seq1
:= ($item1, $item2)
let $seq2
:= ($item2, $item2,
$item1)
let $seq3
:= ($item2, $item3)
The expression op:intersect($seq1, $seq1)
returns
($item1, $item2)
.
The expression op:intersect($seq2, $seq3)
returns
($item2)
.
The expression op:intersect($seq2, ())
returns
()
.
The expression op:intersect($item1, $item3)
returns
()
.
Constructs a sequence containing every node that occurs in the
value of $arg1
but not in the value of
$arg2
, eliminating duplicates and sorting the result
in document order.
Defines the semantics of the "except" operator when applied to two sequences of nodes.
op:except
($arg1
as
node()*
,
$arg2
as
node()*
) as
node()*
The function returns a sequence containing every node that
occurs in the value of $arg1
provided that it does not
occur in the value of $arg2
. Duplicate nodes are
eliminated, and nodes are returned in document order.
Two nodes $n1
and $n2
are duplicates
if they satisfy op:issamenode($n1,
$n2)
.
If $arg1
is the empty sequence, the empty sequence
is returned.
If $arg2
is the empty sequence, a sequence is
returned containing the nodes in $arg1
in document
order after eliminating duplicates.
let $seq1
:= ($item1, $item2)
let $seq2
:= ($item2, $item2,
$item1)
let $seq3
:= ($item2, $item3)
The expression op:except($seq1, $seq1)
returns
()
.
The expression op:except($seq2, $seq1)
returns
()
.
The expression op:except($seq2, $seq3)
returns
($item1)
.
The expression op:except($seq2, ())
returns
($item1, $item2)
.
The expression op:except($seq3, $seq2)
returns
($item3)
.
Aggregate functions take a sequence as argument and return a
single value computed from values in the sequence. Except for
fn:count
, the sequence must
consist of values of a single type or one if its subtypes, or they
must be numeric. xs:untypedAtomic
values are permitted
in the input sequence and handled by special conversion rules. The
type of the items in the sequence must also support certain
operations.
Function  Meaning 

fn:count 
Returns the number of items in a sequence. 
fn:avg 
Returns the average of the values in the input sequence
$arg , that is, the sum of the values divided by the
number of values. 
fn:max 
Returns a value that is equal to the highest value appearing in the input sequence. 
fn:min 
Returns a value that is equal to the lowest value appearing in the input sequence. 
fn:sum 
Returns a value obtained by adding together the values in
$arg . 
Returns the number of items in a sequence.
fn:count
($arg
as
item()*
) as
xs:integer
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns the number of items in the value of
$arg
.
Returns 0 if $arg
is the empty sequence.
let $seq1
:= ($item1, $item2)
let $seq2
:= (98.5, 98.3, 98.9)
let $seq3
:= ()
The expression fn:count($seq1)
returns
2
.
The expression fn:count($seq3)
returns
0
.
The expression fn:count($seq2)
returns
3
.
The expression fn:count($seq2[. > 100])
returns
0
.
Returns the average of the values in the input sequence
$arg
, that is, the sum of the values divided by the
number of values.
fn:avg
($arg
as
xs:anyAtomicType*
) as
xs:anyAtomicType?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the empty sequence
is returned.
If $arg
contains values of type
xs:untypedAtomic
they are cast to
xs:double
.
Duration values must either all be
xs:yearMonthDuration
values or must all be
xs:dayTimeDuration
values. For numeric values, the
numeric promotion rules defined in 4.2
Arithmetic operators on numeric values are used to promote
all values to a single common type. After these operations,
$arg
must contain items of a single type, which must
be one of the four numeric types, xs:yearMonthDuration
or xs:dayTimeDuration
or one if its subtypes.
The function returns the average of the values as
sum($arg) div count($arg)
; but the implementation may
use an otherwise equivalent algorithm that avoids arithmetic
overflow.
A type error is raised [err:FORG0006] if the input sequence contains items of incompatible types, as described above.
let $d1
:=
xs:yearMonthDuration("P20Y")
let $d2
:=
xs:yearMonthDuration("P10M")
let $seq3
:= (3, 4, 5)
The expression fn:avg($seq3)
returns
4.0
. (The result is of type
xs:decimal
.).
The expression fn:avg(($d1, $d2))
returns
xs:yearMonthDuration("P10Y5M")
.
fn:avg(($d1, $seq3))
raises a type error [err:FORG0006].
The expression fn:avg(())
returns
()
.
The expression fn:avg((xs:float('INF'),
xs:float('INF')))
returns xs:float('NaN')
.
The expression fn:avg(($seq3, xs:float('NaN')))
returns xs:float('NaN')
.
Returns a value that is equal to the highest value appearing in the input sequence.
fn:max
($arg
as
xs:anyAtomicType*
) as
xs:anyAtomicType?
fn:max
($arg
as
xs:anyAtomicType*
, $collation
as
xs:string
) as
xs:anyAtomicType?
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and implicit timezone.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and static base uri, and implicit timezone.
The following rules are applied to the input sequence
$arg
:
Values of type xs:untypedAtomic
in
$arg
are cast to xs:double
.
Numeric and xs:anyURI
values are converted to the
least common type reachable by a combination of type promotion and
subtype substitution. See Section B.1 Type
Promotion ^{XP30} and Section B.2 Operator
Mapping ^{XP30}.
The items in the resulting sequence may be reordered in an arbitrary order. The resulting sequence is referred to below as the converted sequence. The function returns an item from the converted sequence rather than the input sequence.
If the converted sequence is empty, the function returns the empty sequence.
All items in the converted sequence must be derived from a
single base type for which the le
operator is defined.
In addition, the values in the sequence must have a total order. If
date/time values do not have a timezone, they are considered to
have the implicit timezone provided by the dynamic context for the
purpose of comparison. Duration values must either all be
xs:yearMonthDuration
values or must all be
xs:dayTimeDuration
values.
If the converted sequence contains the value NaN
,
the value NaN
is returned.
If the items in the converted sequence are of type
xs:string
or types derived by restriction from
xs:string
, then the determination of the item with the
smallest value is made according to the collation that is used. If
the type of the items in the converted sequence is not
xs:string
and $collation
is specified,
the collation is ignored.
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in 5.3.4 Choosing a collation.
The function returns the result of the expression:
if (every $v in $c satisfies $c[1] ge $v) then $c[1] else fn:max(fn:subsequence($c, 2))
evaluated with $collation
as the default collation
if specified, and with $c
as the converted
sequence.
A type error is raised [err:FORG0006] if the input sequence contains items of incompatible types, as described above.
Because the rules allow the sequence to be reordered, if there
are two or items that are "equal highest", the specific item whose
value is returned is ·implementation dependent·. This can arise for example if two different
strings compare equal under the selected collation, or if two
different xs:dateTime
values compare equal despite
being in different timezones.
If the converted sequence contains exactly one value then that value is returned.
The default type when the fn:max
function is
applied to xs:untypedAtomic
values is
xs:double
. This differs from the default type for
operators such as gt
, and for sorting in XQuery and
XSLT, which is xs:string
.
The expression fn:max((3,4,5))
returns
5
.
The expression fn:max((xs:integer(5), xs:float(5.0),
xs:double(0)))
returns xs:double(5.0e0)
.
fn:max((3,4,"Zero"))
raises a type error [err:FORG0006].
The expression fn:max((fn:currentdate(),
xs:date("21000101")))
returns
xs:date("21000101")
. (Assuming that the current
date is during the 21st century.).
The expression fn:max(("a", "b", "c"))
returns
"c"
. (Assuming a typical default
collation.).
Returns a value that is equal to the lowest value appearing in the input sequence.
fn:min
($arg
as
xs:anyAtomicType*
) as
xs:anyAtomicType?
fn:min
($arg
as
xs:anyAtomicType*
, $collation
as
xs:string
) as
xs:anyAtomicType?
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and implicit timezone.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on collations, and static base uri, and implicit timezone.
The following rules are applied to the input sequence:
Values of type xs:untypedAtomic
in
$arg
are cast to xs:double
.
Numeric and xs:anyURI
values are converted to the
least common type reachable by a combination of type promotion and
subtype substitution. See Section B.1 Type
Promotion ^{XP30} and Section B.2 Operator
Mapping ^{XP30}.
The items in the resulting sequence may be reordered in an arbitrary order. The resulting sequence is referred to below as the converted sequence. The function returns an item from the converted sequence rather than the input sequence.
If the converted sequence is empty, the empty sequence is returned.
All items in the converted sequence must be derived from a
single base type for which the le
operator is defined.
In addition, the values in the sequence must have a total order. If
date/time values do not have a timezone, they are considered to
have the implicit timezone provided by the dynamic context for the
purpose of comparison. Duration values must either all be
xs:yearMonthDuration
values or must all be
xs:dayTimeDuration
values.
If the converted sequence contains the value NaN
,
the value NaN
is returned.
If the items in the converted sequence are of type
xs:string
or types derived by restriction from
xs:string
, then the determination of the item with the
smallest value is made according to the collation that is used. If
the type of the items in the converted sequence is not
xs:string
and $collation
is specified,
the collation is ignored.
The collation used by this function is determined according to the rules in 5.3.4 Choosing a collation.
The function returns the result of the expression:
if (every $v in $c satisfies $c[1] le $v) then $c[1] else fn:min(fn:subsequence($c, 2))
evaluated with $collation
as the default collation
if specified, and with $c
as the converted
sequence.
A type error is raised [err:FORG0006] if the input sequence contains items of incompatible types, as described above.
Because the rules allow the sequence to be reordered, if there
are two or items that are "equal lowest", the specific item whose
value is returned is ·implementation dependent·. This can arise for example if two different
strings compare equal under the selected collation, or if two
different xs:dateTime
values compare equal despite
being in different timezones.
If the converted sequence contains exactly one value then that value is returned.
The default type when the fn:min
function is
applied to xs:untypedAtomic
values is
xs:double
. This differs from the default type for
operators such as lt
, and for sorting in XQuery and
XSLT, which is xs:string
.
The expression fn:min((3,4,5))
returns
3
.
The expression fn:min((xs:integer(5), xs:float(5),
xs:double(10)))
returns xs:double(5.0e0)
.
fn:min((3,4,"Zero"))
raises a type error [err:FORG0006].
fn:min((xs:float(0.0E0), xs:float(0.0E0)))
can
return either positive or negative zero. The two items are equal,
so it is ·implementation dependent· which is returned.
The expression fn:min((fn:currentdate(),
xs:date("19000101")))
returns
xs:date("19000101")
. (Assuming that the current
date is set to a reasonable value.).
The expression fn:min(("a", "b", "c"))
returns
"a"
. (Assuming a typical default
collation.).
Returns a value obtained by adding together the values in
$arg
.
fn:sum
($arg
as
xs:anyAtomicType*
) as
xs:anyAtomicType
fn:sum ( 
$arg 
as xs:anyAtomicType* , 
$zero 
as xs:anyAtomicType? ) as xs:anyAtomicType? 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
Any values of type xs:untypedAtomic
in
$arg
are cast to xs:double
. The items in
the resulting sequence may be reordered in an arbitrary order. The
resulting sequence is referred to below as the converted
sequence.
If the converted sequence is empty, then the singleargument
form of the function returns the xs:integer
value
0
; the twoargument form returns the value of the
argument $zero
.
If the converted sequence contains the value NaN
,
NaN
is returned.
All items in $arg
must be numeric or derived from a
single base type. In addition, the type must support addition.
Duration values must either all be
xs:yearMonthDuration
values or must all be
xs:dayTimeDuration
values. For numeric values, the
numeric promotion rules defined in 4.2
Arithmetic operators on numeric values are used to promote
all values to a single common type. The sum of a sequence of
integers will therefore be an integer, while the sum of a numeric
sequence that includes at least one xs:double
will be
an xs:double
.
The result of the function, using the second signature, is the result of the expression:
if (fn:count($c) eq 0) then $zero else if (fn:count($c) eq 1) then $c[1] else $c[1] + fn:sum(subsequence($c, 2))
where $c
is the converted sequence.
The result of the function, using the first signature, is the
result of the expression: fn:sum($arg, 0)
.
A type error is raised [err:FORG0006] if the input sequence contains items of incompatible types, as described above.
The second argument allows an appropriate value to be defined to represent the sum of an empty sequence. For example, when summing a sequence of durations it would be appropriate to return a zerolength duration of the appropriate type. This argument is necessary because a system that does dynamic typing cannot distinguish "an empty sequence of integers", for example, from "an empty sequence of durations".
If the converted sequence contains exactly one value then that value is returned.
let $d1
:=
xs:yearMonthDuration("P20Y")
let $d2
:=
xs:yearMonthDuration("P10M")
let $seq1
:= ($d1, $d2)
let $seq3
:= (3, 4, 5)
The expression fn:sum(($d1, $d2))
returns
xs:yearMonthDuration("P20Y10M")
.
The expression fn:sum($seq1[. lt
xs:yearMonthDuration('P3M')], xs:yearMonthDuration('P0M'))
returns xs:yearMonthDuration("P0M")
.
The expression fn:sum($seq3)
returns
12
.
The expression fn:sum(())
returns
0
.
The expression fn:sum((),())
returns
()
.
The expression fn:sum((1 to 100)[. lt 0], 0)
returns 0
.
fn:sum(($d1, 9E1))
raises a type error [err:FORG0006].
The expression fn:sum(($d1, $d2), "ein Augenblick")
returns xs:yearMonthDuration("P20Y10M")
. (There is
no requirement that the $zero
value should be the same
type as the items in $arg
, or even that it should
belong to a type that supports addition.).
The expression fn:sum([1, 2, 3])
returns
6
. (Atomizing an array returns the sequence
obtained by atomizing its members.).
The expression fn:sum([[1, 2], [3, 4]])
returns
10
. (Atomizing an array returns the sequence
obtained by atomizing its members.).
Function  Meaning 

op:to 
Returns a sequence of consecutive integers in a given range. 
Returns a sequence of consecutive integers in a given range.
Defines the semantics of the "to" operator when applied to two integer arguments.
op:to
($firstval
as
xs:integer
,
$lastval
as
xs:integer
) as
xs:integer*
The function returns the sequence containing every
xs:integer
whose value is between the value of
$firstval
(inclusive) and the value of
$lastval
(inclusive), in monotonic increasing
order.
If the value of the first operand is greater than the value of the second, the function returns the empty sequence.
If the values of the two operands are equal, the function
returns a sequence containing a single xs:integer
equal to that value.
The expression 1 to 3
returns (1, 2,
3)
.
The expression 3 to 1
returns ()
.
The expression 5 to 5
returns 5
.
Returns the sequence of element nodes that have an
ID
value matching the value of one or more of the
IDREF
values supplied in $arg
.
fn:id
($arg
as
xs:string*
) as
element()*
fn:id
($arg
as
xs:string*
, $node
as
node()
) as
element()*
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns a sequence, in document order with
duplicates eliminated, containing every element node E
that satisfies all the following conditions:
E
is in the target document. The target document is
the document containing $node
, or the document
containing the context item (.
) if the second argument
is omitted. The behavior of the function if $node
is
omitted is exactly the same as if the context item had been passed
as $node
.
E
has an ID
value equal to one of the
candidate IDREF
values, where:
An element has an ID
value equal to V
if either or both of the following conditions are true:
The isid
property (See Section 5.5
isid Accessor ^{DM30}.) of the element
node is true, and the typed value of the element node is equal to
V
under the rules of the eq
operator
using the Unicode codepoint collation
(http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions/collation/codepoint
).
The element has an attribute node whose isid
property (See Section 5.5
isid Accessor ^{DM30}.) is true and
whose typed value is equal to V
under the rules of the
eq
operator using the Unicode code point collation
(http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions/collation/codepoint
).
Each xs:string
in $arg
is parsed as if
it were of type IDREFS
, that is, each
xs:string
in $arg
is treated as a
whitespaceseparated sequence of tokens, each acting as an
IDREF
. These tokens are then included in the list of
candidate IDREF
s. If any of the tokens is not a
lexically valid IDREF
(that is, if it is not lexically
an xs:NCName
), it is ignored. Formally, the candidate
IDREF
values are the strings in the sequence given by
the expression:
for $s in $arg return fn:tokenize(fn:normalizespace($s), ' ')[. castable as xs:IDREF]
If several elements have the same ID
value, then
E
is the one that is first in document order.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0001] if $node
, or the
context item if the second argument is absent, is a node in a tree
whose root is not a document node.
The following errors may be raised when $node
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
The effect of this function is anomalous in respect of element
nodes with the isid
property. For legacy reasons,
this function returns the element that has the isid
property, whereas it would be more appropriate to return its
parent, that being the element that is uniquely identified by the
ID. A new function elementwithid
is being introduced
with the desired behavior.
If the data model is constructed from an Infoset, an attribute
will have the isid
property if the corresponding
attribute in the Infoset had an attribute type of ID
:
typically this means the attribute was declared as an
ID
in a DTD.
If the data model is constructed from a PSVI, an element or
attribute will have the isid
property if its typed
value is a single atomic value of type xs:ID
or a type
derived by restriction from xs:ID
.
No error is raised in respect of a candidate IDREF
value that does not match the ID
of any element in the
document. If no candidate IDREF
value matches the
ID
value of any element, the function returns the
empty sequence.
It is not necessary that the supplied argument should have type
xs:IDREF
or xs:IDREFS
, or that it should
be derived from a node with the isidrefs
property.
An element may have more than one ID
value. This
can occur with synthetic data models or with data models
constructed from a PSVI where the element and one of its attributes
are both typed as xs:ID
.
If the source document is wellformed but not valid, it is
possible for two or more elements to have the same ID
value. In this situation, the function will select the first such
element.
It is also possible in a wellformed but invalid document to
have an element or attribute that has the isid
property but whose value does not conform to the lexical rules for
the xs:ID
type. Such a node will never be selected by
this function.
let $emp
:=
<employee xml:id="ID21256"> <empnr>E21256</empnr> <first>John</first> <last>Brown</last> </employee>
The expression id('ID21256')/name()
returns
employee
. (The xml:id
attribute has
the isid
property, so the employee element is
selected.).
The expression id('E21256')/name()
returns
empnr
. (Assuming the empnr
element is
given the type xs:ID
as a result of schema validation,
the element will have the isid
property and is
therefore selected. Note the difference from the behavior of
fn:elementwithid
.).
Returns the sequence of element nodes that have an
ID
value matching the value of one or more of the
IDREF
values supplied in $arg
.
fn:elementwithid
($arg
as
xs:string*
) as
element()*
fn:elementwithid
($arg
as
xs:string*
, $node
as
node()
) as
element()*
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
Note:
The effect of this function is identical to fn:id
in respect of elements that have an attribute with the
isid
property. However, it behaves differently in
respect of element nodes with the isid
property.
Whereas the fn:id
, for legacy
reasons, returns the element that has the isid
property, this parent returns the element identified by the ID,
which is the parent of the element having the isid
property.
The function returns a sequence, in document order with
duplicates eliminated, containing every element node E
that satisfies all the following conditions:
E
is in the target document. The target document is
the document containing $node
, or the document
containing the context item (.
) if the second argument
is omitted. The behavior of the function if $node
is
omitted is exactly the same as if the context item had been passed
as $node
.
E
has an ID
value equal to one of the
candidate IDREF
values, where:
An element has an ID
value equal to V
if either or both of the following conditions are true:
The element has an child element node whose isid
property (See Section 5.5
isid Accessor ^{DM30}.) is true and
whose typed value is equal to V
under the rules of the
eq
operator using the Unicode code point collation
(http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions/collation/codepoint
).
The element has an attribute node whose isid
property (See Section 5.5
isid Accessor ^{DM30}.) is true and
whose typed value is equal to V
under the rules of the
eq
operator using the Unicode code point collation
(http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions/collation/codepoint
).
Each xs:string
in $arg
is parsed as if
it were of type IDREFS
, that is, each
xs:string
in $arg
is treated as a
whitespaceseparated sequence of tokens, each acting as an
IDREF
. These tokens are then included in the list of
candidate IDREF
s. If any of the tokens is not a
lexically valid IDREF
(that is, if it is not lexically
an xs:NCName
), it is ignored. Formally, the candidate
IDREF
values are the strings in the sequence given by
the expression:
for $s in $arg return fn:tokenize(fn:normalizespace($s), ' ')[. castable as xs:IDREF]
If several elements have the same ID
value, then
E
is the one that is first in document order.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0001] if $node
, or the
context item if the second argument is omitted, is a node in a tree
whose root is not a document node.
The following errors may be raised when $node
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
This function is equivalent to the fn:id
function except when dealing with
IDvalued element nodes. Whereas the fn:id
function selects the element
containing the identifier, this function selects its parent.
If the data model is constructed from an Infoset, an attribute
will have the isid
property if the corresponding
attribute in the Infoset had an attribute type of ID
:
typically this means the attribute was declared as an
ID
in a DTD.
If the data model is constructed from a PSVI, an element or
attribute will have the isid
property if its typed
value is a single atomic value of type xs:ID
or a type
derived by restriction from xs:ID
.
No error is raised in respect of a candidate IDREF
value that does not match the ID
of any element in the
document. If no candidate IDREF
value matches the
ID
value of any element, the function returns the
empty sequence.
It is not necessary that the supplied argument should have type
xs:IDREF
or xs:IDREFS
, or that it should
be derived from a node with the isidrefs
property.
An element may have more than one ID
value. This
can occur with synthetic data models or with data models
constructed from a PSVI where the element and one of its attributes
are both typed as xs:ID
.
If the source document is wellformed but not valid, it is
possible for two or more elements to have the same ID
value. In this situation, the function will select the first such
element.
It is also possible in a wellformed but invalid document to
have an element or attribute that has the isid
property but whose value does not conform to the lexical rules for
the xs:ID
type. Such a node will never be selected by
this function.
let $emp
:=
<employee xml:id="ID21256"> <empnr>E21256</empnr> <first>John</first> <last>Brown</last> </employee>
The expression id('ID21256')/name()
returns
"employee"
. (The xml:id
attribute has
the isid
property, so the employee element is
selected.).
The expression id('E21256')/name()
returns
"employee"
. (Assuming the empnr
element is given the type xs:ID
as a result of schema
validation, the element will have the isid
property
and is therefore its parent is selected. Note the difference from
the behavior of fn:id
.).
Returns the sequence of element or attribute nodes with an
IDREF
value matching the value of one or more of the
ID
values supplied in $arg
.
fn:idref
($arg
as
xs:string*
) as
node()*
fn:idref
($arg
as
xs:string*
, $node
as
node()
) as
node()*
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The twoargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
The function returns a sequence, in document order with
duplicates eliminated, containing every element or attribute node
$N
that satisfies all the following conditions:
$N
is in the target document. The target document
is the document containing $node
or the document
containing the context item (.
) if the second argument
is omitted. The behavior of the function if $node
is
omitted is exactly the same as if the context item had been passed
as $node
.
$N
has an IDREF
value equal to one of
the candidate ID
values, where:
A node $N
has an IDREF
value equal to
V
if both of the following conditions are true:
The isidrefs
property (see Section 5.6
isidrefs Accessor ^{DM30}) of
$N
is true
.
The sequence
fn:tokenize(fn:normalizespace(fn:string($N)), ' ')
V
under the rules
of the eq
operator using the Unicode code point
collation
(http://www.w3.org/2005/xpathfunctions/collation/codepoint
).Each xs:string
in $arg
is parsed as if
it were of lexically of type xs:ID
. These
xs:string
s are then included in the list of candidate
xs:ID
s. If any of the strings in $arg
is
not a lexically valid xs:ID
(that is, if it is not
lexically an xs:NCName
), it is ignored. More formally,
the candidate ID
values are the strings in the
sequence:
$arg[. castable as xs:NCName]
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0001] if $node
, or the
context item if the second argument is omitted, is a node in a tree
whose root is not a document node.
The following errors may be raised when $node
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
An element or attribute typically acquires the
isidrefs
property by being validated against the
schema type xs:IDREF
or xs:IDREFS
, or
(for attributes only) by being described as of type
IDREF
or IDREFS
in a DTD.
No error is raised in respect of a candidate ID
value that does not match the IDREF
value of any
element or attribute in the document. If no candidate
ID
value matches the IDREF
value of any
element or attribute, the function returns the empty sequence.
It is possible for two or more nodes to have an
IDREF
value that matches a given candidate
ID
value. In this situation, the function will return
all such nodes. However, each matching node will be returned at
most once, regardless how many candidate ID
values it
matches.
It is possible in a wellformed but invalid document to have a
node whose isidrefs
property is true but that does
not conform to the lexical rules for the xs:IDREF
type. The effect of the above rules is that illformed candidate
ID
values and illformed IDREF
values are
ignored.
If the data model is constructed from a PSVI, the typed value of
a node that has the isidrefs
property will contain at
least one atomic value of type xs:IDREF
(or a type
derived by restriction from xs:IDREF
). It may also
contain atomic values of other types. These atomic values are
treated as candidate ID
values if their lexical form
is valid as an xs:NCName
, and they are ignored
otherwise.
This function returns a string that uniquely identifies a given node.
fn:generateid
() as
xs:string
fn:generateid
($arg
as
node()?
) as
xs:string
The zeroargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusdependent·.
The oneargument form of this function is ·deterministic·, ·contextindependent·, and ·focusindependent·.
If the argument is omitted, it defaults to the context item
(.
). The behavior of the function if the argument is
omitted is exactly the same as if the context item had been passed
as the argument.
If the argument is the empty sequence, the result is the zerolength string.
In other cases, the function returns a string that uniquely identifies a given node.
The returned identifier must consist of ASCII alphanumeric characters and must start with an alphabetic character. Thus, the string is syntactically an XML name.
An implementation is free to generate an identifier in any convenient way provided that it always generates the same identifier for the same node and that different identifiers are always generated from different nodes. An implementation is under no obligation to generate the same identifiers each time a document is transformed or queried.
The following errors may be raised when $arg
is
omitted:
If the context item is absent^{DM30}, dynamic error [err:XPDY0002]^{XP30}
If the context item is not a node, type error [err:XPTY0004]^{XP30}.
There is no guarantee that a generated unique identifier will be distinct from any unique IDs specified in the source document.
There is no inverse to this function; it is not directly
possible to find the node with a given generated ID. Of course, it
is possible to search a given sequence of nodes using an expression
such as $nodes[generateid()=$id]
.
It is advisable, but not required, for implementations to generate IDs that are distinct even when compared using a caseblind collation.
The primary use case for this function is to generate
hyperlinks. For example, when generating HTML, an anchor for a
given section $sect
can be generated by writing (in
either XSLT or XQuery):
<a name="{generateid($sect)}"/>
and a link to that section can then be produced with code such as:
see <a
href="#{generateid($sect)}">here</a>
Note that anchors generated in this way will not necessarily be the same each time a document is republished.
Retrieves a document using a URI supplied as an
xs:string
, and returns the corresponding document
node.
fn:doc
($uri
as
xs:string?
) as
documentnode()?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on available documents, and static base uri.
If $uri
is the empty sequence, the result is an
empty sequence.
If $uri
is a relative URI reference, it is resolved
relative to the value of the Static Base URI property from the
static context. The resulting absolute URI is promoted to an
xs:string
.
If the Available documents described in Section 2.1.2 Dynamic Context ^{XP30} provides a mapping from this string to a document node, the function returns that document node.
The URI may include a fragment identifier.
By default, this function is ·deterministic·. Two calls on this function return the same document node if the same URI Reference (after resolution to an absolute URI Reference) is supplied to both calls. Thus, the following expression (if it does not raise an error) will always be true:
doc("foo.xml") is doc("foo.xml")
However, for performance reasons, implementations may provide a user option to evaluate the function without a guarantee of determinism. The manner in which any such option is provided is implementationdefined. If the user has not selected such an option, a call of the function must either return a deterministic result or must raise a dynamic error [err:FODC0003].
Note:
If $uri
is read from a source document, it is
generally appropriate to resolve it relative to the base URI
property of the relevant node in the source document. This can be
achieved by calling the fn:resolveuri
function, and
passing the resulting absolute URI as an argument to the
fn:doc
function.
If two calls to this function supply different absolute URI References as arguments, the same document node may be returned if the implementation can determine that the two arguments refer to the same resource.
By defining the semantics of this function in terms of a stringtodocumentnode mapping in the dynamic context, the specification is acknowledging that the results of this function are outside the purview of the language specification itself, and depend entirely on the runtime environment in which the expression is evaluated. This runtime environment includes not only an unpredictable collection of resources ("the web"), but configurable machinery for locating resources and turning their contents into document nodes within the XPath data model. Both the set of resources that are reachable, and the mechanisms by which those resources are parsed and validated, are ·implementation dependent·.
One possible processing model for this function is as follows. The resource identified by the URI Reference is retrieved. If the resource cannot be retrieved, a dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0002]. The data resulting from the retrieval action is then parsed as an XML document and a tree is constructed in accordance with the [XQuery and XPath Data Model (XDM) 3.0]. If the toplevel media type is known and is "text", the content is parsed in the same way as if the media type were text/xml; otherwise, it is parsed in the same way as if the media type were application/xml. If the contents cannot be parsed successfully, a dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0002]. Otherwise, the result of the function is the document node at the root of the resulting tree. This tree is then optionally validated against a schema.
Various aspects of this processing are ·implementationdefined·. Implementations may provide external configuration options that allow any aspect of the processing to be controlled by the user. In particular:
The set of URI schemes that the implementation recognizes is implementationdefined. Implementations may allow the mapping of URIs to resources to be configured by the user, using mechanisms such as catalogs or userwritten URI handlers.
The handling of nonXML media types is implementationdefined. Implementations may allow instances of the data model to be constructed from nonXML resources, under user control.
It is ·implementationdefined· whether DTD validation and/or schema validation is applied to the source document.
Implementations may provide userdefined error handling options that allow processing to continue following an error in retrieving a resource, or in parsing and validating its content. When errors have been handled in this way, the function may return either an empty sequence, or a fallback document provided by the error handler.
Implementations may provide user options that relax the requirement for the function to return deterministic results.
A dynamic error may be raised [err:FODC0005] if
$uri
is not a valid URI.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0002] if the available documents provides no mapping for the absolutized URI.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0002] if the resource cannot be retrieved or cannot be parsed successfully as XML.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0003] if the implementation is not able to guarantee that the result of the function will be deterministic, and the user has not indicated that an unstable result is acceptable.
The function returns true if and only if the function call
fn:doc($uri)
would return a
document node.
fn:docavailable
($uri
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:boolean
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on available documents, and static base uri.
If $uri
is an empty sequence, this function returns
false
.
If a call on fn:doc($uri)
would return a document node, this function returns
true
.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0005] if $uri
is not a
valid URI according to the rules applied by the implementation of
fn:doc
.
Otherwise, this function returns false
.
If this function returns true
, then calling
fn:doc($uri)
within the same
·execution
scope· must return a document node.
However, if nondeterministic processing has been selected for the
fn:doc
function, this
guarantee is lost.
Returns a sequence of nodes representing a collection of documents indentified by a collection URI; or a default collection if no URI is supplied.
fn:collection
() as
node()*
fn:collection
($arg
as
xs:string?
) as
node()*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on available node collections, and static base uri.
This function takes an xs:string
as argument and
returns a sequence of nodes obtained by interpreting
$arg
as an xs:anyURI
and resolving it
according to the mapping specified in Available node
collections described in
Section C.2 Dynamic Context Components
^{XP30}.
If Available node collections provides a mapping from this string to a sequence of nodes, the function returns that sequence. If Available node collections maps the string to an empty sequence, then the function returns an empty sequence.
If $arg
is not specified, the function returns the
sequence of the nodes in the default node collection in the dynamic
context. See
Section C.2 Dynamic Context Components
^{XP30}.
If the value of $arg
is a relative
xs:anyURI
, it is resolved against the value of the
baseURI property from the static context.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function behaves
as if it had been called without an argument. See above.
By default, this function is ·deterministic·. This means that repeated calls on the function with the same argument will return the same result. However, for performance reasons, implementations may provide a user option to evaluate the function without a guarantee of determinism. The manner in which any such option is provided is ·implementationdefined·. If the user has not selected such an option, a call to this function must either return a deterministic result or must raise a dynamic error [err:FODC0003].
There is no requirement that the returned nodes should be in document order, nor is there a requirement that the result should contain no duplicates.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0002] if no URI is supplied and the value of the default collection is absent^{DM30}.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0002] if available node collections provides no mapping for the absolutized URI.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0004] if $arg
is not a
valid xs:anyURI
.
This function provides a facility for users to work with a
collection of documents which may be contained in a directory, or
in the rows of a relational table, or in some other
implementationspecific construct. An implementation may also use
external variables to identify external resources, but
fn:collection
provides functionality not provided by
external variables. Specifying resources using URIs is useful
because URIs are dynamic, can be parameterized, and do not rely on
an external environment.
Returns a sequence of xs:anyURI
values representing
the URIs in a resource collection.
fn:uricollection
() as
xs:anyURI*
fn:uricollection
($arg
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:anyURI*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on available resource collections, and static base uri.
The zeroargument form of the function returns the URIs in the Default resource collection described in Section C.2 Dynamic Context Components ^{XP30}.
If the value of $arg
is a relative
xs:anyURI
, it is resolved against the value of the
baseURI property from the static context.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function behaves
as if it had been called without an argument. See above.
The singleargument form of the function returns the sequence of URIs corresponding to the supplied URI in the Available resource collections described in Section C.2 Dynamic Context Components ^{XP30}.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0002] if no URI is supplied (that is, if the the function is called with no arguments, or with a single argument that evaluates to an empty sequence), and the value of the default resource collection is absent^{DM30}.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0002] if available resource collections provides no mapping for the absolutized URI.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FODC0004] if $arg
is not a
valid xs:anyURI
.
There are several reasons why it might be appropriate to use
this function in preference to the fn:collection
function:
It allows resources to be retrieved that are not wellformed XML
documents: for example, the returned URIs might be referenced using
the fn:unparsedtext
function rather than the fn:doc
function.
In XSLT 3.0 it allows the documents to be processed in streaming
mode using the xsl:stream
instruction.
It allows recovery from failures to read, parse, or validate
individual documents, by calling the fn:doc
function within the scope of
try/catch.
It allows selection of which documents to read based on their
URI, for example they can be filtered to select those whose URIs
end in .xml
, or those that use the https
scheme.
An application might choose to limit the number of URIs processed in a single run, for example it might process only the first 50 URIs in the collection; or it might present the URIs to the user and allow the user to select which of them need to be further processed.
It allows the URIs to be modified before they are dereferenced, for example by adding or removing query parameters, or by redirecting the request to a local cache or to a mirror site.
For some of these use cases, this assumes that the cost of
calling fn:collection
might be significant (for example, it might involving retrieving
all the documents in the collection over the network and parsing
them). This will not necessarily be true of all
implementations.
Some implementations might ensure that calling
fn:uricollection
and then applying fn:doc
to each of the returned URIs
delivers the same result as calling fn:collection
with the same
argument; however, this is not guaranteed.
There is no requirement that the URIs returned by this function should all be distinct, and no assumptions can be made about the order of URIs in the sequence, unless the implementation defines otherwise.
The fn:unparsedtext
function reads an external
resource (for example, a file) and returns a string representation
of the resource.
fn:unparsedtext
($href
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:string?
fn:unparsedtext
($href
as
xs:string?
,
$encoding
as
xs:string
) as
xs:string?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on static base uri.
The $href
argument must be a
string in the form of a URI reference, which must
contain no fragment identifier, and must identify
a resource for which a string representation is available. If the
URI is a relative URI reference, then it is resolved relative to
the Static Base URI property from the static context.
The mapping of URIs to the string representation of a resource is the mapping defined in the available text resources^{XP30} component of the dynamic context.
If the value of the $href
argument is an empty
sequence, the function returns an empty sequence.
The $encoding
argument, if present, is the name of
an encoding. The values for this attribute follow the same rules as
for the encoding
attribute in an XML declaration. The
only values which every ·implementation· is required to recognize are
utf8
and utf16
.
The encoding of the external resource is determined as follows:
external encoding information is used if available, otherwise
if the media type of the resource is text/xml
or
application/xml
(see [RFC
2376]), or if it matches the conventions
text/*+xml
or application/*+xml
(see
[RFC 3023] and/or its successors), then the
encoding is recognized as specified in [Extensible
Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Fifth Edition)], otherwise
the value of the $encoding
argument is used if
present, otherwise
the processor may use ·implementationdefined· heuristics to determine the likely encoding, otherwise
UTF8 is assumed.
The result of the function is a string containing the string representation of the resource retrieved using the URI.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOUT1170] if $href
contains a
fragment identifier, or if it cannot be used to retrieve the string
representation of a resource.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOUT1190] if the value of the
$encoding
argument is not a valid encoding name, if
the ·processor· does not
support the specified encoding, if the string representation of the
retrieved resource contains octets that cannot be decoded into
Unicode ·characters· using the specified encoding, or if the
resulting characters are not permitted XML characters.
A dynamic error is raised [err:FOUT1200] if $encoding
is
absent and the ·processor· cannot
infer the encoding using external information and the encoding is
not UTF8.
If it is appropriate to use a base URI other than the dynamic
base URI (for example, when resolving a relative URI reference read
from a source document) then it is advisable to resolve the
relative URI reference using the fn:resolveuri
function before
passing it to the fn:unparsedtext
function.
There is no essential relationship between the sets of URIs
accepted by the two functions fn:unparsedtext
and
fn:doc
(a URI accepted by one
may or may not be accepted by the other), and if a URI is accepted
by both there is no essential relationship between the results
(different resource representations are permitted by the
architecture of the web).
There are no constraints on the MIME type of the resource.
The fact that the resolution of URIs is defined by a mapping in the dynamic context means that in effect, various aspects of the behavior of this function are ·implementationdefined·. Implementations may provide external configuration options that allow any aspect of the processing to be controlled by the user. In particular:
The set of URI schemes that the implementation recognizes is implementationdefined. Implementations may allow the mapping of URIs to resources to be configured by the user, using mechanisms such as catalogs or userwritten URI handlers.
The handling of media types is implementationdefined.
Implementations may provide userdefined error handling options that allow processing to continue following an error in retrieving a resource, or in reading its content. When errors have been handled in this way, the function may return a fallback document provided by the error handler.
Implementations may provide user options that relax the requirement for the function to return deterministic results.
The rules for determining the encoding are chosen for consistency with [XML Inclusions (XInclude) Version 1.0 (Second Edition)]. Files with an XML media type are treated specially because there are use cases for this function where the retrieved text is to be included as unparsed XML within a CDATA section of a containing document, and because processors are likely to be able to reuse the code that performs encoding detection for XML external entities.
If the text file contains characters such as <
and &
, these will typically be output as
<
and &
if the string is
serialized as XML or HTML. If these characters actually represent
markup (for example, if the text file contains HTML), then an XSLT
stylesheet can attempt to write them as markup to the output file
using the disableoutputescaping
attribute of the
xsl:valueof
instruction. Note, however, that XSLT
implementations are not required to support this feature.
This XSLT example attempts to read a file containing 'boilerplate' HTML and copy it directly to the serialized output file:
<xsl:output method="html"/> <xsl:template match="/"> <xsl:valueof select="unparsedtext('header.html', 'iso88591')" disableoutputescaping="yes"/> <xsl:applytemplates/> <xsl:valueof select="unparsedtext('footer.html', 'iso88591')" disableoutputescaping="yes"/> </xsl:template>
The fn:unparsedtextlines
function reads an
external resource (for example, a file) and returns its contents as
a sequence of strings, one for each line of text in the string
representation of the resource.
fn:unparsedtextlines
($href
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:string*
fn:unparsedtextlines ( 
$href 
as xs:string? , 
$encoding 
as xs:string ) as xs:string* 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on static base uri.
The unparsedtextlines
function reads an external
resource (for example, a file) and returns its string
representation as a sequence of strings, separated at newline
boundaries.
The result of the singleargument function is the same as the
result of the expression fn:tokenize(fn:unparsedtext($href),
'\r\n\r\n')[not(position()=last() and .='')]
. The
result of the twoargument function is the same as the result of
the expression fn:tokenize(fn:unparsedtext($href,
$encoding), '\r\n\r\n')[not(position()=last() and
.='')]
.
The result is thus a sequence of strings containing the text of the resource retrieved using the URI, each string representing one line of text. Lines are separated by one of the sequences x0A, x0D, or x0Dx0A. The characters representing the newline are not included in the returned strings. If there are two adjacent newline sequences, a zerolength string will be returned to represent the empty line; but if the external resource ends with the sequence x0A, x0D, or x0Dx0A, the result will be as if this final line ending were not present.
Error conditions are the same as for the fn:unparsedtext
function.
See the notes for fn:unparsedtext
.
Because errors in evaluating the fn:unparsedtext
function are nonrecoverable, these two functions are provided to
allow an application to determine whether a call with particular
arguments would succeed.
fn:unparsedtextavailable
($href
as
xs:string?
) as
xs:boolean
fn:unparsedtextavailable ( 
$href 
as xs:string? , 
$encoding 
as xs:string ) as xs:boolean 
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on static base uri.
The fn:unparsedtextavailable
function determines
whether a call on the fn:unparsedtext
function with
identical arguments would return a string.
If the first argument is an empty sequence, the function returns false.
In other cases, the function returns true if a call on
fn:unparsedtext
with the same arguments would
succeed, and false if a call on fn:unparsedtext
with
the same arguments would fail with a nonrecoverable dynamic
error.
The functions fn:unparsedtext
and
fn:unparsedtextavailable
have the same requirement
for ·determinism· as the
functions fn:doc
and fn:docavailable
. This means
that unless the user has explicitly stated a requirement for a
reduced level of determinism, either of these functions if called
twice with the same arguments during the course of a transformation
must return the same results each time; moreover,
the results of a call on fn:unparsedtextavailable
must be consistent with the results of a
subsequent call on unparsedtext
with the same
arguments.
This requires that the unparsedtextavailable
function should actually attempt to read the resource identified by
the URI, and check that it is correctly encoded and contains no
characters that are invalid in XML. Implementations may avoid the
cost of repeating these checks for example by caching the validated
contents of the resource, to anticipate a subsequent call on the
unparsedtext
or unparsedtextlines
function. Alternatively, implementations may be able to rewrite an
expression such as if (unparsedtextavailable(A)) then
unparsedtext(A) else ...
to generate a single call
internally.
Since the function unparsedtextlines
succeeds or
fails under exactly the same circumstances as
unparsedtext
, the unparsedtextavailabl
function may equally be used to test whether a call on
unparsedtextlines
would succeed.
Returns the value of a system environment variable, if it exists.
fn:environmentvariable
($name
as
xs:string
) as
xs:string?
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on environment variables.
The set of available environment variables^{XP30} is a set of (name, value) pairs forming part of the dynamic context, in which the name is unique within the set of pairs. The name and value are arbitrary strings.
If the $name
argument matches the name of one of
these pairs, the function returns the corresponding value.
If there is no environment variable with a matching name, the function returns the empty sequence.
The collation used for matching names is ·implementationdefined·, but must be the same as the collation used to ensure that the names of all environment variables are unique.
The function is ·deterministic·, which means that if it is called several times within the same ·execution scope·, with the same arguments, it must return the same result.
On many platforms, the term "environment variable" has a natural meaning in terms of facilities provided by the operating system. This interpretation of the concept does not exclude other interpretations, such as a mapping to a set of configuration parameters in a database system.
Environment variable names are usually case sensitive. Names are
usually of the form (letter_) (letter_digit)*
, but
this varies by platform.
On some platforms, there may sometimes be multiple environment variables with the same name; in this case, it is implementationdependent as to which is returned; see for example [POSIX.12008] (Chapter 8, Environment Variables). Implementations may use prefixes or other naming conventions to disambiguate the names.
The requirement to ensure that the function is deterministic means in practice that the implementation must make a snapshot of the environment variables at some time during execution, and return values obtained from this snapshot, rather than using live values that are subject to change at any time.
Operating system environment variables may be associated with a particular process, while queries and stylesheets may execute across multiple processes (or multiple machines). In such circumstances implementations may choose to provide access to the environment variables associated with the process in which the query or stylesheet processing was initiated.
Security advice: Queries from untrusted sources should not be
permitted unrestricted access to environment variables. For
example, the name of the account under which the query is running
may be useful information to a wouldbe intruder. An implementation
may therefore choose to restrict access to the environment, or may
provide a facility to make fn:environmentvariable
always return the empty sequence.
Returns a list of environment variable names that are suitable
for passing to fn:environmentvariable
,
as a (possibly empty) sequence of strings.
fn:availableenvironmentvariables
() as
xs:string*
This function is ·deterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on environment variables.
The function returns a sequence of strings, being the names of the environment variables in the dynamic context in some ·implementationdependent· order.
The function is ·deterministic·: that is, the set of available environment variables does not vary during evaluation.
The function returns a list of strings, containing no duplicates.
It is intended that the strings in this list should be suitable
for passing to fn:environmentvariable
.
See also the note on security under the definition of the
fn:environmentvariable
function. If access to environment variables has been disabled,
fn:availableenvironmentvariables
always returns the
empty sequence.
This function takes as input an XML document represented as a string, and returns the document node at the root of an XDM tree representing the parsed document.
fn:parsexml
($arg
as
xs:string?
) as
documentnode(element(*))?
This function is ·nondeterministic·, ·contextdependent·, and ·focusindependent·. It depends on static base uri.
If $arg
is the empty sequence, the function returns
the empty sequence.
The precise process used to construct the XDM instance is ·implementationdefined·. In particular, it is implementationdefined whether DTD and/or schema validation is invoked, and it is implementationdefined whether an XML 1.0 or XML 1.1 parser is used.
The Static Base URI property from the static context of the
fn:parsexml
function call is used both as the base
URI used by the XML parser to resolve relative entity references
within the document, and as the base URI of the document node that
is returned.
The document URI of the returned node is ·absent·.
The function is not ·